ACME METALS INC /DE/
10-K405, 1996-03-22
STEEL WORKS, BLAST FURNACES & ROLLING MILLS (COKE OVENS)
Previous: COVENTRY GROUP, 497J, 1996-03-22
Next: ACME METALS INC /DE/, DEF 14A, 1996-03-22



<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                   FORM 10-K
 
(X) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
    OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 OR
 
( ) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
    ACT OF 1934
                             ---------------------
 
                         COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 0-14727
 
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
                  DELAWARE                           36-3802419
          (State of incorporation)                (I.R.S. Employer
                                                 Identification No.)
 
            13500 SOUTH PERRY AVENUE, RIVERDALE, ILLINOIS 60627-1182
            (Address of principal                    (Zip Code)
             executive offices)
 
                                 (708) 849-2500
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
 
          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
                                      None
 
          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
                              TITLE OF EACH CLASS
                     --------------------------------------
                    Common stock, par value $1.00 per share
 
                        Preferred Share Purchase Rights
 
    Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. /X/
 
    Indicate  by check  mark whether  the registrant  (1) has  filed all reports
required to be filed by  Section 13 or 15(d) of  the Securities Exchange Act  of
1934  during the preceding  12 months, and  (2) has been  subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes _X_ No ____
 
    The aggregate market  value as  of March  4, 1996  of common  stock, $1  par
value, held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was: $194,579,943.
 
    Number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding  as  of  March  4,  1996,
11,584,877.
 
    The following  document  is  partially  incorporated  into  this  report  by
reference:
 
(1)  Proxy Statement filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Shareholders
    scheduled for April  25, 1996  is partially incorporated  by reference  into
    Part III, Items 10, 11, 12 and 13.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
                        1995 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>         <C>                                                                                              <C>
                                                         PART I
Item 1.     Business.......................................................................................           3
Item 2.     Properties.....................................................................................           8
Item 3.     Legal Proceedings..............................................................................           8
Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders............................................          14
 
                                                        PART II
Item 5.     Market for the Company's Common Stock and Related Shareholder Matters..........................          14
Item 6.     Selected Financial Data........................................................................          16
Item 7.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations..........          18
Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data....................................................          27
Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure...........          27
 
                                                        PART III
Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Company................................................          28
Item 11.    Executive Compensation.........................................................................          29
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.................................          29
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.................................................          29
 
                                                        PART IV
Item 14.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K................................          29
</TABLE>
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                                     PART I
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS
 
(A) GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
    Acme  Metals Incorporated, based in Riverdale, Illinois, is the successor to
the original Acme Steel Company which merged with the Interlake Iron Company  in
1964  to form  Interlake Steel  Corporation. The  Company's name  was changed to
Interlake, Inc. and was subsequently reincorporated in Delaware on December  19,
1969.
 
    As  a result  of a reorganization  in 1986, The  Interlake Corporation ("new
Interlake") became the parent company of Interlake, Inc. ("old Interlake").  Old
Interlake  transferred  all but  its iron,  steel  and domestic  steel strapping
assets and businesses  to new Interlake.  Old Interlake was  again renamed  Acme
Steel  Company,  and  pursuant to  the  reorganization,  was spun  off  from new
Interlake as a public company in May, 1986.
 
    Acme Steel Company undertook a further reorganization in May, 1992 when Acme
Metals Incorporated ("Company") was formed and  became the parent of Acme  Steel
Company  ("Acme"), and  Acme's former  subsidiaries, Acme  Packaging Corporation
("Packaging"), Alpha Tube Corporation ("Alpha"),  and Universal Tool &  Stamping
Co.,  Inc. ("Universal"). The  Company has been publicly  traded on NASDAQ since
1986 and the Toronto Stock Exchange since 1994.
 
    The principal business  activities of  the Company consist  of two  separate
industry segments, namely:
 
    STEEL MAKING SEGMENT
 
       Acme Steel Company -- an integrated iron and steel producer
 
    STEEL FABRICATING SEGMENT
 
       Acme Packaging Corporation -- steel strapping and strapping products
 
       Alpha Tube Corporation -- welded steel tube products
 
       Universal  Tool &  Stamping Co.,  Inc. --  auto and  light truck jack
       products
 
(B) FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT INDUSTRY SEGMENTS
 
    The Company reports its  operations by two  industry segments, Steel  Making
and  Steel  Fabricating.  Financial  information  about  the  Company's industry
segments is  contained in  the BUSINESS  SEGMENTS section  of the  Notes to  the
Consolidated Financial Statements on pages 53 - 54.
 
(C) NARRATIVE DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
 
    STEEL MAKING SEGMENT
 
    Acme  is  a fully  integrated  producer of  steel  products. Acme's  line of
products is concentrated  on the  manufacture of  flat-rolled steels,  including
sheet  and strip  steel. In  the flat-rolled  steel market,  Acme specializes in
producing  carbon   steels,  especially   mid-  and   high-carbon,  alloy,   and
high-strength  low-alloy steels.  The principal  markets served  by Acme include
automotive, agricultural, industrial,  fastener, pipe and  tube, processor,  and
tool  manufacturing industries. The Company's Steel Fabricating Segment consumes
approximately 30  - 50  percent  of Acme's  steel  production. Acme's  focus  on
external  customers  is  centered  around  customers  whose  demand  levels  and
metallurgical requirements  are for  the small  production quantities  available
from Acme's facilities. Acme's sales represented about 45, 44, and 41 percent of
total Company sales in 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively.
 
    Acme's  facilities  are  located  in Riverdale  and  Chicago,  Illinois, and
include the  following plant  facilities: coke  ovens, blast  furnaces,  pigging
machines,  basic oxygen furnaces, rolling mill,  a slab grinder, hot strip mill,
pickle lines, cold mills, annealing  furnaces, slitter lines, and  cut-to-length
lines.  In addition, Acme is constructing a  continuous thin slab caster and hot
strip mill  adjacent to  its  Riverdale steel  making  operation which  will  be
completed in late 1996.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    Acme  is the smallest integrated  steel producer in the  U.S. with a current
annual hot band shipping capability of approximately 720,000 tons. This compares
with total U.S.  shipments of  all steel  products of  approximately 98  million
tons.
 
    STEEL FABRICATING SEGMENT
 
    Packaging,  which was incorporated as a separate entity in December 1991, is
one of the two major domestic  producers of steel strapping and strapping  tools
in  North America and, by management  estimates, shares approximately 80 percent
of the  domestic  market  equally  with its  primary  competitor.  Strapping  is
currently  produced at four  plants located throughout  the U.S. and represented
approximately 32 percent of the Company's sales in 1995 and 1994, and 33 percent
in 1993.  Principal  markets  served  by  Packaging  include  the  agricultural,
automotive, brick, construction, fabricated and primary metals, forest products,
paper  and wholesale industries. Packaging receives all of its flat-rolled steel
supply from Acme.
 
    Packaging currently  manufactures  its  products  in  four  steel  strapping
plants, located in Riverdale, Illinois; New Britain, Connecticut; Leeds, Alabama
and Bay Point (formerly Pittsburg-West), California.
 
    Alpha, which was acquired in May 1989, is a leading producer of high quality
welded  carbon steel tubing  used for furniture,  recreational, contractors' and
automotive applications. Alpha receives a significant portion of its flat-rolled
steel supply from Acme. Alpha markets its products to the appliance, automotive,
construction, heating and  cooling equipment, household  and leisure  furniture,
material  handling,  recreational products,  service  center, truck  exhaust and
water heater industries. Alpha's sales  represented approximately 15 percent  of
total  sales for the  Company in 1995  and 16 percent  in each of  the two years
preceding.
 
    Alpha operates two tubing facilities in Toledo, Ohio, equipped with  rolling
mills  for the  production of  steel tube  and pipe,  and through  Alta Slitting
Corporation, a plant for slitting steel.
 
    Universal, acquired in May 1987, produces automotive and light truck  jacks,
tire  wrenches and accessories  for the original  equipment manufacturer ("OEM")
market in  North America.  Management estimates  that it  currently holds  a  30
percent share of the OEM market for auto and light truck jacks in North America.
Universal  receives  virtually  all  its  flat-rolled  steel  supply  from Acme.
Universal markets its  products to  domestic and  foreign transplant  automotive
manufacturers   and   the   automotive  aftermarket.   Universal's   sales  were
approximately 8 percent of total Company sales in 1995 and 1994, and 10  percent
in 1993.
 
    Universal's  production facilities,  located in  Butler, Indiana,  include a
computer assisted design  and manufacturing system,  and automated stamping  and
assembly lines.
 
    EMPLOYEE RELATIONS
 
    The  Company has a work force of  2,740 employees, of which 675 are salaried
and 2,065 are paid hourly. The unionized work force totals 1,990, or 73  percent
of total employment. None of the salaried work force is unionized and the hourly
work force at one site (Alpha) is non-union as well. The Company's relationships
with  the unions are good.  There have been no strikes  or work stoppages at any
location since the  Company's purchase  of the plants  in Connecticut,  Alabama,
California  and Indiana. The last strike  at the Riverdale and Chicago locations
was in  1959 during  a major  steel  industry work  stoppage. In  addition,  the
Company instituted Labor Management Participation Teams in 1982 as a vehicle for
problem solving in a team environment and a Total Quality Improvement Program in
1991  to establish  standards to  achieve the  highest quality  product from the
existing  facilities.  Union  members  participate  extensively  in  these   two
programs.
 
    The  Company has a  contract in place with  the United Steelworkers covering
approximately 1,550 employees at  the Acme and  Packaging operations in  Chicago
and  Riverdale, Illinois.  The contract  expires in  1999, contains  a no-strike
provision, and a wage reopener in 1996 subject to binding arbitration.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
    RAW MATERIALS
 
    Acme's principal raw materials are iron ore and coal. Iron ore  requirements
are  expected to continue to  be satisfied through an  equity interest in Wabush
Mines in Newfoundland (Labrador) and  Quebec, Canada and through term  contracts
and  purchases on  the open  market. Acme is  required to  pay its proportionate
share of all fixed operating costs, regardless of the quantity of ore  received,
plus  the variable operating  costs of minimum ore  production for the Company's
account. Normally,  the Company  reimburses the  joint venture  for these  costs
through its purchase of ore. During 1995, Acme acquired approximately 47 percent
of  its iron ore needs from Wabush under  this agreement with the balance of ore
requirements at a competitive delivered cost. Coal requirements are expected  to
be  satisfied  through term  contracts  and purchases  on  the open  market. The
Company believes Acme's sources  of iron ore, coal  and other raw materials  are
adequate to provide for its foreseeable needs.
 
    ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE
 
    The  operations of the  Company and its subsidiary  companies are subject to
numerous Federal, state and local laws and regulations providing a comprehensive
program of  controlling the  discharge  of materials  into the  environment  and
remediation  of  certain waste  disposal sites  by  responsible parties  for the
protection of public health  and the environment.  In addition, various  Federal
and  state occupational safety and health laws and regulations apply to the work
place environment.  See  ITEM 3,  LEGAL  PROCEEDINGS, (B)  ENVIRONMENTAL  for  a
complete discussion of environmental proceedings.
 
    BACKLOG; TRADEMARKS; PATENTS
 
    None  of the Company's  subsidiaries had a significant  amount of backlog at
December 31, 1995 and neither the Company nor its subsidiaries hold any patents,
trademarks, licenses  or franchises  which are  deemed material  to its  overall
business.
 
(D) COMPETITIVE CONDITIONS FOR THE STEEL MAKING SEGMENT
 
    GENERAL STEEL MARKET
 
    The  U.S. integrated  steel industry has  suffered economically  in the past
decade due to increased competition from mini-mills, foreign competition  (often
government  subsidized),  increasing costs  associated  with government-mandated
environmental regulations and high labor and benefit costs.
 
    U.S. domestic shipments for all  steel products have averaged  approximately
98 million tons per year for the last three years. While total U.S. shipments of
steel have grown by an average of 2.4 percent per year since 1982, steel exports
by  U.S.  producers  have accounted  for  most  of that  growth.  Domestic steel
consumption has been essentially flat over the past ten years.
 
    The industry has raw  steel production capacity estimated  to be 110 to  117
million  tons. In addition, over 90 percent  of current U.S. steel production is
continuously cast.  These  two  factors together  with  the  industry's  ongoing
successful  efforts to improve productivity and reduce costs have contributed to
significant downward pressure  on the price  of steel in  the marketplace.  Real
steel  selling prices have fallen at an annual rate of 3.5 percent over the past
decade although  during 1993,  1994, and  1995 steel  prices have  increased  on
average.  The Company  believes the  trend toward  lower real  steel prices will
continue, although at a slower rate.
 
    Over the long-term, steel prices will  be set by the lowest cost  producers,
and  the  lowest  costs  will  be attained  through  the  implementation  of new
technologies. The  flat-rolled steel  market provides  strong evidence  of  this
downward  trend  in real  steel prices  due  to decreasing  costs. Technological
innovation is likely  to continue in  the steel industry  and producers will  be
required to achieve significant, sustainable cost reductions to succeed.
 
    SPECIAL GRADE MARKET
 
    This  component  of  the flat-rolled  market  represents  the medium-carbon,
high-carbon, high-strength  low-alloy  ("HSLA")  and alloy  markets.  The  total
annual  market  is  approximately  3  million tons,  of  which  Acme's  share is
estimated to  be  6  to  7  percent. However,  in  the  portion  of  the  market
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
where  Acme is not  facility-limited (where customers can  use narrow widths and
have no  continuous cast  requirement),  it holds  an approximately  30  percent
share.  Acme's principal  customer markets are  agricultural, industrial, tools,
conversion, automotive components and construction.
 
    LOW CARBON FLAT-ROLLED MARKET
 
    Flat-rolled products comprise  approximately 50  percent of  the U.S.  steel
market,  or  about 40-45  million tons  per year,  of which  the majority  is in
low-carbon sheet and strip. Acme's share is estimated to be less than 1 percent.
The key end users  are automotive OEMs, automotive  stampers, can and  container
manufacturers, the construction industry, appliance makers, tubing manufacturers
and steel service centers.
 
    ACME'S COMPETITIVE POSITION
 
    For  commercial sales to unaffiliated  customers, Acme currently competes in
the low-,  mid- and  high-carbon  and alloy  steel  markets. Acme  has  numerous
competitors composed principally of steel service centers, a substantial portion
of which use imported steel and, to a lesser extent, smaller integrated mills.
 
    Acme faces the same challenges as the rest of the steel industry. Because of
Acme's  high overall cost structure resulting  from its outmoded steel finishing
process and the competitive  forces affecting the  entire steel industry,  steel
making  has proven to be only marginally profitable even at the upper end of the
business cycles. Management believes that Acme, and the U.S. steel industry as a
whole, benefitted during  1993, 1994  and 1995 from  an upturn  in the  business
cycle  and increases in steel prices on average over the past three years. There
can be no assurance that this upturn in the business cycle will continue or that
the industry will be successful in maintaining current price levels.
 
(E) COMPETITIVE CONDITIONS FOR THE STEEL FABRICATING SEGMENT
 
    ACME PACKAGING.   In the  steel strapping market,  Acme Packaging's  primary
competitor  is  ITW Signode,  a  division of  Illinois  Tool Works,  Inc., which
management  believes  has  a  U.S.  market  share  approximating  that  of  Acme
Packaging.  The Company believes that Acme Packaging's strong market position is
attributable to (i) a broad product line, (ii) high quality, low cost  strapping
produced  in modern facilities, (iii) the  location of its production facilities
in close proximity to  a broad customer  base and (iv) the  benefits of a  close
relationship  with Acme  Steel, which  supplies all  of Acme  Packaging's steel.
However, the steel strapping market is a  mature market that is not expected  to
grow  significantly  in  future  years.  Furthermore,  competition  from plastic
strapping, especially the higher strength polyester products, is expected by the
Company to  intensify in  the  traditional steel  strapping markets  of  lumber,
paper,  textiles, wood  and synthetic fibers,  primarily due  to improvements in
product strength characteristics.
 
    ALPHA  TUBE.    Alpha   Tube  operates  in   a  highly  competitive   market
characterized  by numerous participants with  widely varying capabilities. Alpha
Tube's customers are increasingly demanding products with increased formability,
greater gauge control and lighter weight in combination with higher strength and
different steel  chemistries. Customers,  especially in  the automotive  market,
also  are increasingly demanding just-in-time  inventory delivery, which has the
effect of increasing inventory carrying costs at the tubing manufacturer  level.
Unlike  Alpha Tube, many of its competitors  compete only on price and generally
offer little or no technical service.
 
    UNIVERSAL.  Universal's primary competitor in the automobile and light truck
jack market is the Canadian based Seeburn Division of Ventra Group, which has  a
North  American market share similar to that of Universal. Universal competes in
a limited  market  characterized by  large  purchasers with  significant  buying
power.
 
(F) THE MODERNIZATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
 
    Acme's existing rolling mill facilities cannot produce a coil which is large
and  wide (more  than 30 inches)  enough to satisfy  the needs of  many users of
flat-rolled steel. In addition, the existing physical
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
limitations of  the mill  facilities do  not  allow Acme  to fully  utilize  its
existing  raw steel manufacturing capability.  Further, large users increasingly
demand continuously cast materials, and many other users prefer such materials.
 
    Since 1982, a number of U.S. steel mills have constructed conventional thick
slab continuous casting  production facilities. Currently,  about 90 percent  of
U.S.  Steel Mills producing  sheet, strip, and  plate utilize conventional thick
slab casting.
 
    The conventional thick slab facilities  are a technological step behind  the
new  continuous thin slab casting facilities,  which eliminate the extra heating
and rolling necessary  to flatten thick  slabs to an  appropriate dimension.  At
present  there are  5 operating thin  slab casting facilities  in North America,
which have  a combined  estimated capacity  of  7.5 million  tons per  year.  In
addition,  thin slab casting facilities are under construction with an estimated
combined capacity  of 8.8  million tons.  Of the  companies currently  using  or
planning  to construct continuous thin slab casters, only one company other than
Acme is  planning  to  use  basic  oxygen  furnace  steel.  Most  of  these  new
installations will use scrap steel as their raw material.
 
    The  Modernization  and  Expansion  Project  commenced  in  August  of  1994
coincident with  the completion  of  the financing.  The final  cost,  including
equipment,   ancillary   facilities  and   construction,   is  expected   to  be
approximately $392  million excluding  capitalized  interest costs  and  certain
internal  costs directly related to the Modernization and Expansion Project. The
Modernization and  Expansion  Project  will  include  facilities  for  both  the
continuous casting of thin steel slabs (approximately 2" in thickness and 60" in
width)  ("Caster") and the hot rolling of  those slabs into sheet steel ("Mill")
and is being constructed in a new building on a site adjacent to Acme's  current
steel  making facilities.  Steel production  at Acme's  existing facilities will
continue  during  construction  without  disruption  or  reduction  of   product
available for supply to customers. When fully operational, the Modernization and
Expansion Project should be capable of producing Acme's anticipated product mix.
 
    The  Modernization and Expansion  Project will involve  substantial costs in
addition to those  for the  construction of the  facility itself.  When the  new
facility  begins operation, training costs  as well as production inefficiencies
related to start-up  of the new  facility during the  transition period will  be
charged  to  operations primarily  in  1996. The  total  costs for  training and
production inefficiencies  during  the  transition  period  is  expected  to  be
approximately  $15 million. In addition, Acme will be required to capitalize the
interest expenses associated with the Modernization and Expansion Project during
the  construction  period.  These  capitalized  expenses  are  estimated  to  be
approximately  $40  -  45  million, which  will  be  added to  the  cost  of the
Modernization and Expansion Project during the construction period and amortized
over the lives of the related assets.
 
    During construction of the Modernization and Expansion Project, the  Company
believes Acme's existing steel manufacturing operations will continue to operate
with  minimal  disruption.  The  Modernization  and  Expansion  Project  and the
activities of the general contractor are monitored by a project management  team
composed  primarily of existing  officers and employees. In  the event there are
significant problems with  the construction of  the Modernization and  Expansion
Project, senior management may have to devote substantial time to those problems
and,  as a result, may devote substantially less time than is normal to existing
operations. See LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL  RESOURCES in MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION  AND
ANALYSIS  OF FINANCIAL CONDITION  AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  for a discussion of
the financing for the Modernization and Expansion Project.
 
(G) JOINT VENTURE
 
    On February 27, 1996,  Acme broke ground with  its joint venture partner  to
begin construction of a $30 million state-of-the-art steel processing plant. The
new  facility  will be  located in  Chicago adjacent  to Acme's  Riverdale steel
making operations. The  new facility  will pickle,  oil, slit  and package  wide
steel  coils produced by  Acme's new continuous thin  slab caster/hot strip mill
modernization project. The joint venture will further enhance Acme's ability  to
provide  precise customer specifications of  superior quality steels with highly
competitive lead times.  Acme will be  a minority equity  participant with a  40
percent interest for a total contribution of $3.5 million. Start-up of a portion
of the new facility is expected in late 1996, with the remainder in early 1997.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES
 
    The  Company, through its subsidiaries, has facilities throughout the United
States.
 
    Acme's principal properties consist of  an iron-producing plant in  Chicago,
Illinois  and a steel  producing plant in  Riverdale, Illinois. These facilities
include blast  furnaces, coke  ovens,  pigging machines  for the  production  of
molten  iron  and pig  iron, basic  oxygen  furnaces and  rolling mills  for the
production of flat-rolled steel. Acme also owns equity interests in raw material
mining ventures in  Newfoundland, and  Quebec, Canada (iron  ore). In  addition,
Acme  owns land adjacent to its steel  producing plant in Riverdale, Illinois on
which it is constructing the  Modernization and Expansion Project. During  1996,
Acme  and  its joint  venture partner  will begin  construction of  a processing
facility for the  pickling, oiling  and slitting  of steel  products located  in
Chicago also adjacent to the Riverdale operation.
 
    Packaging's  principal properties  consist of steel  strapping plants, which
include slitting and  painting equipment, in  Riverdale, Illinois; New  Britain,
Connecticut;  and  Leeds, Alabama;  and  a steel  strapping  plant in  Bay Point
(formerly Pittsburg-West), California.
 
    Alpha's two facilities are  located in the  Toledo, Ohio metropolitan  area.
Alpha's  facilities include two  manufacturing and office  buildings and rolling
mills for the production of welded  steel tubing. In addition, Alta Slitting,  a
related  subsidiary, also operates a plant in  the Toledo area which slits steel
for Alpha.
 
    Universal's  facilities  are  located  in  Butler,  Indiana  and  include  a
manufacturing  and office building, a computer assisted design and manufacturing
system, and automated forming and assembly lines.
 
    All of these plants are owned in  fee except for the Alpha facilities  which
are  leased for varying periods through 1999, and are renewable at the option of
the Company.
 
    In the opinion of management, the manufacturing facilities of the  Company's
subsidiaries  are properly maintained and  their productive capacity is adequate
to meet its requirements.
 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
(A) GENERAL
 
    Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization as of March 5, 1986, the
Company (prior to the Company's 1992 reorganization, the Company was Acme  Steel
Company,  now  a  subsidiary  and formerly  called  Interlake,  Inc. hereinafter
referred to as the "Company") and Interlake, its former parent company,  entered
into  a Tax  Indemnification Agreement ("TIA").  The TIA  generally provides for
Interlake to  indemnify  the Company  for  certain  tax matters.  Per  the  TIA,
Interlake  is solely responsible for any  additional income taxes it is assessed
related to adjustments relating to all tax years prior to 1982. With respect  to
any  additional income taxes that are finally  determined to be due with respect
to the tax years beginning in 1982  through the date of the "Spin-Off" (as  said
term  is identified in the Reorganization documents), the Company is responsible
for taxes relating to "Timing Differences" related to the Company's  "Continuing
Operations."  A "Timing  Difference" is  defined generally  as an  adjustment to
income, deductions or credits  which is required  to be reported  in a tax  year
beginning  subsequent to 1981 through the Spin-Off,  but which will reverse in a
subsequent year. "Continuing  Operations" is defined  generally as any  business
and  operations conducted by the  Company as of the  Spin-Off date. Interlake is
principally responsible for any additional income taxes the Company is  assessed
relating to all other adjustments prior to the Spin-Off.
 
    While  certain issues have been negotiated  and settled between the Company,
Interlake and the  Internal Revenue  Service for  the tax  years beginning  1982
through  the date of the Spin-Off, certain  significant issues for the tax years
beginning 1985 through the  Spin-Off remain unresolved; and  on March 17,  1994,
the  Company received a Statutory Notice  of Deficiency ("Notice") in the amount
of $16.9  million  in  tax  as  a  result  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Service's
examination  of the 1982 through 1984  tax years. Interlake has been principally
responsible, pursuant to the TIA, for representing the
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
Company before the Internal Revenue Service for the 1982 through 1984 tax years.
Should the  government sustain  its position  as proposed  for those  unresolved
issues and those contained in the Notice, substantial interest would also be due
(potentially  in  an amount  greater than  the tax  claimed). The  taxes claimed
relate principally  to  adjustments for  which  the Company  is  indemnified  by
Interlake  pursuant to the TIA. The Company  has adequate reserves to cover that
portion of the tax for which it believes it may be responsible per the TIA.  The
Company is contesting the unresolved issues and the Notice.
 
    To date, Interlake has met its obligations under the TIA with respect to all
covered  matters. In the event Interlake for any reason is unable to fulfill its
obligations under the TIA, the Company could have increased future obligations.
 
    The Company's  subsidiaries also  have  various litigation  matters  pending
which  arise out of the  ordinary course of their  businesses. In the opinion of
management, the ultimate resolution  of these matters will  not have a  material
adverse  effect  on  the financial  position  or  results of  operations  of the
Company.
 
(B) ENVIRONMENTAL
 
    In addition  to the  general  matters noted  above,  the operations  of  the
Company  and its subsidiary companies are subject to numerous Federal, state and
local laws and regulations providing a comprehensive program of controlling  the
discharge  of materials  into the environment  and remediation  of certain waste
disposal sites by responsible  parties for the protection  of public health  and
the  environment. In addition, various Federal and state occupational safety and
health laws and regulations apply to the work place environment.
 
    The current environmental control requirements are comprehensive and reflect
a long-term trend towards  increasing stringency as  these laws and  regulations
are  subject  to  periodic  renewal  and  revision.  The  Company  expects these
requirements will continue to become even more stringent in future years.
 
    In prior  years, the  Company has  made substantial  capital investments  in
environmental   control  facilities  to  achieve  compliance  with  these  laws,
incurring expenditures of $8.7 million for environmental projects (exclusive  of
any  such expenditures related to the continuous  thin slab caster and hot strip
mill project)  in the  period  from 1993  through  1995. The  Modernization  and
Expansion  Project is being constructed under a lump sum fixed price contract of
which  it  is  estimated  that  $12.1  million  was  capitalized  in  1995   for
environmental compliance excluding capitalized interest. The Company anticipates
making   further  capital   expenditures  of  approximately   $5.3  million  for
environmental projects during 1996 relating  to existing facilities to  maintain
compliance  with these laws; and during 1996  it estimates $8.5 million have, or
will be, expended for environmental expenditures related to the continuous  thin
slab  caster  and  hot strip  mill  project excluding  capitalized  interest. In
addition, maintenance,  depreciation  and  operating  expenses  attributable  to
installed  environmental  control facilities  are having,  and will  continue to
have, an  adverse  effect upon  the  Company's  earnings. Although  all  of  the
Company's  subsidiary  operating  companies  are  affected  by  these  laws  and
regulations, similar to other steel manufacturing operations, they have had, and
are expected to  continue to  have, a greater  impact upon  the Company's  steel
manufacturing subsidiary than on the Company's other operating subsidiaries.
 
    The  Company, principally through  its operating subsidiaries,  is and, from
time to  time in  the future,  will be  involved in  administrative  proceedings
involving  the issuance,  or renewal, of  environmental permits  relating to the
conduct of  its business.  The  final issuance  of  these permits  is  generally
resolved  on  terms satisfactory  to  the Company.  In  the future,  the Company
expects such permits will be similarly resolved on satisfactory terms;  however,
from  time  to time,  the Company  is required  to pursue  administrative and/or
judicial appeals prior to achieving a resolution of the terms of such permits.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
    The Company,  from  time to  time,  may  be involved  in  administrative  or
judicial  proceedings  with various  regulatory agencies  or private  parties in
connection with  claims  that the  Company's  operations have  violated  certain
environmental  laws,  conditions  of existing  permits  or with  respect  to the
disposal of materials at  waste disposal sites. The  resolution of such  matters
may involve the payment of civil penalties, damages, remediation expenses and/or
the expenditure of funds to add or modify pollution control equipment.
 
    WASTE REMEDIATION MATTERS
 
    Pursuant  to  the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation and
Liability  Act   of  1980,   as  amended   by  the   Superfund  Amendments   and
Reauthorization  Act of 1986, 42 U.S.C.,  Section 9601 ET SEQ. ("Superfund") and
similar state statutes, liability for  remediation of property, including  waste
disposal  sites, contaminated by  hazardous materials may  be imposed on present
and former owners or operators of  such property and generators or  transporters
of  such  materials  to a  waste  disposal site  (i.e.,  Potentially Responsible
Parties, "PRPs"). The Company and its operating subsidiaries have been named  as
PRPs  with  respect  to several  such  sites.  In each  instance,  the Company's
investigation has evidenced  either: i) the  Company had not  disposed of  waste
materials at the site and was not properly named as a PRP; or, ii) the Company's
proportion  of  materials disposed  of at  such sites  is of  sufficiently small
volume to qualify the Company as a  DE MINIMIS contributor of waste material  at
such  sites. This DE MINIMIS status has been confirmed at essentially all of the
applicable sites.
 
    Although no  assurances  can be  given  that  new information  will  not  be
uncovered  which would cause the  Company and its subsidiaries  to lose their DE
MINIMIS status  at  these  sites,  or,  that  the  Company,  or  its  subsidiary
companies, would not be named as PRPs at additional sites, the Company presently
believes its total costs for existing sites will not be material.
 
    In   addition  to  the  foregoing   Superfund  sites,  the  following  waste
remediation matters relating to the Company's subsidiary companies are currently
pending:
 
    LEEDS, ALABAMA --  ELEVATED LEVELS OF  LEAD.  In  September 1992,  Packaging
hired  a consulting engineering firm for  the purpose of providing soil sampling
and analysis in connection with an application for a storm water permit for  its
Leeds, Alabama, plant. Pursuant to an investigation conducted by the consultant,
elevated  levels of lead were discovered on  the property, including one area of
the property wherein buried drums were discovered containing lead.
 
    In January 1993, Packaging  advised the seller of  this plant site that  the
sampling program was initiated in conjunction with filing a Notice of Intent for
the   plant  for  coverage   under  the  Alabama   Department  of  Environmental
Management's General Storm Water Discharge  Permit. The seller was advised  that
the results of the sampling program showed runoff from the west parking lot area
contained   elevated  concentrations  of  lead   in  the  samples.  Pursuant  to
Packaging's investigation,  Packaging  advised  the  seller  that  all  evidence
indicated  these conditions were present on the  property at the time the seller
owned the property and were present at the time the Leeds, Alabama, facility was
sold to  the Company  on March  29,  1989; and,  pursuant to  the terms  of  the
purchase   and  sale  agreements  relating  to  this  property,  the  seller  is
responsible for  remediating any  lead  or other  contaminants located  on  this
property.  Without admitting or denying its liability, the seller has retained a
consultant to  conduct  a  full  investigation, sampling  and  analysis  of  the
property.
 
    Packaging  is cooperating with the seller regarding the investigation of the
contamination of  this  property  by  lead,  and/or  other  substances  and  the
appropriate  remediation  strategy;  however,  Packaging  intends  to vigorously
pursue its remedies under the purchase and sale agreements with the seller.
 
    ADMINISTRATIVE AND LITIGATION MATTERS
 
    The Company, or  its operating  subsidiaries are currently  involved in  the
following  matters relating to  administrative regulations which  affect, or may
affect, the operations, the  permits or the issuance  of permits; or  litigation
relating to the Company:
 
    ACME  STEEL COMPANY  -- NPDES PERMIT.   In 1991,  the Illinois Environmental
Protection Agency  ("IEPA"), issued  Acme  a permit,  pursuant to  the  National
Pollution Discharge Elimination System
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
("NPDES")  regulating  non-contact water  discharges to  the Calumet  River from
Acme's coke and blast furnace plant facilities. The NPDES permit contains strict
temperature and  storm water  discharge  limitations. Acme  filed an  appeal  of
certain  conditions  of the  permit with  the  Illinois Pollution  Control Board
("IPCB"); and on July 7, 1995 the  IPCB granted Acme's Petition for an  Adjusted
Standard   and  relief  from  the   temperature  limitations.  Further,  through
modification of certain provisions in the permit and the implementation of  best
management  practices, Acme anticipates achieving  control of Acme's storm water
discharge to  an  extent that  it  will  achieve compliance  with  other  permit
conditions.  Acme  is  awaiting  IEPA's  issuance  of  a  revised  NPDES  permit
incorporating the revised temperature limitations.
 
    REMOVAL CREDITS  AND  PRETREATMENT.    The  Metropolitan  Water  Reclamation
District  of  Greater  Chicago  ("MWRD") is  a  publicly  owned  treatment works
("POTW"). The MWRD applied  to the U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency  ("U.S.
EPA")  for authority to revise categorical pretreatment standards to reflect the
actual treatment provided by the MWRD  for waste water discharged to the  MWRD's
POTW   by  industrial  users  ("Removal  Credits").  These  revised  categorical
standards,  reflecting  Removal  Credits  are   essential  for  Acme  to   avoid
expenditures  for  control of  4AAP  phenol found  in  discharges from  its coke
by-products plant and  for control  of certain  other pollutants.  In 1987,  the
MWRD's  application was denied by the U.S. EPA  and the denial was upheld by the
United States Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit. The U.S. EPA  maintained
that  under the Clean Water  Act and decisions of  U.S. District Courts, that it
could not approve Removal Credits until it promulgated "sludge criteria."
 
    In 1993,  the  U.S.  EPA  promulgated sludge  criteria  which  included  the
possibility   of  granting   Removal  Credits   for  phenols   only  in  certain
circumstances. Acme  petitioned the  MWRD for  Removal Credits.  Following  this
petition,  the MWRD again applied to the U.S. EPA for authority to grant Removal
Credits. While this  application was  denied, the U.S.  EPA stated  that if  the
Agency  amends its regulations with respect to phenol 4AAP either as a result of
the petition filed by the MWRD or independently, that the MWRD may then resubmit
its application.
 
    Acme, together with a similarly situated steel company, filed Comments and a
Request  for  Reconsideration  and  Clarification  concerning  the  4AAP  phenol
component  of U.S. EPA's Standards for Disposal of Sludges with the U.S. EPA and
filed a Petition for Review of the U.S. EPA's decision with the Court of Appeals
for the DC Circuit.  Both the Comments and  Request for Reconsideration and  the
Petition  for Review are pending. The steel companies filed a motion with the DC
Circuit Court  to  stay the  appeal  pending  U.S. EPA's  consideration  of  the
Comments  and Administrative Request for Reconsideration and Clarifications. The
Court granted  this  Motion on  September  14,  1994. While  Acme  continues  to
challenge  the  U.S. EPA's  denial  of the  Removal  Credits application  and is
pursuing administrative and legal remedies, Acme could be subject to allegations
it is in violation of currently  applicable pretreatment standards and could  be
required  to negotiate  appropriate resolutions with  the U.S. EPA  and the MWRD
which  could  result  in  the  payment  of  penalties.  In  the  event  Acme  is
unsuccessful  in  its  challenge  of U.S.  EPA's  actions,  capital expenditures
required to bring its  discharges to the MWRD  into compliance with the  current
applicable pretreatment standards are estimated at approximately $6 million.
 
    Although  Acme  is  vigorously  pursuing  its  administrative  and  judicial
remedies and  would vigorously  contest  any action  to assess  civil  penalties
against  Acme, the Company does not  have sufficient information to estimate its
potential liability, if any, if Acme's efforts to obtain such relief, or contest
such penalty assessments, are not successful.
 
    ILLINOIS STATE IMPLEMENTATION  PLAN FOR PARTICULATES.   Acme, together  with
other  Illinois steel companies,  are engaged in  extensive discussions with the
IEPA leading  to  the development  of  regulations governing  the  emissions  of
particulate  matter from various steel manufacturing facilities operated by Acme
and others. These  regulations were submitted  to the U.S.  EPA for approval  as
part of IEPA's State Implementation Plan ("SIP").
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
    On November 18, 1994, the U.S. EPA conditionally approved these regulations.
The  conditions  imposed  by the  U.S.  EPA  for this  SIP  approval  required a
commitment by the IEPA to adopt more stringent rules for various sources at Acme
and other steel companies.  Acme, together with other  steel companies, filed  a
Petition  for Review of U.S.  EPA's action in the U.S.  Court of Appeals for the
Seventh Circuit on January 4, 1995 (Docket No. 95-1025).
 
    The steel companies,  including Acme,  are engaged in  discussions with  the
U.S. EPA and the IEPA regarding the need for these more stringent rules and what
additional particulate emission controls, if any, may be appropriate or required
under Federal law. These discussions and the Petition for Review are pending and
no estimate can be made whether additional emission controls will be required or
the cost of such controls at this time.
 
    OTHER MATTERS
 
    ACME  STEEL  COMPANY--MELT  SHOP  DESULFURIZATION  FUGITIVE  AND  COKE PLANT
PUSHING  EMISSIONS.  Following  internal  reviews  of  current   desulfurization
requirements,   Acme  determined   that  existing   environmental  controls  for
desulfurizing molten  iron  at  its  Riverdale, Illinois,  melt  shop  were  not
satisfactory  for the control of fugitive emissions from this process in view of
the higher percentage  of molten  iron needing  desulfurization as  a result  of
increased  market place demands for lower sulfur content in finished steel goods
sold by  Acme  and  future  melt shop  operations  when  the  Modernization  and
Expansion Project is operational.
 
    Acme,  after completion of  its internal review  and preliminary engineering
evaluation, requested a meeting and began discussions with the U.S. EPA and IEPA
in August 1994 regarding an  improved fugitive emission control program.  During
these  discussions, concerns were  raised regarding fugitive  emissions from the
iron transfer  station and  Acme included  this operation  in its  new  emission
control system. The cost of this emission control system, which was completed in
the first quarter of 1996, was approximately $2.8 million.
 
    Although  discussions were ongoing with the U.S. EPA and installation of the
new melt shop iron desulfurization, iron transfer and skimming emission  control
system  was nearing completion, on February 7  and March 1, 1996 U.S. EPA issued
two Notices of Violation ("NOV") seeking  penalties for past violations and  for
any  economic benefit  which may have  accrued to Acme  by reason of  a delay in
achieving  compliance   with  fugitive   emission  regulations   for  the   iron
desulfurization  and transfer operations at the  melt shop and pushing emissions
at the Coke Plant  under U.S. EPA's civil  penalties policies. The Company  does
not  believe Acme  incurred any economic  benefits from  delayed compliance with
respect to  these emissions  and intends  to vigorously  oppose any  efforts  to
assess such penalties against Acme.
 
    METROPOLITAN WATER RECLAMATION DISTRICT OF GREATER CHICAGO (MWRD)--CEASE AND
DESIST ORDERS (C&D ORDER).  CEASE AND DESIST ORDER NO. 32453. On March 24, 1994,
the  MWRD issued C&D Order No. 32453 relating to Acme's self-reported discharges
of total cyanide to the MWRD's sanitary sewer system in quantities in excess  of
the  limits authorized by the  MWRD's Sewage and Waste  Control Ordinance at its
Chicago, Illinois Coke Plant. Following extensive investigation of the cause and
evaluation and testing of appropriate  treatment methodologies, Acme selected  a
treatment  system and submitted a proposed construction schedule to the MWRD for
review. A  treatment  system  for  the removal  of  cyanide  was  installed  and
compliance  demonstrated by Acme  by the October 31,  1995 final compliance date
established by the MWRD at a cost of approximately $1.2 million.
 
    CEASE AND DESIST ORDER  NO. 38357.   On July 13, 1994,  the MWRD issued  C&D
Order  No. 38357 relating  to Acme's self-reported  discharges of lead, mercury,
iron and pH  in quantities  in excess of,  or out  of the range  of, the  limits
authorized   by  the  MWRD's  Sewage  and  Waste  Control  Ordinance.  Following
investigation and corrective  action, these  violations were  corrected for  all
parameters  except lead.  Subsequent investigation has  identified the potential
source of  the  excess  lead  discharges; and  a  treatment  system  to  achieve
compliance  is scheduled for completion by June 30, 1996 at an estimated cost of
$0.5 million.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
    1986  REORGANIZATION  MATTERS.    Pursuant  to  an  Agreement  and  Plan  of
Reorganization  dated as  of March 5,  1986, (the  "Reorganization") between the
Company  and  Interlake,  both  parties  entered  into  a  Cross-Indemnification
Agreement,  dated May 29, 1986, (the "Agreement") more specifically described in
Exhibit 10.2  to the  Company's  Annual Report/Form  10-K  filed with  the  U.S.
Securities Exchange Commission for the fiscal year 1992.
 
    Pursuant  to the  terms of this  Agreement, for  a period of  ten (10) years
following the  date  of  the  Spin-Off  (as  said  term  is  identified  in  the
Reorganization  documents), the Company undertook  to defend, indemnify and hold
Interlake and its affiliates  harmless from and against  any and all Claims,  as
that term is defined in the Agreement, occurring either before or after the date
of  the  Reorganization  and which  arose  out of  or  are related  to  the Acme
Business. The Acme Business is more specifically defined in the Agreement as the
iron and steel and  domestic U.S. steel strapping  business as conducted by  the
Company  on  or  about May  29,  1986.  The indemnification  by  the  Company of
Interlake with respect to any claims includes, but is not limited to, all claims
asserted in connection with the Company's interests or obligations with  respect
to:  Wabush Iron  Company, Ltd.;  Wabush Mines;  Erie Mining  Company; Olga Coal
Company; assets and liabilities related  to qualified welfare and benefit  plans
with  respect to retired,  current and future employees  of the Company; certain
environmental matters  relating  to the  Acme  Business, whether  brought  by  a
governmental  agency  or a  private  entity; workers'  compensation  matters and
occupational safety, health  and administration matters;  and product  liability
and  general liability  matters related  to the  Acme Businesses.  The Agreement
designated certain mineral property interests retained by the Company, including
land held  for  the  account  of  the Company  by  Syracuse  Mining  Company,  a
subsidiary  of Pickands Mather and Company; stock of Tilden Iron Mining Company;
and, lands  in Bruce  County, Ontario,  Canada, being  within the  scope of  the
indemnification.
 
    Similarly,  and for the same period  of time, Interlake undertook to defend,
indemnify and hold the Company and its affiliates harmless from and against  all
Claims,  as that term  is defined in  the Agreement, occurring  either before or
after the date of the Reorganization related to the operation of all  businesses
and  properties currently  owned, directly  or indirectly,  by Interlake  or any
subsidiary of Interlake (other than the Company and its affiliates) and relating
to the  Transferred Property,  as that  term is  defined in  the  Reorganization
Agreement  (but excluding the  Acme Business), and,  any business and properties
discontinued or sold  by Interlake  Inc. prior to  May 29,  1986, including  any
discontinued  or sold businesses or property  which, if continued, would be part
of the  Acme Business.  The indemnification  by Interlake  with respect  to  any
Claims incurred in connection with or arising out of or related to the Interlake
Business,  as that term is defined  more specifically in the Agreement, includes
but is not limited  to: those claims asserted  in connection with certain  stock
options,  rights, awards  and programs;  certain deferred  compensation matters;
certain  matters  arising  under  qualified   welfare  and  benefit  plans   and
post-retirement  income  plans;  and,  environmental  matters  relating  to  the
Interlake  Businesses  whether  brought  by  governmental  agencies  or  private
entities.  These environmental matters include,  without limitation, the lawsuit
captioned PEOPLE  OF THE  STATE OF  ILLINOIS V.  WASTE MANAGEMENT  OF  ILLINOIS,
INTERLAKE,  INC. AND  FIRST NATIONAL BANK  OF WESTERN SPRINGS,  Circuit Court of
Cook County,  Illinois  (No. 85  L  30162); the  disposal  of materials  at  the
landfill  operated by  Conservation Chemical  located at  Gary, Indiana,  to the
extent such  materials originated  at  the plant  of  Gary Steel  Company;  and,
operation of facilities by predecessors of Interlake, Inc. at Duluth, Minnesota;
workers'  compensation, occupational safety  and health matters  relating to the
Interlake Business; general  products liability and  general litigation  matters
related  to the  Interlake Business; and,  the matters arising  from Lake Mining
Company, Mauthe Mining Company, Odanah  Iron Company, Vermillion Mining  Company
and Western Mining Company.
 
    Pursuant  to this Agreement, Interlake has provided the defense and paid all
costs in the matter of  CITY OF TOLEDO V.  BEAZER MATERIALS AND SERVICES,  INC.,
SUCCESSOR-IN-INTEREST  TO KOPPERS  COMPANY, INC.,  TOLEDO COKE  CORPORATION, THE
INTERLAKE CORPORATION, SUCCESSOR-IN-INTEREST TO  INTERLAKE, INC., THE  INTERLAKE
COMPANIES,  INC., SUCCESSOR-IN-INTEREST TO INTERLAKE,  INC., ACME STEEL COMPANY,
SUCCESSOR-IN-INTEREST TO INTERLAKE, INC., United States District Court, Northern
District of Ohio, Western Division,
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
Case No. 3:90 CV 7344, which is an action for declaratory and injunctive  relief
by  the City  of Toledo (the  "City") to recover  its past and  future costs and
damages associated with  the presence  of and release  of hazardous  substances,
hazardous  wastes, solid  waste, industrial  waste and  other waste  at or about
property located on Front  Street in Toledo, Ohio  (the "Site"). The City  seeks
relief  pursuant to  the Comprehensive Environmental  Response, Compensation and
Liability Act ("CERCLA"), the Resource Conservation Recovery Act ("RCRA") and on
the basis of  nuisance. City claims  that the defendants  owned and/or  operated
facilities  located on Front Street in Toledo, Ohio which generated, transported
and/or treated, stored  or disposed of  hazardous substances, hazardous  wastes,
solid  wastes and industrial wastes  or other wastes which  were released at and
from the facility by defendants or successors-in-interest to the entities  which
owned,  operated, generated, transported  and/or treated, stored  or disposed of
said substances.  In  June 1995,  the  Court denied  the  City's motion  for  an
injunction under RCRA to compel the defendants to clean up the Site. The City is
appealing  this  decision. In  November 1995,  the  Court granted  the Interlake
defendants' (Acme Steel  Company, The  Interlake Corporation  and The  Interlake
Companies,  Inc.) motion for summary judgement seeking indemnification by Beazer
for any  environmental liabilities  assisted by  the City.  Beazer indicates  it
intends to appeal this decision. In January 1996, the Court ruled the defendants
were liable for the City's costs incurred to investigate the Site ($400,000) and
for  future  costs of  investigation  and remediation,  to  the extent  they are
consistent with the National Contingency Plan under CERCLA.
 
    Interlake also has and continues  to provide indemnification to the  Company
for  the Duluth,  Minnesota, facility which  has been designated  as a Superfund
Site pursuant  to the  Comprehensive  Environmental Response,  Compensation  and
Liability   Act  of   1980,  as   amended  by   the  Superfund   Amendments  and
Reauthorization Act  of  1986,  42  U.S.C. Section  9601,  ET  SEQ.  Interlake's
estimate,  obtained from publicly filed  documents, of the potential remediation
costs of contaminated soils, under alternatives Interlake deems appropriate  and
which  it  indicates are  consistent  with U.S.  EPA's  policy guidance  and the
Minnesota environmental  agency ("MPCA"),  range from  $3 to  $4 million.  Other
remediation  plans for  the contaminated  soils which  contemplate the continued
industrial use  of the  property could  cost as  much as  $20 million.  However,
Interlake  believes that the  risks and other  assumptions associated with these
plans may be overstated. Interlake reports it expects the soil remediation  will
be  substantially complete by the end of 1996. The MPCA also requested Interlake
to  investigate  and  evaluate  remediation  alternatives  for  the   underwater
sediments  at  the Duluth  site. Interlake  reports  that it  and the  MPCA have
substantially agreed  upon the  scope of  the sediments  investigation and  this
investigation  commenced in February  1996. Interlake indicates  it is unable to
provide  meaningful  estimates   of  the  potential   cost  estimates  of   such
remediation,  if any is deemed appropriate,  until the investigation is complete
and remediation alternatives are reviewed with the MPCA.
 
    To date, Interlake has met  its obligations under the  Cross-Indemnification
Agreement  with respect  to all matters  covered therein  affecting the Company,
including those matters  related to  litigation and  environmental matters.  The
Company  does  not  have  sufficient  information  to  determine  the  potential
liability of the Company, if  any, for the matters  covered by the Agreement  in
the  event Interlake fails to meet its  obligations thereunder in the future. In
the event Interlake, for any reason, was unable to fulfill its obligations under
the Cross-Indemnification  Agreement, the  Company could  have increased  future
obligations which could be significant.
 
ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
    No matters were submitted to a vote of the Company's security holders during
the last quarter of the last fiscal year.
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
 
    The  information relating to  the market for the  Company's common stock and
related shareholder  matters  appears  in the  note  to  consolidated  financial
statements  titled Long-term Debt and Revolving Credit Agreement, pages 49 - 51,
and found in the inside back  cover under the captions Stock Market  Information
and  Dividends  which is  incorporated  by reference  in  this Form  10-K Annual
Report.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                 (This page has been left blank intentionally.)
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    TEN YEARS IN REVIEW (dollars in thousands except for per share data)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1995            1994
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Income Data
  Net sales                                                        $ 521,619      $ 522,880
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Gross profit                                                     $  84,448      $  76,288
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Income (loss) before income taxes, extraordinary items and
  cumulative effect of changes in accounting principle             $  44,135      $  28,693
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Income tax provision (credit)                                    $  15,889      $   9,935
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income (loss) before extraordinary items and cumulative
  effect of changes in accounting principle                        $  28,246      $  18,758
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Extraordinary credit resulting from utilization of net
  operating loss
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Extraordinary expense item related to penalty on prepayment of
  debt                                                                            $  (1,787)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Cumulative effect on prior years of changes in accounting
  principle
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income (loss)                                                $  28,246      $  16,971
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Per Share Data
  Income (loss) before extraordinary credit (expense) and
  cumulative effect of changes in accounting principle             $    2.44      $    2.38
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Extraordinary credit (expense) item                                             $   (0.22)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principle
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income (loss)                                                $    2.44      $    2.16
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Shareholders' equity                                             $   21.42      $   19.31
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands)                  11,596          7,873
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Balance Sheet
  Current assets                                                   $ 258,787      $ 273,842
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Property, plant and equipment, net                               $ 379,178      $ 148,829
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total assets                                                     $ 754,743      $ 682,330
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Current liabilities                                              $ 108,330      $  81,391
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Long-term debt                                                   $ 276,831      $ 265,055
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Shareholders' equity                                             $ 248,111      $ 223,278
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Cash flows
  Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities             $  57,787      $  47,422
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net cash used for investing activities                           $ (81,793)     $(334,124)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities             $     410      $ 312,897
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net increase (decrease) in cash                                  $ (23,596)     $  26,195
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Ratio Analysis (percent)
  Gross profit margin                                                   16.2%          14.6%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Pre-tax margin                                                         8.5%           5.5%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net margin                                                             5.4%           3.3%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Return on shareholders' equity                                        12.0%(e)       11.1%(d)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Debt as a percentage of capitalization                                  53%            54%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Additional Information
  Depreciation                                                     $  13,613      $  15,514
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Capital expenditures                                             $ 244,374      $  56,339
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Working capital                                                  $ 150,457      $ 192,451
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
(a)  Computed before cumulative effect of changes in accounting principle.
(b)  Includes result of cumulative effect of changes in accounting principle and
    an $8.2  million reduction  in  shareholder's equity  related to  a  minimum
    pension liability adjustment.
(c)   Includes a  $13.1 million reduction  in shareholder's equity  related to a
    minimum pension liability adjustment.
(d)   Includes a  $0.7 million  increase in  shareholder's equity  related to  a
    minimum pension liability adjustment.
(e)   Includes a $3.8 million reduction  in retained earnings related to minimum
    pension liability adjustment.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
Certain amounts have been reclassified to conform with the 1995 presentation.  A
ten-year presentation is provided. Acme Metals Incorporated, formerly Acme Steel
Company,  became a public company in  1986 when, following the reorganization of
Interlake, Inc., the shares of the  company were distributed to shareholders  of
The Interlake Corporation, pursuant to a reorganization of Interlake, Inc.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                1993          1992            1991        1990        1989        1988        1987        1986
<S>                           <C>           <C>             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Income Data
  Net sales                   $ 457,406     $ 391,562       $ 376,951   $ 446,042   $ 439,412   $ 412,453   $ 335,488   $240,314
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Gross profit                $  45,223     $  29,546       $  27,748   $  36,712   $  51,886   $  54,493   $  31,314   $ 14,174
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Income (loss) before
  income taxes,
  extraordinary items and
  cumulative effect of
  changes in accounting
  principle                   $  10,432     $  (4,522)      $  (3,050)  $   9,388   $  26,126   $  30,982   $  13,302   $(21,103)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Income tax provision
  (credit)                    $   4,173     $  (1,673)      $    (732)  $   3,755   $   9,926   $  12,393   $   6,360
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income (loss) before
  extraordinary items and
  cumulative effect of
  changes in accounting
  principle                   $   6,259     $  (2,849)      $  (2,318)  $   5,633   $  16,200   $  18,589   $   6,942   $(21,103)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Extraordinary credit
  resulting from
  utilization of net
  operating loss                                                                                $   1,010   $   6,041
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Extraordinary expense
  item related to penalty
  on prepayment of debt
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Cumulative effect on
  prior years of changes in
  accounting principle                      $ (50,323)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income (loss)           $   6,259     $ (53,172)      $  (2,318)  $   5,633   $  16,200   $  19,599   $  12,983   $(21,103)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Per Share Data
  Income (loss) before
  extraordinary credit
  (expense) and cumulative
  effect of changes in
  accounting principle        $    1.15     $   (0.53)      $   (0.43)  $    1.05   $    3.00   $    3.22   $    1.19   $  (3.66)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Extraordinary credit
  (expense) item                                                                                $    0.17   $    1.03
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Cumulative effect of
  changes in accounting
  principle                                 $   (9.32)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income (loss)           $    1.15     $   (9.85)      $   (0.43)  $    1.05   $    3.00   $    3.39   $    2.22   $  (3.66)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Shareholders' equity        $   15.39     $   16.55       $   28.13   $   28.65   $   27.63   $   24.62   $   21.43   $  19.01
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Weighted average shares
  outstanding (in
  thousands)                      5,439         5,396           5,373       5,356       5,393       5,776       5,856      5,769
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Balance Sheet
  Current assets              $ 170,394     $ 148,860       $ 134,192   $ 126,497   $ 149,199   $ 102,572   $  86,117   $ 70,772
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Property, plant and
  equipment, net              $ 115,539     $ 120,689       $ 129,730   $ 133,419   $ 116,552   $ 104,024   $  99,285   $ 91,583
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total assets                $ 333,869     $ 300,702       $ 290,736   $ 286,603   $ 285,275   $ 224,070   $ 201,155   $177,085
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Current liabilities         $  77,197     $  59,425       $  50,027   $  50,026   $  57,683   $  66,331   $  51,511   $ 47,297
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Long-term debt              $  49,333     $  56,000       $  59,500   $  59,500   $  59,500   $   9,500   $   9,500   $ 10,000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Shareholders' equity        $  83,203     $  89,295       $ 150,664   $ 152,370   $ 147,106   $ 130,390   $ 124,775   $110,486
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Cash flows
  Net cash provided by
  (used for) operating
  activities                  $  16,041     $  24,018       $  21,721   $  24,045   $  20,805   $  23,252   $  22,750   $ (5,731)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net cash used for
  investing activities        $ (11,749)    $  (6,562)      $ (10,611)  $ (37,693)  $ (38,804)  $ (16,014)  $ (18,909)  $(12,363)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net cash provided by
  (used for) financing
  activities                  $  (3,072)    $      34       $    (443)  $    (328)  $  50,155   $ (15,410)  $   1,213   $ 22,947
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net increase (decrease)
  in cash                     $   1,220     $  17,490       $  10,667   $ (13,976)  $  32,156   $  (8,172)  $   5,054   $  4,853
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Ratio Analysis (percent)
  Gross profit margin               9.9%          7.5%            7.4%        8.2%       11.8%       13.2%        9.3%       5.9%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Pre-tax margin                    2.3%         (1.2)%(a)       (0.8)%       2.1%        5.9%        7.5%          4%      (8.8)%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net margin                        1.4%         (0.7)%(a)       (0.6)%       1.3%        3.7%        4.8%        3.9%      (8.8)%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Return on shareholders'
  equity                            7.3%(c)     (59.5)%(b)       (1.5)%       3.8%       11.6%         15%         11%     (17.9)%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Debt as a percentage of
  capitalization                     40%           40%(b)          28%         28%         29%          7%          7%         8%
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Additional Information
  Depreciation                $  15,234     $  14,705       $  14,224   $  13,031   $  12,031   $  10,742   $   9,873   $  9,629
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Capital expenditures        $  11,749     $   7,557       $  10,611   $  28,604   $  14,960   $   9,314   $   7,151   $ 12,363
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Working capital             $  93,197     $  89,435       $  84,165   $  76,471   $  91,516   $  36,241   $  34,606   $ 23,475
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The  following table  sets forth  for the  periods indicated  the percentage
relationship that items in the Statements of Operations bear to net sales.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                              -------------------------------------------
                                                              DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 25,   DECEMBER 26,
                                                                  1995           1994           1993
                                                              -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>            <C>
Net sales...................................................       100.0%         100.0%         100.0%
                                                                   -----          -----          -----
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of products sold.....................................        81.3           82.5           86.9
  Depreciation expense......................................         2.5            2.9            3.2
                                                                   -----          -----          -----
Gross profit................................................        16.2           14.6            9.9
  Selling and administrative expense........................         6.8            6.4            6.7
  Restructuring/nonrecurring charges........................                        1.8            0.4
                                                                   -----          -----          -----
Operating income............................................         9.4            6.4            2.8
  Interest expense, net.....................................        (1.3)          (1.2)          (0.9)
  Other non-operating income, net...........................         0.3            0.3            0.1
  Unusual income items......................................         0.0            0.0            0.3
Income tax provision........................................         3.0            1.9            0.9
                                                                   -----          -----          -----
Net income before extraordinary item........................         5.4            3.6            1.4
Extraordinary item, net of taxes............................                       (0.3)
                                                                   -----          -----          -----
Net income..................................................         5.4%           3.3%           1.4%
                                                                   -----          -----          -----
                                                                   -----          -----          -----
</TABLE>
 
FISCAL 1995 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL 1994
 
    NET SALES.   Consolidated net  sales of $521.6  million for  the year  ended
December  31, 1995  were essentially  even with  the prior  year. Higher selling
prices of $19.4  million and  an increase  in sales  of iron  products of  $27.8
million were completely offset by reduced shipments.
 
    STEEL  MAKING SEGMENT.   In  1995, the  Company continued  to enjoy improved
selling prices that benefited the  steel industry as a  whole. Net sales of  the
Steel  Making Segment advanced slightly  to $356.8 million in  1995, a 2 percent
improvement over last year.  Sales to unaffiliated customers  rose 2 percent  to
$234.9 million, while intersegment sales of $121.9 million were 3 percent higher
than  in 1994. The Steel  Making Segment's net sales  benefited from a 3 percent
increase in  average  selling  prices,  resulting  principally  from  a  partial
realization of price increases that were announced during 1994.
 
    STEEL  FABRICATING SEGMENT.   Steel Fabricating Segment  net sales of $288.4
million in 1995 were  2 percent lower  than the comparable  period in the  prior
year.  Lower shipment  volume accounted for  $19.3 million of  the sales decline
partially offset  by increased  average selling  prices that  contributed  $14.3
million versus last year.
 
    Sales  of strapping  and strapping tools  of $166.8 million  in 1995 matched
sales in the previous year. Higher average selling prices increased net sales by
$8.3 million, which was completely negated by lower shipment volume.
 
    Steel tube sales  for 1995 totaled  $80.8 million, down  2 percent from  the
prior  year.  The $2.0  million reduction  in  sales was  due entirely  to lower
shipments as average selling  prices increased over  last year. Average  selling
prices rose 10 percent, contributing an increase of $6.2 million in sales versus
1994.  Higher selling prices were  completely offset by a  12 percent decline in
shipments, which was  largely due to  on going rationalization  of the  customer
base towards higher margin accounts.
 
    Sales  of jacks and  lifting tools for  cars and light  trucks totaled $40.8
million, a 7 percent decline from the prior year. The decrease versus last  year
was  due  almost entirely  to  lower sales  volume,  as selling  prices remained
consistent with the prior year.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    COMPARATIVE SALES BY SEGMENT.  The table below summarizes the relative sales
contribution of the products comprising the Company's business segments for  the
past three years.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1995        1994        1993
                                                                                      -----       -----       -----
<S>                                                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>
Sheet and strip steel.............................................................         33%         38%         37%
Semi-finished steel...............................................................          4%          4%          2%
Iron products and other...........................................................          8%          2%          2%
                                                                                           --          --          --
    TOTAL STEEL MAKING SEGMENT....................................................         45%         44%         41%
                                                                                           --          --          --
                                                                                           --          --          --
Sheet strapping and strapping tools...............................................         32%         32%         33%
Welded steel tube.................................................................         15%         16%         16%
Auto and light truck jacks........................................................          8%          8%         10%
                                                                                           --          --          --
    TOTAL STEEL FABRICATING SEGMENT...............................................         55%         56%         59%
                                                                                           --          --          --
                                                                                           --          --          --
</TABLE>
 
    GROSS  PROFIT.   The gross profit  for the  year ended December  31, 1995 of
$84.4 million  was $8.2  million  higher than  last year,  primarily  reflecting
higher  selling prices for the majority of the Company's products. Gross profit,
as a percentage of net  sales, was 16.2 percent in  1995 versus 14.6 percent  in
last year's comparable period.
 
    SELLING  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE.    Selling and  administrative expense
totaled $35.6 million (6.8 percent of net sales) and $33.2 million (6.4  percent
of  net sales) for the years ended  1995 and 1994, respectively. The increase in
expense was principally  the result of  higher salaries and  increases in  other
administrative costs.
 
    OPERATING INCOME.  Operating income for the year ended December 31, 1995 was
$48.8 million compared to $33.6 million for the year ended December 25, 1994.
 
    STEEL MAKING SEGMENT.  Operating income for the Steel Making Segment totaled
$28.5 million, a $14.0 million improvement over 1994. Operating income last year
was  reduced by a pre-tax $9.5 million non-cash, nonrecurring charge recorded to
recognize the impairment  of existing  steel making  facilities and  contractual
employee   reduction  costs  related  to  the   decision  to  proceed  with  the
Modernization and Expansion Project. Exclusive of this charge, 1995's  operating
income  increased $4.5  million due  almost entirely  to higher  average selling
prices of  3  percent  and  increased  sales of  iron  products  of  6  percent.
Offsetting  a substantial  portion of this  benefit was a  decline in shipments,
increased retiree  and  active medical  costs,  increased pension  expense,  and
higher  administrative  expenses.  Flat-rolled shipments  to  external customers
decreased 50,000 tons compared to the  prior year, while shipments to the  Steel
Fabricating  Segment were 6,000 tons lower. In 1995, approximately 61 percent of
flat-rolled sales and 65 percent of  gross margin were attributable to  external
customers.  The remaining sales and gross  margin were generated by shipments to
the Steel Fabricating Segment.  In 1994, approximately 65  percent of sales  and
gross  margin of  the Steel  Making Segment  resulted from  flat-rolled sales to
external customers, while shipments to the Fabricating Segment accounted for the
remaining 35 percent  of sales  and gross  margin. The  increased percentage  of
shipments  to  affiliated customers  in 1995  is  consistent with  the Company's
strategy to obtain the highest possible  margin on flat-rolled steel and  obtain
the highest earnings for the Company as a whole.
 
    STEEL  FABRICATING  SEGMENT.   Operating  income for  the  Steel Fabricating
Segment of $20.4 million  in 1995 was  $1.3 million higher  than last year.  The
segment was aided by the continued strength of the economy and increased average
selling prices in 1995, somewhat offset by lower shipment volumes. The strapping
business  benefited  from  a  6  percent  increase  in  average  selling  prices
established in December 1994 which was  mostly offset by lower shipment  volume.
Alpha's  results advanced due to  improved mix resulting from  a shift away from
commodity markets to specialty value-added tubing
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
products.  In addition, Alpha's business benefited from lower raw material costs
for certain of its higher margin products. Lower demand in 1995 left Universal's
operating income lower than that of the prior year.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest  expense increased $6.8  million over the  prior
year.  The increase  in interest  expense resulted  from the  issuance of $255.0
million of long-term debt in the  third quarter of 1994. Interest costs  totaled
$35.4 million, compared to $16.0 million in the previous year. Interest costs of
$14.6  million  were  capitalized as  part  of the  Modernization  and Expansion
Project in 1995, compared to $2.0 million  in the prior year. See LIQUIDITY  AND
CAPITAL  RESOURCES  included  herein  and LONG-TERM  DEBT  AND  REVOLVING CREDIT
AGREEMENT in the NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
    INTEREST INCOME.  Interest income was  $6.6 million higher than in 1994  due
entirely  to additional interest income earned on the net proceeds received from
the issuance of debt and equity in  the third quarter of 1994, less payments  to
the general contractor relating to the Modernization and Expansion Project.
 
    OTHER  NON-OPERATING INCOME.   Other non-operating  income in  1995 was $1.8
million due  primarily to  a $1.6  million gain  on the  sale of  the  Company's
interest  in a West  Virginia coal producing property.  The comparable period in
1994 included income of $1.4 million consisting principally of a refund of prior
years' utility costs.
 
    INCOME TAX EXPENSE.  Income tax expense in 1995 totaled $15.9 million  based
on  a 36 percent effective  tax rate as compared to  the $9.9 million expense in
1994, based on a 34.6 percent effective rate.
 
    NET INCOME.  The Company recorded the highest earnings level in its  history
posting  $28.2 million, or $2.44 per share  in 1995 versus the $17.0 million, or
$2.16 per share, recorded in 1994. In 1994, net income per share was reduced  by
an extraordinary expense item of $1.8 million, net of tax, or 22 cents per share
related to the early extinguishment of debt in the third quarter.
 
FISCAL 1994 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL 1993
 
    NET  SALES.  In 1994, the Company  continued to enjoy an improvement both in
order volume  and prices  that benefited  the steel  industry and  the  national
economy  as a whole. Order rates for  all of the Company's products increased as
sales volume improved  13 percent  during the  year. Consolidated  net sales  of
$522.9  million for the year  ended December 25, 1994  were $65.4 million, or 13
percent, higher than  net sales in  1993. Higher shipment  volume represented  a
$37.7  million increase in sales supplemented by a 6 percent increase in average
selling prices over 1993's comparable period. The increased selling prices had a
$27.7 million favorable impact on sales in comparison to 1993.
 
    STEEL MAKING SEGMENT.   Net sales for the  Steel Making Segment advanced  to
$349.4  million in 1994, a  $45.6 million, or 15  percent, improvement over last
year's comparable period. Sales to  unaffiliated customers increased 23  percent
to  $231.2 million  while intersegment  sales of  $118.2 million  were 2 percent
higher than in 1993. The  increase in the Steel  Making Segment's net sales  was
the  result of the phase-in of two separate 2 percent price increases in average
selling prices as well as the full  year impact of 1993's price increases and  a
15,694 ton increase in shipments of flat-rolled products.
 
    STEEL  FABRICATING SEGMENT.   Steel Fabricating Segment  net sales of $293.5
million in 1994  were $21.9 million,  or 8 percent,  higher than the  comparable
period  in the prior year.  An increase in average  selling prices accounted for
$15.9 million of the sales  improvement while increased shipments generated  the
remainder of the increase over last year.
 
    Sales of steel strapping and strapping tools totaled $166.8 million in 1994,
a  $12.7 million, or 8  percent, increase over a  year earlier. Increased volume
accounted for $8.6 million, or 68  percent, of the improvement over last  year's
results.  Average selling prices  were 3 percent higher  than last year's levels
with all of the increase coming in the latter part of the year.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    Steel tube sales  for 1994  reached $82.8 million,  up 11  percent from  the
prior  year. The $8.6 million improvement in sales was due entirely to increased
average selling prices.  Selling prices rose  18 percent during  the year  while
shipments  fell  7  percent due  to  on-going rationalization  of  customer base
towards higher margin accounts.
 
    Sales of jacks  and lifting tools  for cars and  light trucks totaled  $43.9
million,  2 percent higher than the prior year. The improvement in sales was due
entirely to increased selling prices, which, on average, were slightly above the
previous year's levels.
 
    GROSS PROFIT.   The gross profit  for the  year ended December  25, 1994  of
$76.3  million was  $31.1 million higher  than the gross  profit recorded during
last year's comparable period.  The increase in gross  profit was due to  higher
average selling prices for the Company's products and increased shipment volume.
Operating  costs, however, were higher in 1994. Higher material costs and higher
retiree insurance and pension costs were  the primary reasons for the  increased
operating  costs.  The gross  profit, as  a  percentage of  net sales,  was 14.6
percent in 1994 versus 9.9 percent in the 1993 comparable period.
 
    SELLING AND  ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE.    Selling and  administrative  expense
totaled  $33.2 million (6.4 percent of net sales) and $30.6 million (6.7 percent
of net sales) for  the years ended 1994  and 1993, respectively. While  expenses
increased  principally due to  the increased sales activity,  as a percentage of
sales they decreased.
 
    OPERATING INCOME.   Operating  income for  the Company  for the  year  ended
December  25, 1994 was  $33.6 million as  compared to operating  income of $12.7
million for the year ended December 26, 1993.
 
    STEEL MAKING SEGMENT.  Operating income for the Steel Making Segment totaled
$14.5 million, a significant improvement  over operating income of $0.7  million
recorded  in  1993. Operating  income  in 1994  was  reduced by  a  $9.5 million
non-cash, nonrecurring charge recorded to  recognize the impairment of  existing
steel  making facilities and contractual employee reduction costs related to the
decision to proceed with the  Modernization and Expansion Project. The  earnings
improvement was driven by increased shipments and higher average selling prices.
Shipments  to external  customers in 1994  increased 62,000 tons  over the prior
year while shipments  to the Steel  Fabricating Segment were  13,200 tons  lower
than  in 1993. Approximately 65 percent of 1994's shipments and gross margin was
attributable to  external customers  while  the remaining  35 percent  of  gross
margin was generated by shipments to the Steel Fabricating Segment. In 1993, the
Steel  Making Segment shipped  60 percent of its  products to external customers
which generated approximately 60  percent of its margin  while shipments to  the
Fabricating  Segment  produced  the  remaining  40  percent  gross  margin.  The
increased percentage of shipments  to external customers  in 1994 is  consistent
with the Company's two-pronged strategy to obtain the highest possible margin on
flat-rolled steel and obtain the highest earnings for the Company as a whole. In
total, the increased shipments generated $8.1 million in increased revenue while
a  4 percent increase in average selling prices contributed $11.4 million to the
improvement over  last year's  results. Partially  offsetting the  Steel  Making
Segment's  sales related gains were increased material costs, retiree and active
medical costs, increased pension expense, higher major maintenance spending, and
increased selling expenses.
 
    STEEL FABRICATING  SEGMENT.   Operating  income  for the  Steel  Fabricating
Segment  of  $19.0 million  in 1994  was  $7.1 million  higher than  the results
recorded in 1993. The  segment benefited from the  strong economy and  increased
average  selling prices in 1994. Packaging,  which sells steel strapping used to
secure various finished products to pallets or within shipping containers during
transportation, was helped by higher demand for its products in connection  with
increases  in  the domestic  construction and  forest products  markets. Alpha's
results advanced due to increased average selling prices resulting from a  shift
from  commodity  markets  to  specialty  value  added  tubing  products. Alpha's
business also benefited from higher margins due to increased demand for its more
technologically advanced products and gains in product quality and manufacturing
productivity. Decreased
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
shipments in 1994  left Universal's  operating income just  slightly lower  than
that  of the  prior year. Partially  offsetting the  Steel Fabricating Segment's
sales and productivity related  gains were increased raw  material costs in  the
form of higher flat-rolled steel prices.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense increased significantly in 1994 over the
1993  level. The increase in interest expense  of $8.6 million resulted from the
issuance of $255.0 million and the retirement of $50.0 million of long-term debt
in the  third quarter  of 1994.  See LIQUIDITY  AND CAPITAL  RESOURCES  included
herein  and LONG-TERM DEBT  AND REVOLVING CREDIT  AGREEMENT in the  NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
    INTEREST INCOME.  Interest income was  $6.1 million higher than in 1993  due
mainly  to additional interest  income earned on the  net proceeds received from
the issuance of debt and equity during the year.
 
    OTHER NON-OPERATING INCOME.  Non-operating  income in 1994 was $1.1  million
higher  than last year's  comparable period due  primarily to a  refund of prior
years' utility costs recorded in 1994.
 
    INCOME TAX EXPENSE.   The income  tax expense in  1994 totaled $9.9  million
based  on a  34.6 percent  effective tax  rate as  compared to  the $4.2 million
expense in 1993,  based on a  40 percent  effective rate. The  reduction in  the
effective tax rate was due primarily to the significant level of interest income
related to tax-free investments during the year.
 
    NET  INCOME.  The Company  recorded earnings of $17.0  million, or $2.16 per
share in 1994 versus the $6.3 million, or $1.15 per share, recorded in 1993.  In
1994,  net income per share was reduced by an extraordinary expense item of $1.8
million, net of tax, or 22 cents  per share related to the early  extinguishment
of debt in the third quarter.
 
FISCAL 1993 AS COMPARED TO FISCAL 1992
 
    NET SALES.  In 1993, the Company benefited from the strengthening economy in
terms  of increased shipments  and higher average selling  prices. For the year,
consolidated net sales totaled $457.4 million, up $65.8 million, or 17  percent,
over 1992 sales. Shipments of products were strong, representing a $57.5 million
increase  from last year's shipment volume levels. Average selling prices were 2
percent higher than in 1992 with all  of the increase coming in the second  half
of  the year. The improvement  in selling prices added  $8.3 million to 1993 net
sales.
 
    STEEL MAKING SEGMENT.  Total net sales for the Steel Making Segment advanced
to $303.8 million in 1993, a $43.7 million, or 17 percent, improvement over  the
prior  year.  Sales to  unaffiliated customers  increased  29 percent  to $187.8
million while intersegment sales of $116.1 million were 1 percent higher than in
1992. The increase in total net sales was principally the result of a 13 percent
jump in shipments. Steel selling prices, on average, were 3 percent higher  than
the  prior year. Nearly  all of the  price increases materialized  in the second
half of the year as the Steel Making  Segment began to benefit from two $20  per
ton (5 percent) increases initiated in the second and third quarters of 1993.
 
    Sales  of sheet and strip steel, which accounted for 94 percent of the Steel
Making Segment's sales in 1993, advanced $41.8 million, or 17 percent, over  the
prior  year. Semi-finished  steel sales increased  $3.3 million,  or 45 percent,
over the prior  year, while  sales of  iron products  fell $1.5  million, or  18
percent, as compared to a year earlier.
 
    STEEL  FABRICATING SEGMENT.   Steel Fabricating Segment  net sales of $271.5
million were $24.6 million,  or 10 percent, higher  than the prior year.  Higher
shipments  accounted  for $20.0  million of  the improvement  while a  2 percent
increase in average selling prices generated the remainder of the increase  over
a year earlier.
 
    Sales of steel strapping and strapping tools totaled $154.1 million in 1993,
an $11.7 million, or 8 percent, increase over a year earlier. Increased shipping
volume  accounted for $9.4 million,  or 80 percent, of  the improvement over the
prior year's results.  Average selling  prices were  2 percent  higher than  the
prior  year's levels with all  of the increase coming in  the latter part of the
year.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
    Steel tube sales  for 1993  reached $74.3 million,  up 17  percent from  the
prior  year. The $10.8 million improvement in  sales was due mainly to increased
shipping volume. Selling prices rose 4 percent during the year with most of  the
increase in the last half of 1993.
 
    Sales  of jacks and  lifting tools for  cars and light  trucks totaled $43.1
million, 5 percent higher than the prior year. The improvement in sales was  due
entirely  to  increased  shipping volume  as  selling prices,  on  average, were
slightly below the prior year's levels.
 
    GROSS PROFIT.  Gross profit as a  percent of consolidated net sales in  1993
was  9.9 percent, the highest percentage since 1989. The gross profit percentage
in 1992  was 7.5  percent. Increased  sales volume  and higher  average  selling
prices  were  the primary  determinants for  the  significant increase  in gross
profit over last  year. Operating  costs, however,  were higher  in 1993.  Labor
costs  increased due to a combination  of higher overtime premiums and incentive
bonuses, a negotiated bonus payment to  Acme's and Packaging's union workers  at
the  Riverdale facilities for  ratifying the one year  labor contract that ended
August, 1993 of $0.8  million and a  union signing bonus  and lump sum  payments
negotiated  as part of the  current labor contract resulting  in charges of $0.3
million during the year.  Unplanned expenditures to  repair Acme's basic  oxygen
furnace  and primary  rolling mill  also reduced  gross profit  in 1993. Pension
expense was $1.5  million higher than  in 1992  as the Company  recorded a  $0.3
million expense in 1993 versus a $1.2 million pension benefit in the prior year.
Depreciation  increased $0.5 million over the last year due partially to a major
relining of Acme's blast furnace in 1990.
 
    SELLING AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE.  Selling and administrative expenses  in
1993  were $1.7 million higher than the  prior year. However, on a percentage of
sales basis, selling and administrative expenses improved over the prior year as
expenses totaled 6.7 percent of  sales in 1993 versus  7.4 percent in 1992.  The
Company  began  to benefit  from  lower labor  costs  resulting from  a program,
initiated in the 1992 third quarter and substantially completed by year end,  to
reduce  the  Company's  salaried employee  work-force  by 10  percent.  The 1993
savings from this  program were sufficient  to offset higher  medical costs  for
selling and administrative employees.
 
    RESTRUCTURING  CHARGE.   During 1992,  the Company  recorded a  $2.7 million
restructuring charge  in connection  with  its 10  percent salaried  work  force
reduction  which  was  completed  during 1993.  This  charge  covered additional
pension liability and extra  vacation pay as part  of an early retirement  offer
and severance payments for involuntary separations.
 
    NONRECURRING  CHARGE.   The  Company  recorded a  $1.9  million nonrecurring
charge in 1993 in connection with the $1.3 million write-off of Acme's No. 3 Hot
Strip Mill  and Billet  Mill and  a $0.6  million expense  to close  Packaging's
Pittsburg-East  facility in California and write off a strapping line at its New
Britain, Connecticut, facility.
 
    OPERATING INCOME.   Operating income for  the Company was  $12.7 million  in
1993 as compared to an operating loss of $2.1 million in 1992.
 
    STEEL MAKING SEGMENT.  Operating income for the Steel Making Segment totaled
$0.7  million,  a  significant  improvement  over  the  $9.3  million  loss from
operations recorded in 1992.  The earnings improvement  was driven by  increased
shipments  and higher average selling prices. Shipments to external customers in
1993 increased 87,000  tons over  the prior year  while shipments  to the  Steel
Fabricating Segment were 5,600 tons lower than in 1992. Approximately 60 percent
of  1993's shipments  and gross  profit was  attributable to  external customers
while the remaining 40 percent of gross profit was generated by shipments to the
Steel Fabricating Segment. In 1992, the Steel Making Segment shipped 55  percent
of  its products to external  customers which generated 52  percent of its gross
profit while shipments to the  Steel Fabricating Segment produced the  remaining
48  percent of gross  profit. The increased percentage  of shipments to external
customers in  1993 is  consistent  with the  Company's two-pronged  strategy  to
obtain  the highest possible margin on  flat-rolled steel and obtain the highest
earnings for the Company as a whole. In total, the increased shipments generated
$8.6 million in increased revenue while a 3 percent increase in average  selling
prices contributed $5.9
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
million  to the improvement over the  prior year's results. Partially offsetting
the Steel Making  Segment's sales related  gains were increased  labor costs  in
connection  with overtime and  union negotiated payments,  unexpected repairs to
its basic oxygen furnace and primary  rolling mill and a $1.3 million  write-off
of the No. 3 Hot Strip Mill recorded in the fourth quarter.
 
    STEEL  FABRICATING  SEGMENT.   Operating  income for  the  Steel Fabricating
Segment of  $11.9 million  in 1993  was  $4.6 million  higher than  the  results
recorded  in 1992.  The Steel Fabricating  Segment benefited  from the improving
economy and increased average selling prices in 1993.
 
    Partially offsetting the Steel Fabricating Segment's sales and  productivity
related  gains  were  increased  raw  material  costs  in  the  form  of  higher
flat-rolled steel  prices  and  a  $0.6 million  expense  to  close  Packaging's
Pittsburg-East  facility in California and the  write-off of a strapping line at
its New Britain,  Connecticut facility. Packaging,  which sells steel  strapping
used  to  secure  various  finished  products  to  pallets  or  within  shipping
containers during transportation, was helped  by higher demand for its  products
in connection with increased U.S. industrial output.
 
    Alpha's  results  advanced  due  to  the  improvement  in  the  housing  and
recreational product markets. Alpha Tube's  business also benefited from  higher
margins  due to increased demand for  its more technologically advanced products
and gains in product quality and manufacturing productivity.
 
    Despite downward  pressure  on  its  selling  prices  in  1993,  Universal's
business achieved record results due to improved manufacturing productivity.
 
    INTEREST  EXPENSE AND INCOME.  Interest  expense was slightly lower than the
prior year.  The decrease  resulted  from a  reduced  balance on  the  Company's
long-term  debt as the result  of a $3.5 million  principal payment in May 1993.
Interest income  was $0.1  million lower  than  in 1992  due mainly  to  reduced
returns on cash balances.
 
    NON-OPERATING  INCOME.  In 1993, the Company recorded a $1.2 million pre-tax
gain as the result  of a settlement  of prior claims  against LTV Steel  Company
("LTV")  by  Wabush Iron,  in an  iron ore  mine equity  interest held  by Acme,
pursuant to the finalization of LTV's plan of reorganization. The sale of all of
the Company's interests in  a coal producing property  located in West  Virginia
added approximately $1.0 million to pre-tax income in 1992.
 
    INCOME  TAX EXPENSE.  The  income tax expense for  1993 equaled $4.2 million
based on a 40 percent effective tax rate. Because of a loss in 1992, the Company
recognized income tax benefits of  $1.7 million in 1992,  based on a 37  percent
effective tax rate.
 
    NET INCOME.  For 1993, the Company registered net income of $6.3 million, or
$1.15 per share. In 1992, the Company incurred a net loss of $2.8 million, or 53
cents  per  share,  before  the  cumulative  effect  of  changes  in  accounting
principles. The  improvement  in  net  income was  due  primarily  to  increased
shipments,  and to  a lesser  extent, higher  average selling  prices for steel,
steel strapping and welded steel tube.
 
    In 1992, the  Company adopted both  FAS No. 106,  Employers' Accounting  for
Postretirement  Benefits Other  Than Pensions  and FAS  No. 109,  Accounting for
Income Taxes. The cumulative effect of adopting FAS No. 106 resulted in a  $42.2
million after-tax charge to 1992 earnings. The cumulative effect of the adoption
of FAS No. 109 increased the 1992 net loss by $8.1 million.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The Company's liquidity requirements include capital investments principally
relating   to  the   Modernization  and   Expansion  Project,   working  capital
requirements, and  interest  expense.  Cash  and  cash  equivalents  balance  at
December  31, 1995 was $53.0 million.  The Company historically has financed its
operating and investing  activities principally  with cash  from operations  and
expects  to continue to do so during  the next few years except for expenditures
related to the Modernization and  Expansion Project, which are funded  primarily
from  the proceeds received from  issuances of debt and  equity during 1994. Net
cash provided by operations was $57.8  million, $47.4 million and $16.0  million
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
for  1995, 1994 and  1993, respectively. At  December 31, 1995,  the Company had
total cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and restricted cash  and
investments  of $187.1 million. These funds  are invested in compliance with the
Company's bond  indentures which  restricts the  type, quality  and maturity  of
investments.
 
    During 1995, the Company's long-term indebtedness increased $11.8 million to
$276.8  million reflecting accretion of the  Secured Discount Notes. The Company
also currently has an  unused $80.0 million Working  Capital Facility, of  which
approximately  $76 million  is available for  borrowing at December  31, 1995 as
calculated under  the borrowing  base agreement.  The Working  Capital  Facility
currently expires in August, 1998. The Company is currently obligated to issue a
letter  of  credit  for  deferred payments  relating  to  the  Modernization and
Expansion Project. Issuance of such  a letter of credit, totaling  approximately
$12  million,  would reduce  the  borrowing base  in  1996 and  1997  in amounts
equivalent to the outstanding  balances of such  deferred payments. At  December
31,  1995, the Company's ratio of debt to total capitalization was .53 to 1. The
Senior Secured and Senior Discount Notes, the Term Loan, and the Working Capital
Facility  were  issued   under  respective  agreements   that  contain   certain
limitations   on  transactions  with   affiliates  including:  loans,  advances,
guarantees, capital contributions, the sale,  lease or purchase of any  property
or  assets. Also,  the indenture  agreements contain  restrictive covenants that
limit the Company's ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens,  pay
dividends,  repurchase capital stock, sell assets,  engage in sale and leaseback
transactions and engage in mergers or consolidations.
 
    Capital expenditures totaled $244.4 million, $56.3 million and $11.7 million
in  1995,  1994  and  1993,  respectively.  The  majority  of  capital   project
expenditures  during 1995 and 1994 were  for payments to the general contractor,
capitalized interest, and  other internal  capital expenditures  related to  the
construction  of the Modernization and Expansion Project totaling $216.8 million
in 1995 and $44.7  million in 1994. The  expenditures for the Modernization  and
Expansion  Project include an accrual at year end of $18.9 million consisting of
amounts owing  the  general contractor.  Based  on the  turnkey  contract  price
without  taking into account financing costs, internally generated costs related
directly to the  project or  additional changes that  may be  requested by  Acme
during construction, management estimates that the cost of the Modernization and
Expansion  Project,  including  equipment,  ancillary  facilities, construction,
general contractor fees, and  certain other project costs  that will be paid  by
the  Company, will  approximate $392 million.  The remainder  of capital project
expenditures during  1995  was  principally  for an  upgrade  of  the  Company's
management information systems and for replacement and rehabilitation of various
production facilities.
 
    Capital   expenditures   attributable  to   compliance   with  environmental
regulations totaled  $8.7  million from  1993  through 1995,  exclusive  of  the
Modernization  and Expansion Project. The Modernization and Expansion Project is
a turnkey  lump sum  contract of  which approximately  $12.1 million,  excluding
capitalized  interest, was capitalized during  1995 to comply with environmental
regulations.
 
    During 1995, Acme invested capital of $1.8 million in a joint venture.  Acme
engaged in this venture as an equity partner and has agreed to invest capital of
$3.5  million for  a total  minority interest  of 40  percent. The  venture will
operate a  state-of-the-art  steel  processing  plant  which  will  provide  the
capability  of processing  wide coils produced  by the new  continuous thin slab
caster and hot strip mill. In addition, the steel processing plant will  improve
the  Company's  ability to  deliver  exact customer  specifications  of superior
quality steel with highly competitive lead  times. Acme has also entered into  a
steel processing agreement with the joint venture which stipulates minimum steel
processing   utilization  requirements,   along  with   related  processing  and
management fees. The facility  is expected to be  partially operational in  late
1996 with the remainder by early 1997.
 
    The Company currently has sufficient cash and investments resulting from the
issuance of the notes, term loan and equity which, when combined with funds that
will  be generated from  future operations, will enable  the Company to complete
construction of the Modernization and Expansion
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
Project and meet the working  capital needs of the  Company. The Company has  an
available  $80.0 million Working Capital Facility.  In addition, the Company has
been authorized  to issue  $11.3 million  of tax-exempt  bonds by  the State  of
Illinois.
 
    The  Company  also  expects to  spend  approximately $28.0  million  in 1998
related to the relining of Acme's A blast furnace at its Chicago facilities, and
the Company  is continually  evaluating  opportunities for  incremental  capital
expenditures which meet certain financial return criteria.
 
OUTLOOK
 
    1996  and 1997 will be  years of transition for  the Company as it completes
construction and begins operation of the Modernization and Expansion Project and
the joint venture  facility with National  Material L.P. in  the second half  of
1996.   The  Modernization   and  Expansion   Project  is   expected  to  reduce
manufacturing costs,  increase  shipping capability  and  broaden the  range  of
products  of the Steel  Making Segment and  to improve the  range and quality of
steel products furnished to the Steel Fabricating Segment companies.
 
    The Company expects 1996 earnings will be significantly below those recorded
in 1995.  Steel Fabricating  Segment  earnings are  expected to  remain  steady;
however,  a  number of  factors  in the  Steel  Making Segment  will  affect the
Company's overall financial results in 1996.
 
    MODERNIZATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT
 
    The Modernization  and Expansion  Project  is expected  to start-up  in  the
second  half of 1996 and be fully operational by the middle of 1997. During this
transition period the Company  will incur training costs  as well as  production
inefficiencies  related to  the start-up  of the  new facility  in 1996  and the
decommissioning of the redundant operations in the existing facilities in  1997.
The total amount of these transitional costs is expected to be approximately $15
million   and  will  be   charged  to  the   Steel  Making  Segment  operations.
Additionally, depreciation  expense related  to the  new facility  and  interest
costs  previously capitalized as a cost of  construction, will be charged to the
operations of  the new  facility  coincident with  its  start-up. All  of  these
charges  will significantly reduce the results of operations of the Steel Making
Segment in 1996.
 
    While the Company expects second-half 1997 results to benefit from the  full
operations  of the Modernization and  Expansion Project, the transition expenses
in the first half of the year will prevent the Company from realizing the  total
annual benefits of the new facility until 1998.
 
    OPERATING COSTS AND SELLING PRICES
 
    During  1996  the Company  expects  operating costs  will  be higher  due to
increases in the costs  of labor, energy, raw  material, supplies, pensions  and
retiree medical care. During the later part of 1995 and carrying over into 1996,
the  Company has experienced substantial competitive pricing pressures resulting
in lower average selling  prices in all of  its Segments. These increased  costs
and lower average selling prices, along with the impact of the Modernization and
Expansion  Project discussed  above, are  expected to  significantly reduced the
Company's 1996 earnings.
 
    Actual events  might materially  differ from  those projected  in the  above
forward-looking  statements.  The  timely arrival,  successful  installation and
testing of major equipment and computer systems are important assumptions in the
Company's projection of a second-half start-up  of the new facility. If the  new
facility is not completed in a timely manner or materially exceeds the Company's
cost  expectations; if there are substantial unexpected production interruptions
or other start-up difficulties; the new facility fails to achieve the production
levels; quality levels or performance  objectives represented and guaranteed  by
the  equipment suppliers and turn-key  general contractor (although mitigated by
liquidated damages of up to 30% of the contract), the competitive and  financial
position  of the Company could be  materially adversely affected. In addition to
uncertainties  with  respect  to   the  Modernization  and  Expansion   Project,
forwarding  looking statements  regarding all  of the  Company's businesses, but
particularly  the  Steel   Making  Segment,  are   based  on  various   economic
assumptions. These assumptions include projections regarding: selling prices for
the  Company products; costs for labor, energy, raw material, supplies, pensions
and retiree medical care; volume or units
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
of product sales; competitive  developments in the  marketplace by domestic  and
foreign  competitors  and the  competitive impact  of  new facilities  which are
expected to compete with the  Company's products; general economic  developments
in  the United  States affecting  the business  of the  Company's customers, and
similar events which may affect the costs,  price or volume of products sold  by
the Company.
 
    There  can be no assurances  the results of these  factors will conform with
the Company's assumptions and projections. If one or more of these factors fails
to meet the Company's projections, the adverse impact on the Company's  business
and  financial  results  could  be  significant.  Similarly,  in  the  event the
Company's assumptions  and  projections  are  too  conservative,  the  Company's
performance may exceed these forecasts.
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
    The  response to Item  8 is submitted  in a separate  section of this Annual
Report on  Form 10-K.  See  the audited  Consolidated Financial  Statements  and
Financial  Statement Schedule  of Acme  Metals Incorporated  attached hereto and
listed in the index on page 33 of this report.
 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
    None.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
                                    PART III
 
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
 
    Information with respect to directors of the Company is incorporated  herein
by  reference to the proxy  statement for the Annual  Meeting of Shareholders of
the Company  to  be  held on  April  25,  1996 under  the  caption  ELECTION  OF
DIRECTORS.
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
 
    The  following table sets forth,  as of March 4,  1996, with respect to each
executive officer of  the Company, his  name and all  positions held during  the
last  five  years.  Executive officers  are  elected  annually by  the  Board of
Directors of the Company  to serve for a  term of office of  one year and  until
their successors are elected.
 
    As  a result of a  Reorganization effected May 25,  1992, Acme Steel Company
became  and  continues  to  be  a  subsidiary  of  the  Company.  Prior  to  the
Reorganization  some  of  the  executive officers  listed  below  were executive
officers of Acme  Steel Company  and, at the  time of  the reorganization,  were
elected to similar positions within the Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         NAME AND AGE                                     POSITIONS DURING LAST 5 YEARS
- ------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>
Brian W. H. Marsden (64)        Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since January 1, 1993;
                                 Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer May 1992 to December 1992;
                                 President and Chief Executive Officer of Acme Steel Company (integrated steel
                                 producer) June 1986 to May 1992.
Stephen D. Bennett (47)         Director, President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company since January 1,
                                 1993; Group Vice President of the Company May 1992 to December 1992; Group Vice
                                 President of Acme Steel Company January 1992 to May 1992; Vice President --
                                 Operations of Acme Steel Company June 1990 to December 1991; General Manager of
                                 Fairfield Works, USS Division of USX Corporation (integrated steel producer)
                                 December 1987 to May 1990.
James W. Hoekwater (49)         Treasurer of the Company since July 1, 1994; Corporate Controller of ITT Rayonier
                                 (producer of pulp and wood products) December 1989 to October 1993.
Gregory J. Pritz (38)           Controller of the Company since August 1, 1994; Director of Accounting and
                                 Compliance of the Company January 1993 to July 1994; Manager of Internal Audit of
                                 Acme Steel Company December 1989 to December 1992.
Gerald J. Shope (52)            Vice President -- Human Resources of the Company since April 1, 1995; Vice
                                 President -- Human Resources of Acme Steel Company January 1, 1992 to March 31,
                                 1995; Director -- Human Resources of Acme Steel Company June 1986 to January
                                 1992.
Edward P. Weber, Jr. (58)       Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of the Company since May 25, 1992;
                                 Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Acme Steel Company June 1986 to
                                 May 1992.
Jerry F. Williams (56)          Vice President -- Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer of the
                                 Company since May 25, 1992; Vice President -- Finance and Administration and
                                 Chief Financial Officer of Acme Steel Company May 1986 to May 1992.
</TABLE>
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    Information  relating to  executive compensation  is incorporated  herein by
reference to the proxy statement for  the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of  the
Company to be held on April 25, 1996 under the caption EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
 
ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
    Information  relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and
management is incorporated herein  by reference to the  proxy statement for  the
Annual Meeting of Shareholders of the Company to be held on April 25, 1996 under
the caption SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.
 
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
    Information  relating to  certain relationships and  related transactions is
incorporated herein by reference to the  proxy statement for the Annual  Meeting
of  Shareholders of the Company  to be held on April  25, 1996 under the caption
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
 
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
 
    (a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:
 
        (1) Financial Statements:
 
            The response to this portion of  Item 14 is submitted in a  separate
            section  of  this  report. See  the  audited  Consolidated Financial
            Statements  and  Financial   Statement  Schedule   of  Acme   Metals
            Incorporated  attached hereto and listed on  the index on page 33 of
            this report.
 
        (2) Financial Statement Schedule:
 
            The response to this portion of  Item 14 is submitted in a  separate
            section  of  this  report. See  the  audited  Consolidated Financial
            Statements  and  Financial   Statement  Schedule   of  Acme   Metals
            Incorporated  attached hereto and listed on  the index on page 33 of
            this report.
 
        (3) Exhibits
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT                                 DESCRIPTION
- --------------   ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>    <C>       <C>
  3.   Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws
       *3(i)     Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as
                  amended by the Certificate of Designation of Junior
                  Participating Preferred Stock, Series A.
       3(ii)     Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant as adopted May
                  25, 1992. Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the 1992 Form 10-K and
                  incorporated by reference herein.
  4.   Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures
       4.1       Rights Agreement dated as of July 15, 1994 between the
                  Registrant and First Chicago Trust Company of New York, Rights
                  Agent. Filed as Exhibit 1 to the Form 8-A August 8, 1994 and
                  Form 8-A/A August 12, 1994 and incorporated by reference
                  herein.
       4.2       Form of Indenture dated as of August 11, 1994 among the
                  Registrants and Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association
                  as trustee, relating to the 12.5 percent Senior Secured Notes
                  due 2002. Filed on August 4, 1994 as Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment
                  No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement, No. 33-54101
                  ("Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1") and incorporated by reference
                  herein.
</TABLE>
 
* Filed herewith
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT                                 DESCRIPTION
- --------------   ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>    <C>       <C>
       4.3       Form of 12.5 percent Senior Secured Note due 2002 (included in
                  Exhibit 4.2). Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 3 to Form
                  S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.
       4.4       Form of Indenture dated as of August 11, 1994 among the
                  Registrant and each of the Guarantors and Shawmut Bank,
                  Connecticut, National Association as trustee, relating to the
                  13.5 percent Senior Secured Discount Notes due 2004. Filed as
                  Exhibit 4.3 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 and incorporated by
                  reference herein.
       4.5       Form of 13.5 percent Senior Secured Discount Note due 2004
                  (included in Exhibit 4.4). Filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Amendment
                  No. 3 to Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.
       4.6       Form of Collateral Agency Agreement dated as of August 11, 1994
                  among the Company, Acme Steel, Acme Packaging, the Trustees,
                  the Term Loan Agent and the Collateral Agent. Filed as Exhibit
                  4.5 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 and incorporated by
                  reference herein.
       4.7       Form of Securities Pledge Agreement dated as of August 11, 1994
                  between the Company and the Collateral Agent. Filed as Exhibit
                  4.6 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 and incorporated by
                  reference herein.
       4.8       Form of Securities Pledge Agreement dated as of August 11, 1994
                  among Acme Steel, Acme Packaging and the Collateral Agent.
                  Filed as Exhibit 4.7 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 and
                  incorporated by reference herein.
       4.9       Form of Security Agreement dated as of August 11, 1994 between
                  Acme Steel and the Collateral Agent. Filed as Exhibit 4.8 to
                  Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 and incorporated by reference
                  herein.
       4.10      Form of Mortgage dated as of August 11, 1994 from Acme Steel to
                  the Collateral Agent. Filed as Exhibit 4.9 to Amendment No. 3
                  to Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.
       4.11      Form of Intercreditor Agreement dated as of August 11, 1994
                  among Acme Steel, Harris Trust and Savings Bank and the
                  Collateral Agent. Filed as Exhibit 4.10 to Amendment No. 3 to
                  Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.
       4.12      Form of Disbursement Agreement dated as of August 11, 1994
                  between the Company and the Collateral Agent. Filed as Exhibit
                  4.11 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 and incorporated by
                  reference herein.
       4.13      Form of Registration Rights Agreement dated March 28, 1994 among
                  the Registrant and The Substituted Purchasers. Filed as Exhibit
                  4.13 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
                  fiscal year ended December 25, 1994 (the "1994 10-K") and
                  incorporated by reference herein.
10.    Material contracts
       10.1      Tax Indemnification Agreement between Acme Steel Company (a
                  subsidiary of the Company) ("Acme") and The Interlake
                  Corporation dated May 30, 1986. Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the
                  1992 Form 10-K and incorporated by reference herein.
       10.2      Cross-Indemnification Agreement between Acme and The Interlake
                  Corporation dated May 29, 1986. Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the
                  1992 Form 10-K and incorporated by reference herein.
       10.3      $80,000,000 Credit Agreement by and among Acme Group and Harris
                  Trust and Savings Bank individually and as Agent and the
                  Lenders which are or become parties hereto dated as of August
                  11, 1994 (the "Credit Agreement"). Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the
                  1994 10-K and incorporated by reference herein.
       *10.4     First Amendment to the Credit Agreement dated as of May 21,
                  1995.
       *10.5     Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement dated August, 1995.
</TABLE>
 
* Filed herewith
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT                                 DESCRIPTION
- --------------   ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>    <C>       <C>
       10.6      Assignment and Acceptance dated August 24, 1994 relating to the
                  Credit Agreement (National City Bank, Assignee). Filed as
                  Exhibit 10.4 to the 1994 10-K and incorporated by reference
                  herein.
       10.7      Assignment and Acceptance dated August 24, 1994 relating to the
                  Credit Agreement (NBD Bank, N.A., Assignee). Filed as Exhibit
                  10.5 to the 1994 10-K and incorporated by reference herein.
       10.8      Assignment and Acceptance dated August 24, 1994 relating to the
                  Credit Agreement (Mercantile Bank of St. Louis National
                  Association, Assignee). Filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the 1994 10-K
                  and incorporated by reference herein.
       10.9      Assignment and Acceptance dated September 1, 1994 relating to
                  the Credit Agreement (General Electric Capital Corporation,
                  Assignee). Filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the 1994 10-K and
                  incorporated by reference herein.
       10.10     Term Loan Agreement dated August 4, 1994 among the Registrant,
                  the Lenders and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. (the "Term Loan").
                  Filed as Exhibit 10.42 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 and
                  incorporated by reference herein.
       10.11     Amendment to the Term Loan dated as of December 15, 1994. Filed
                  as Exhibit 10.9 to the 1994 10-K and incorporated by reference
                  herein.
       10.12     Form of Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract dated
                  July 28, 1994 between Acme Steel Company and Raytheon Engineers
                  & Constructors, Inc. Filed as Exhibit 10.41 to Amendment No. 3
                  to Form S-1 and incorporated by reference herein.
       10.13     Amendment 1 to Engineering, Procurement and Construction
                  Contract between Acme Steel Company and Raytheon Engineers &
                  Constructors, Inc. dated as of July 28, 1994. Filed as Exhibit
                  10.11 to the 1994 10-K and incorporated by reference herein.
       10.14     Amendment 2 to Engineering, Procurement and Construction
                  Contract between Acme Steel Company and Raytheon Engineers &
                  Constructors, Inc. dated as of March 21, 1995. Filed as Exhibit
                  10.12 to the 1994 10-K and incorporated by reference herein.
       10.15     Joint Development Program Agreement dated July 28, 1994 between
                  Acme Steel Company and SMS Schloemann-Siemag, AG. Filed as
                  Exhibit 10.13 to the 1994 10-K and incorporated by reference
                  herein.
       10.16     Agreement between the Registrant and Reynold C. MacDonald dated
                  June 1, 1992.(1) Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the 1992 10-K and
                  incorporated by reference herein.
       *10.17    Amendment to the Agreement between Registrant and Reynold C.
                  MacDonald dated June 1, 1995.
       10.18     Non-Employee Directors Retirement Plan dated February 22, 1990
                  as adopted May 25, 1992.(1) Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the 1992
                  10-K and incorporated by reference herein.
       10.19     Non-Employee Directors' Stock Compensation Plan adopted January
                  27, 1995.(1) Filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the 1994 10-K and
                  incorporated by reference herein.
       *10.20    Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and certain
                  officers of the Registrant.
       10.21     1994 Executive Incentive Compensation Plan of Acme Metals
                  Incorporated as adopted April 28, 1994.(1) Filed as Exhibit
                  10.21 to the 1994 10-K and incorporated by reference herein.
</TABLE>
 
* Filed herewith
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT                                 DESCRIPTION
- --------------   ----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>    <C>       <C>
       10.22     Deferred Compensation Agreement dated May 24, 1986 between the
                  Registrant and Brian W. H. Marsden as adopted May 25, 1992.(1)
                  Filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the 1992 10-K and incorporated by
                  reference herein.
       10.23     Acme Metals Incorporated Deferred Compensation Plan as Amended
                  and Restated effective January 1, 1994 as adopted November 21,
                  1994.(1) Filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the 1994 10-K and
                  incorporated by reference herein.
       *10.24    Key Executive Severance Pay Plan dated January 22, 1987, as
                  adopted May 25, 1992, with Exhibit 1 amended through May 25,
                  1995.
       10.25     Acme Metals Incorporated 1994 Stock Incentive Program as adopted
                  April 28, 1994.(1) Filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the 1994 10-K and
                  incorporated by reference herein.
       10.26     Acme Metals Incorporated Employee Stock Ownership Plan Restated
                  effective November 1, 1994.(1) Filed as Exhibit 10.42 to the
                  1994 10-K and incorporated by reference herein.
       10.27     Acme Metals Incorporated Salaried Employees' Retirement Savings
                  Plan ("SERSP") Restated effective November 1, 1994.(1) Filed as
                  Exhibit 10.43 to the 1994 10-K and incorporated by reference
                  herein.
       *10.28    First Amendment to the SERSP dated September 19, 1995.
       10.29     Consolidated Pension Plan for Acme Salaried and Hourly Employees
                  as Amended and Restated effective November 1, 1994
                  ("Consolidated Pension Plan") with Appendix A to the
                  Consolidated Pension Plan as Amended and Restated effective
                  July 31, 1994.(1) Filed as Exhibit 10.44 to the 1994 10-K and
                  incorporated by reference herein.
       *10.30    Appendix B to the Consolidated Pension Plan as Amended and
                  Restated effective September 1, 1993.
       *10.31    Appendix C to the Consolidated Pension Plan effective December
                  31, 1993.
       *10.32    First Amendment to the Consolidated Pension Plan dated September
                  19, 1995.
       10.33     Acme Metals Incorporated Supplemental Benefits Plan effective
                  January 1, 1994.(1) Filed as Exhibit 10.45 to the 1994 10-K and
                  incorporated by reference herein.
       10.34     Acme Metals Incorporated Salaried Employees' Past Service
                  Pension Plan ("Past Service Pension Plan") dated June 1,
                  1992.(1) Filed as Exhibit 10.37 to the 1992 10-K and
                  incorporated by reference herein.
       10.35     Amendment No. 1 to the Past Service Pension Plan.(1) Filed as
                  Exhibit 10.38 to the 1993 10-K and incorporated by reference
                  herein.
       10.36     Amendment No. 2 to the Past Service Pension Plan.(1) Filed as
                  Exhibit 10.48 to the 1994 10-K and incorporated by reference
                  herein.
*13    Registrant's Annual Report to Security Holders for the fiscal year ended
       December 31, 1995
*21    Subsidiaries of the registrant
 23.   Consent of experts and counsel
       *23.1     Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP
*27    Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>
 
    (b) Reports on Form 8-K
 
        No reports on Form 8-K were filed in the fourth quarter of 1995.
 
* Filed herewith
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant  to  the requirements  of  Section 13  or  15(d) of  the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
ACME METALS INCORPORATED
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
/s/ B. W. H. Marsden                                        March 22, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Brian W. H. Marsden
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
/s/ S. D. Bennett                                           March 22, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Stephen D. Bennett
Director, President, and Chief Operating Officer
 
/s/ Jerry F. Williams                                       March 22, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Jerry F. Williams
Vice President-Finance and Administration and Chief
Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
 
/s/ Gregory J. Pritz                                        March 22, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Gregory J. Pritz
Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
</TABLE>
 
    Pursuant to the requirements  of the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934,  this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
/s/ C. J. Gauthier                                          March 22, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------
C. J. Gauthier
Director
 
/s/ Edward G. Jordan                                        March 22, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Edward G. Jordan
Director
 
/s/ Andrew R. Laidlaw                                       March 22, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Andrew R. Laidlaw
Director
 
/s/ Frank A. LePage                                         March 22, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Frank A. LePage
Director
</TABLE>
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
/s/ Reynold C. MacDonald                                    March 22, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Reynold C. MacDonald
Director
 
/s/ Julien L. McCall                                        March 22, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Julien L. McCall
Director
 
/s/ Carol O'Cleireacain                                     March 22, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Carol O'Cleireacain
Director
 
/s/ W. P. Sovey                                             March 22, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------
William P. Sovey
Director
 
/s/ L. Frederick Sutherland                                 March 22, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------
L. Frederick Sutherland
Director
 
/s/ William R. Wilson                                       March 22, 1996
- ---------------------------------------------------------
William R. Wilson
Director
</TABLE>
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
             FORM 10-K - ITEM 8 AND ITEMS 14 (A) (1) AND 14 (A) (2)
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
 
    The  following Consolidated Financial Statements of Acme Metals Incorporated
and the related  Report of Independent  Accountants are included  in Item 8  and
Item 14 (a) (1):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        PAGE IN THIS
                                                                                                          FORM 10-K
                                                                                                       ---------------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
Report of Independent Accountants....................................................................            36
Report of Management.................................................................................            36
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1995, December 25, 1994
 and December 26, 1993...............................................................................            37
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1995 and December 25, 1994...............................            38
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1995, December 25, 1994
 and December 26, 1993...............................................................................            39
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the fiscal years ended December 31,
 1995, December 25, 1994 and December 26, 1993.......................................................            40
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...........................................................            41
</TABLE>
 
    The  following  Consolidated  Financial Statement  Schedule  of  Acme Metals
Incorporated is included in Item 14 (a) (2):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>
Quarterly Results (Unaudited)....................................................            55
Schedule VIII - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves...................            55
</TABLE>
 
    All other schedules have  been omitted because they  are not applicable,  or
not  required, or because the required  information is shown in the consolidated
financial statements or notes thereto.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Acme Metals Incorporated
 
    In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements listed in
the index appearing  on page 35  present fairly, in  all material respects,  the
financial  position of Acme Metals Incorporated and its subsidiaries at December
31, 1995 and December  25, 1994 and  the results of  their operations and  their
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, in
conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  These  financial
statements  are   the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management;   our
responsibility  is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based on
our audits. We conducted our audits of these financial statements in  accordance
with  generally  accepted  auditing standards  which  require that  we  plan and
perform the audit  to obtain  reasonable assurance about  whether the  financial
statements  are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence  supporting the  amounts and disclosures  in the  financial
statements,  assessing the accounting principles  used and significant estimates
made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion  expressed
above.
 
                                          /s/ Price Waterhouse LLP
                                          Price Waterhouse LLP
                                          January 25, 1996
                                          Chicago, Illinois
 
                              REPORT OF MANAGEMENT
 
    The  management of Acme Metals Incorporated  has prepared and is responsible
for the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  other  financial  information
included  in this Form 10-K Annual Report. The consolidated financial statements
have been prepared in conformity  with generally accepted accounting  principles
and  include amounts  that are  based upon  informed judgments  and estimates by
management. The other financial information in this annual report is  consistent
with the consolidated financial statements.
 
    The  Company maintains a system  of internal accounting controls. Management
believes the  internal accounting  controls  provide reasonable  assurance  that
transactions  are executed  and recorded in  accordance with  Company policy and
procedures and that  the accounting  records may  be relied  on as  a basis  for
preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  other  financial
information.
 
    The financial  statements have  been audited  by Price  Waterhouse LLP,  the
Company's independent accountants, whose report is included herein. In addition,
the  Company has a professional staff  of internal auditors who coordinate their
financial audits with  the procedures performed  by the independent  accountants
and conduct operational and special audits.
 
    The  Audit Review Committee of the Board of Directors, composed of directors
who are not employees  of the Company, meets  periodically with management,  the
internal  auditors and  the independent accountants  to discuss  the adequacy of
internal accounting controls and  the quality of  financial reporting. Both  the
independent  accountants and internal auditors have  full and free access to the
Audit Review Committee.
 
/s/ B. W. H. Marsden                       /s/ J. F. Williams
Brian W. H. Marsden                        Jerry F. Williams
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer       Vice President Finance and
                                           Administration Chief Financial
                                           Officer
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                      (IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                        ----------------------------------------
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 25,  DECEMBER 26,
                                                                            1995          1994          1993
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
NET SALES.............................................................   $  521,619    $  522,880    $  457,406
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
  Cost of products sold...............................................      424,158       431,615       397,526
  Depreciation expense................................................       13,013        14,977        14,657
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Gross profit..........................................................       84,448        76,288        45,223
  Selling and administrative expense..................................       35,636        33,249        30,633
  Nonrecurring charge.................................................                      9,459         1,925
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Operating income......................................................       48,812        33,580        12,665
NON-OPERATING INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest expense....................................................      (20,801)      (14,031)       (5,384)
  Interest income.....................................................       14,278         7,712         1,571
  Other -- net........................................................        1,846         1,432           370
  Unusual income item.................................................                                    1,210
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Income before income taxes and extraordinary item.....................       44,135        28,693        10,432
Income tax provision..................................................       15,889         9,935         4,173
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                             28,246        18,758         6,259
Extraordinary item (expense), net of tax..............................                     (1,787)
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Net income............................................................   $   28,246    $   16,971    $    6,259
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
PER SHARE:
  Income before extraordinary item....................................   $     2.44    $     2.38    $     1.15
  Extraordinary item (expense), net of tax............................                      (0.22)
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
Net income............................................................   $     2.44    $     2.16    $     1.15
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,  DECEMBER 25,
                                                                                           1995          1994
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>           <C>
                                                     ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents..........................................................   $   53,043    $   76,639
  Short-term investments.............................................................       83,756        76,384
  Receivables, less allowances of $1,335 in 1995 and $1,301 in 1994..................       55,344        60,878
  Inventories........................................................................       51,932        44,982
  Deferred income taxes..............................................................       12,857        13,354
  Other current assets...............................................................        1,855         1,605
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    Total current assets.............................................................      258,787       273,842
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
INVESTMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS:
  Investments in associated companies................................................       16,112        14,358
  Restricted cash and investments....................................................       50,305       201,397
  Other assets.......................................................................       19,309        23,221
  Deferred income taxes..............................................................       31,052        20,683
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    Total investments and other assets...............................................      116,778       259,659
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
  Property, plant and equipment, at cost.............................................      372,959       363,699
  Construction in progress...........................................................      279,799        46,605
  Accumulated depreciation...........................................................     (273,580)     (261,475)
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    Total property, plant and equipment..............................................      379,178       148,829
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                        $  754,743    $  682,330
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable...................................................................   $   62,355    $   36,732
  Accrued expenses...................................................................       41,192        42,718
  Income taxes payable...............................................................        4,783         1,941
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    Total current liabilities........................................................      108,330        81,391
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
  Long-term debt.....................................................................      276,831       265,055
  Other long-term liabilities........................................................       10,143        10,012
  Postretirement benefits other than pensions........................................       86,856        83,867
  Retirement benefit plans...........................................................       24,472        18,727
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    Total long-term liabilities......................................................      398,302       377,661
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
Commitments and contingencies (see note titled COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES)
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred stock, $1 par value, 2,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued
  Common stock, $1 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 11,579,768 and 11,558,127
   shares issued in 1995 and 1994, respectively......................................       11,580        11,558
  Additional paid-in capital.........................................................      164,987       164,599
  Retained earnings..................................................................       95,965        67,719
  Minimum pension liability adjustment...............................................      (24,421)      (20,598)
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
    Total shareholders' equity.......................................................      248,111       223,278
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                        $  754,743    $  682,330
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                       ------------------------------------------
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 25,   DECEMBER 26,
                                                                           1995           1994           1993
                                                                       ------------  --------------  ------------
<S>                                                                    <C>           <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income.........................................................   $   28,246   $       16,971   $    6,259
  ADJUSTMENTS TO RECONCILE NET INCOME TO NET CASH PROVIDED BY
    OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
    Depreciation.....................................................       13,613           15,514       15,234
    Accretion of senior discount notes...............................       11,776            4,055
    Deferred income taxes............................................       (7,100)          (2,893)      (1,629)
    Nonrecurring charge..............................................                         9,459        1,925
    Investments in associated companies..............................       (1,754)             334         (596)
    Pension contribution.............................................       (1,988)         (13,951)        (100)
    CHANGE IN CURRENT ASSETS AND LIABILITIES:
      Receivables....................................................        5,534           (2,399)     (11,388)
      Inventories....................................................       (6,950)           2,885       (8,379)
      Accounts payable...............................................        6,761            3,932        6,815
      Other current accounts.........................................        1,066            6,591        7,826
    Other, net.......................................................        8,583            6,924           74
                                                                       ------------  --------------  ------------
  Net cash provided by operating activities..........................       57,787           47,422       16,041
                                                                       ------------  --------------  ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of investments...........................................     (459,749)      (1,310,998)
  Sales and/or maturities of investments.............................      603,469        1,033,213
  Capital expenditures...............................................      (27,664)         (11,677)     (11,749)
  Capital expenditures -- Modernization Project......................     (197,849)         (44,662)
                                                                       ------------  --------------  ------------
  Net cash used for investing activities.............................      (81,793)        (334,124)     (11,749)
                                                                       ------------  --------------  ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Payment of long-term debt..........................................                       (50,000)      (3,500)
  Issuance of equity, net of costs...................................                       119,262
  Issuance of long-term debt.........................................                       255,000
  Debt issuance costs................................................                       (14,253)
  Exercise of stock options and other................................          410            2,888          428
                                                                       ------------  --------------  ------------
  Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities...............          410          312,897       (3,072)
                                                                       ------------  --------------  ------------
  Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents...............      (23,596)          26,195        1,220
  Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period...................       76,639           50,444       49,224
                                                                       ------------  --------------  ------------
  Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.........................   $   53,043   $       76,639   $   50,444
                                                                       ------------  --------------  ------------
                                                                       ------------  --------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    COMMON    ADDITIONAL               MINIMUM
                                                                   STOCK, $1    PAID-IN    RETAINED    PENSION
                                                                   PAR VALUE    CAPITAL    EARNINGS   LIABILITY
                                                                   ---------  -----------  ---------  ----------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
BALANCE -- DECEMBER 27, 1992.....................................  $   5,358  $    47,679  $  44,489  $   (8,231)
                                                                   ---------  -----------  ---------  ----------
  Net income.....................................................                              6,259
  Stock plans -- issuance of shares..............................         48          635
  Tax benefit arising from stock plan transactions...............                      30
  Minimum pension liability......................................                                        (13,064)
                                                                   ---------  -----------  ---------  ----------
BALANCE -- DECEMBER 26, 1993.....................................      5,406       48,344     50,748     (21,295)
                                                                   ---------  -----------  ---------  ----------
  Net income.....................................................                             16,971
  Stock plans -- issuance of shares..............................        177        2,711
  Tax benefit arising from stock plan transactions...............                     257
  Issuance of equity.............................................      5,975      113,287
  Minimum pension liability......................................                                            697
                                                                   ---------  -----------  ---------  ----------
BALANCE -- DECEMBER 25, 1994.....................................     11,558      164,599     67,719     (20,598)
                                                                   ---------  -----------  ---------  ----------
  Net income.....................................................                             28,246
  Stock plans -- issuance of shares..............................         22          382
  Tax benefit arising from stock plan transactions...............                       6
  Minimum pension liability......................................                                         (3,823)
                                                                   ---------  -----------  ---------  ----------
BALANCE -- DECEMBER 31, 1995.....................................  $  11,580  $   164,987  $  95,965  $  (24,421)
                                                                   ---------  -----------  ---------  ----------
                                                                   ---------  -----------  ---------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The  consolidated financial statements  include the accounts  of Acme Metals
Incorporated and its wholly-owned  subsidiaries (the "Company"). Investments  in
mining  and other minority ventures are accounted  for by the equity method. All
intercompany transactions have been eliminated.
 
    The Company's fiscal year ends on  the last Sunday in December. Fiscal  1995
contained 53 weeks as compared to 52 weeks for fiscal years ended 1994 and 1993.
 
ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported amounts  of  assets and  liabilities and
disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the  financial
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include   cash  balances  and  highly   liquid
investments  with an original  maturity of three  months or less.  The funds are
invested in compliance  with the  Company's bond indenture  which restricts  the
type, quality and maturity of investments.
 
SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS
 
    Short-term  investments have an original maturity  of more than three months
and a remaining maturity of  less than 1 year.  These investments are stated  at
cost as it is the intent of the Company to hold these securities until maturity.
The  funds are  invested in compliance  with the Company's  bond indenture which
restricts the type, quality and maturity of investments.
 
INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are stated at  the lower of cost  or market. The primary  method
used to determine inventory costs is the last-in, first-out ("LIFO") method.
 
RESTRICTED CASH AND INVESTMENTS
 
    Restricted  cash and  investments consists of  cash and  investments held in
trust and committed for the construction of the continuous thin slab  caster/hot
strip  mill complex  and payment  of the related  debt service  according to the
Company's bond indenture.  These investments  are stated at  cost as  it is  the
intent  of the Company  to hold these  securities until maturity.  The funds are
invested in compliance  with the  Company's bond indenture  which restricts  the
type, quality and maturity of investments.
 
PROPERTY, PLANT, EQUIPMENT AND DEPRECIATION
 
    Property,  plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of plant and
equipment is computed principally  on a straight-line  basis over the  estimated
useful  lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives of plant and equipment range
from 3  to  50  years  with  the  majority  of  assets  having  18  year  lives.
Depreciation of assets classified as construction in progress commences when the
asset  is placed  in service.  Expenditures for  maintenance, repairs  and minor
renewals and betterments are charged to expense as incurred. Furnace relines and
major renewals and betterments are capitalized.
 
    Upon disposition  of property,  plant and  equipment, the  cost and  related
accumulated  depreciation are removed from the  accounts, and the resulting gain
or loss is recognized.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS
 
    Construction in progress includes all costs, including capitalized interest,
associated  with  the  construction  of  the  Company's  continuous  thin   slab
caster/hot  strip mill complex at its Riverdale, Illinois steel making facility.
Also included  in  construction  in  progress are  other  capital  projects  not
completed at the end of the reporting period.
 
RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS
 
    Pension costs include service cost, interest cost, return on plan assets and
amortization  of unrecognized gains and losses.  The Company's policy is to fund
not less than the minimum funding required under ERISA.
 
    The Company  has  unfunded postretirement  health  care and  life  insurance
plans.  Provisions  for  postretirement  costs  in  1995,  1994  and  1993  were
determined pursuant to the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards  ("FAS")
No.   106,  "Employers'  Accounting  for   Postretirement  Benefits  Other  Than
Pensions." Under this standard, the  annual expense represents a combination  of
interest  and service cost provisions of  the annual accrual. The postretirement
benefits are not funded.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    Income taxes were  determined pursuant  to the  provisions of  FAS No.  109,
"Accounting  for Income Taxes." Under this  standard, the provision for deferred
income taxes  represents the  tax effect  of temporary  differences between  the
financial  reporting  basis  and  the  tax basis  of  the  Company's  assets and
liabilities.
 
PER SHARE DATA
 
    Amounts per common share are based on the weighted average number of  common
and dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding during the year; 11,595,886 in
1995, 7,872,642 in 1994 and 5,439,784 in 1993.
 
PENDING ACCOUNTING CHANGES
 
    In  October 1995, the  Financial Accounting Standards  Board ("FASB") issued
FAS No.  123, "Accounting  for  Stock-Based Compensation."  This  pronouncement,
which  becomes effective in 1996, establishes financial accounting and reporting
standards for stock-based employee  compensation plans. This Statement  requires
the  Company to  determine the fair  value of its  stock options at  the date of
grant and either record the fair value as compensation expense in the  financial
statements  or disclose the pro-forma impact  of such compensation on net income
and earnings per share in the notes to the financial statements. The Company has
elected to adopt the disclosure method of presentation and such disclosures will
be made in the 1996 financial statements.
 
    Also in 1995, the FASB issued FAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets  to Be Disposed Of." The Company  is
required  to adopt this  pronouncement in 1996. The  Company does not anticipate
that the adoption of  this pronouncement will have  a significant impact on  the
financial condition or results of operations of the Company.
 
RECLASSIFICATIONS
 
    Certain  prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current
year's presentation.
 
NONRECURRING CHARGE:
 
    During 1994,  the  Company completed  financing  for its  Modernization  and
Expansion  Project ("Project"). As a result of the decision to commence with the
Project, the Company recorded a $9.5 million (pre-tax) nonrecurring charge.  The
nonrecurring charge was recorded to address the impairment of the existing steel
making  facilities  ($7.2  million)  and  contractual  employee  reduction costs
related to the construction and commissioning of the Project ($2.3 million).
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
    The Company recorded a  $1.9 million nonrecurring  charge in 1993  including
$1.3  million in connection with a decision  made during the year to permanently
idle Acme Steel's No. 3 Hot Strip Mill and Billet Mill; a $0.6 million charge to
close  Acme  Packaging's   Pittsburg-East  facility  in   California;  and   the
elimination  of  a  strapping  line at  its  New  Britain,  Connecticut facility
following a  determination  made  during  the  year  to  consolidate  production
facilities and eliminate unprofitable lines.
 
UNUSUAL INCOME ITEM:
 
    In 1993, the Company recorded a benefit in connection with its investment in
Wabush  Iron Company ("WabIron"). As  a result of the  finalization of a plan of
reorganization for LTV Steel Company, a former participant in WabIron, Acme  was
awarded  $1.2 million  (market value)  of LTV  securities in  a settlement  of a
bankruptcy claim filed by  all of the participants  in the Wabush Mines  Project
joint venture.
 
INVENTORIES:
 
    Inventories are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1995       1994
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>
Raw materials....................................................................  $   8,397  $   5,200
Semi-finished and finished products..............................................     36,339     31,434
Supplies.........................................................................      7,196      8,348
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                   $  51,932  $  44,982
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    On  December 31, 1995 and December 25,  1994, inventories valued on the LIFO
method were less than the current costs of such inventories by $58.2 million and
$58.3 million, respectively.
 
    In 1994, inventory quantities decreased  from the prior year which  resulted
in  the liquidation of LIFO inventory quantities  carried at the lower cost that
prevailed in prior years,  the effect of which  decreased cost of products  sold
and increased income before income taxes and extraordinary item by $0.7 million.
 
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
 
    Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1995          1994
                                                                              ------------  ------------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                           <C>           <C>
Land........................................................................  $      3,770  $      3,786
Buildings...................................................................        41,365        41,117
Equipment...................................................................       327,824       318,796
Construction in progress, Modernization and Expansion Project...............       261,372        44,662
Construction in progress, other.............................................        18,427         1,943
                                                                              ------------  ------------
                                                                                   652,758       410,304
Less accumulated depreciation...............................................      (273,580)     (261,475)
                                                                              ------------  ------------
                                                                              $    379,178  $    148,829
                                                                              ------------  ------------
                                                                              ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The  difference between  depreciation expense presented  in the Consolidated
Statements  of  Cash  Flows  and  the  Consolidated  Statements  of   Operations
represents  that portion of  depreciation expense that  is classified in selling
and administrative expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
    The Company has capitalized expenditures related to the construction of  the
Project   totaling  $261.4  million  at   December  31,  1995.  The  capitalized
expenditures are comprised of $240.8 million in payments to Raytheon Engineers &
Constructors, Inc., the  general contractor  for the Project,  $16.6 million  of
related  capitalized interest, and $4.0 million  of other costs directly related
to the Project.
 
    Cash and accrued  payments to the  general contractor of  $240.8 million  at
December  31, 1995 includes  an accrual of $18.9  million for services performed
during 1995,  which  due to  its  non-cash nature  has  been excluded  from  the
Statement of Cash Flows.
 
    At December 31, 1995, construction in progress, other includes certain major
replacement  projects  and  expenditures  to  upgrade  the  Company's management
information systems.
 
RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS:
 
    The Company has various retirement benefit plans covering substantially  all
salaried and hourly employees. Certain salaried employees with one full calendar
quarter  of  service  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  Company's defined
contribution  plan  and   employee  stock  ownership   plan  ("ESOP").   Company
contributions to the defined contribution plan and employee stock ownership plan
are  based upon 7.5 and 3.5 percent  (the ESOP contribution was reduced from 6.5
to 3.5  percent  in the  second  quarter  of 1993),  respectively,  of  eligible
compensation.  Amounts charged to operations under these plans were $3.5 million
in 1995 and 1994 and $3.4 million in 1993.
 
    Salaried employees who  joined the Company  prior to December  31, 1981  and
certain  hourly employees participate in  defined benefit retirement plans which
provide benefits based  upon either years  of service and  final average pay  or
fixed amounts for each year of service.
 
    The  net  defined  benefit  pension  cost,  as  determined  pursuant  to the
provisions of FAS  No. 87,  "Employer's Accounting for  Pensions," included  the
following components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1995        1994        1993
                                                                    ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                 <C>         <C>         <C>
Service cost......................................................  $    2,492  $    2,605  $    1,852
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation.....................      15,924      14,700      14,526
Actual (return) loss on plan assets...............................     (34,304)      1,558     (16,094)
Net amortization and deferral.....................................      18,120     (17,371)
                                                                    ----------  ----------  ----------
Net pension cost..................................................  $    2,232  $    1,492  $      284
                                                                    ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                    ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Actuarial assumptions used for the Company's pension plan valuations were as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1995       1994       1993
                                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Weighted average discount rate:
  For defined benefit pension costs..............................................        8.5%       7.5%       8.5%
  For projected benefit obligation...............................................        7.5%       8.5%       7.5%
Increase in future compensation levels...........................................        5.0%       5.0%       5.0%
Expected rate of return on plan assets...........................................       9.75%      9.75%      9.75%
</TABLE>
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
    The  following table sets  forth the funded status  of the Company's defined
benefit retirement plans and amounts recognized in the balance sheet.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1995                1994
                                                                          ------------  -------------------------
                                                                          UNDERFUNDED   UNDERFUNDED   OVERFUNDED
                                                                             PLANS         PLANS         PLANS
                                                                          ------------  ------------  -----------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
  Accumulated benefit obligation, including vested benefits of $184,633
   in 1995 and $165,271 in 1994.........................................   $  209,785    $  174,308    $   8,626
  Effect of increase in compensation levels.............................        3,654         4,119          655
                                                                          ------------  ------------  -----------
  Projected benefit obligation for service rendered to date.............      213,439       178,427        9,281
Plan assets at fair value, primarily common stock of publicly traded
 companies and U.S. government bonds and notes..........................     (185,313)     (155,581)      (9,779)
Unrecognized net loss from past experience different from that assumed
 and effects of changes in assumptions..................................      (52,234)      (48,510)      (1,554)
Prior service cost not yet recognized in net periodic pension cost......       (4,805)       (5,334)
Unrecognized net asset at December 30, 1985 being recognized over 15
 years..................................................................        9,629        11,038          518
Minimum pension liability adjustment....................................       43,756        38,687
                                                                          ------------  ------------  -----------
Accrued (prepaid) pension cost..........................................   $   24,472    $   18,727    $  (1,534)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  -----------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    In accordance with  FAS No. 87,  the Company has  recorded an adjustment  as
shown  in the table above, to recognize  a minimum pension liability relating to
certain underfunded pension plans.
 
POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS:
 
    The Company and  its subsidiaries sponsor  several unfunded defined  benefit
postretirement  plans  that  provide  medical, dental,  and  life  insurance for
retirees and eligible dependents.
 
    The net periodic postretirement benefit cost for 1995, 1994 and 1993, net of
retiree contributions  of  approximately  10  percent  of  costs,  included  the
following components:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1995       1994       1993
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Service cost -- benefits attributed to service during the period.........  $   1,696  $   1,685  $   1,185
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation...........      8,131      7,203      6,743
Net amortization and deferral............................................       (144)       239        (64)
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost.................................  $   9,683  $   9,127  $   7,864
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
    The  following  table  sets forth  the  plans' combined  unfunded  status at
December 31, 1995 and December 25, 1994:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1995        1994
                                                                                 -----------  ---------
                                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
  Retirees.....................................................................  $    67,052  $  56,859
  Fully eligible active plan participants......................................       19,457     10,716
  Other active plan participants...............................................       30,623     24,332
                                                                                 -----------  ---------
                                                                                     117,132     91,907
Unrecognized net (loss) and prior service cost.................................      (23,678)    (1,497)
                                                                                 -----------  ---------
Accrued postretirement benefit cost............................................  $    93,454  $  90,410
                                                                                 -----------  ---------
                                                                                 -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  accumulated  postretirement  benefit   obligation  was  determined   by
application  of the terms of medical, dental, and life insurance plans, together
with relevant actuarial assumptions and  health care cost trend rates  projected
at  annual rates ranging  ratably from 11  percent in 1993  to 5 percent through
1999 and beyond. The effect of a 1 percent annual increase in these assumed cost
trend rates would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation  by
approximately  $13.9 million and the net periodic postretirement benefit cost by
approximately $1.2 million.  The obligation  for postretirement  benefits as  of
December  31, 1995 was determined using a 7.5 percent discount rate, as compared
to the 8.5 percent discount rate used at December 25, 1994.
 
    The decrease  in the  discount rate  contributed to  a net  increase in  the
obligation of approximately $14.5 million, with the remainder of the increase in
the  obligation resulting  from normal  growth of  service and  related interest
costs  and  other  assumption  changes.  As  the  measurement  of  net  periodic
postretirement  benefit cost is based on  beginning of the year assumptions, the
higher revalued obligation at the end of fiscal 1995 did not have any impact  on
the expense recorded for 1995.
 
ACCRUED EXPENSES:
 
    Included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets caption ACCRUED EXPENSES are the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1995       1994
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>
Accrued salaries and wages.......................................................  $  13,310  $  15,650
Accrued postretirement benefits other than pensions..............................      6,598      6,543
Accrued taxes other than income taxes............................................      5,587      5,283
Accrued interest.................................................................      7,205      6,675
Other current liabilities........................................................      8,492      8,567
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                   $  41,192  $  42,718
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATED COMPANIES:
 
    The Company has a 39.9 percent interest in an iron ore mining venture with a
carrying value of $14.3 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994. In 1995, 1994 and
1993,  the Company made iron ore purchases  of $21.8 million, $20.7 million, and
$18.3 million, respectively from the venture. At December 31, 1995, $5.2 million
was owed to the venture for iron ore purchases; amounts owed to the venture  for
such ore purchases were $5.6 million at December 25, 1994.
 
    The  Company has a 37  percent interest in Olga  Coal Company. In 1987, Olga
Coal Company filed for  protection under Chapter 11  of the U.S. Bankruptcy  Act
and  the coal mining operation was idled.  The coal mining investment is carried
at no value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
    During 1995, the Company invested capital of $1.8 million in a joint venture
which will perform processing  of certain of the  Company's steel products.  The
Company  agreed to  invest capital of  $3.5 million  for a total  interest of 40
percent.  The  investment  will  be  accounted  for  by  the  equity  method  of
accounting.  The joint venture will lease the  property on which the facility is
being constructed from the Company. There were no other transactions between the
Company and the venture during 1995.
 
INCOME TAXES:
 
    The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1995       1994       1993
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
Taxes on income:
  Current:
    Federal..........................................................  $  18,510  $  10,108  $   5,399
    State............................................................      4,479      2,720        403
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          22,989     12,828      5,802
  Deferred...........................................................     (7,100)    (2,893)    (1,629)
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                       $  15,889  $   9,935  $   4,173
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The effective income tax rates for 1995, 1994 and 1993 are reconciled to the
Federal statutory tax rate in the following table:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1995         1994         1993
                                                                          -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                       <C>          <C>          <C>
Statutory Federal income tax rate.......................................       35.0%        35.0%        34.0%
Change in tax rate due to:
  Federal surtax........................................................      --           --             1.9
  Federal audit adjustment..............................................        2.5        --           --
  State taxes -- net of Federal tax effect..............................        5.0          5.3          4.7
  Penalties.............................................................      --           --             0.6
  Municipal bond interest...............................................       (7.8)        (4.8)       --
  Rate change impact on net deferred tax asset..........................      --            (1.4)       --
  Other -- net..........................................................        1.3          0.5         (1.2)
                                                                                ---          ---          ---
                                                                               36.0%        34.6%        40.0%
                                                                                ---          ---          ---
                                                                                ---          ---          ---
</TABLE>
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
    Significant components of the Company's deferred tax liabilities and  assets
at December 31, 1995 and December 25, 1994 are summarized below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1995       1994
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
Property, plant and equipment....................................................  $  16,839  $  17,733
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
  Gross deferred tax liabilities.................................................     16,839     17,733
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
Postretirement benefits other than pensions......................................     37,080     36,004
Pensions.........................................................................      6,523      3,308
Other employee benefits..........................................................      4,519      3,741
Inventories......................................................................      4,188      4,541
Interest expense.................................................................      6,135      1,591
Other liabilities................................................................      1,934      1,204
Other assets.....................................................................                   983
Miscellaneous....................................................................        369        398
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
  Gross deferred tax assets......................................................     60,748     51,770
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
    Net deferred tax asset.......................................................  $  43,909  $  34,037
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    In  1995 and 1994, the change in the deferred tax asset primarily represents
the effect of  changes in the  amounts of temporary  differences from the  prior
year. In addition, based on the Company's expected future profitability, the net
deferred  tax asset was increased in  1994 recognizing the effect of legislation
enacted during 1993 which increased the maximum corporate tax rate from 34 to 35
percent.
 
    The Company believes it is more likely than not to realize the net  deferred
tax  asset  and  accordingly  no valuation  allowance  has  been  provided. This
conclusion  is  based  on,   (i)  reversing  deductible  temporary   differences
(excluding  postretirement benefit  amounts) being  offset by  reversing taxable
temporary differences,  (ii) the  extremely  long period  that is  available  to
realize  the  future tax  benefits  associated with  the  postretirement related
deductible temporary  differences  and,  (iii)  the  Company's  expected  future
profitability.
 
    Cash  flows  from operating  activities were  reduced by  net cash  paid for
income taxes of $20.3 million, $12.3 million and $4.5 million during 1995,  1994
and 1993, respectively.
 
LONG-TERM DEBT AND REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT:
 
    The  Company's long-term debt at December 31,  1995 and December 25, 1994 is
summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1995         1994
                                                                                -----------  -----------
                                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                             <C>          <C>
Senior Secured Notes, 12.5%, due 2002.........................................  $   125,000  $   125,000
Senior Secured Discount Notes, 13.5%, due 2004................................       95,831       84,055
Term loan, three month LIBOR plus 400 basis points (9.9375% at December 31,
 1995), due 1998-2001.........................................................       50,000       50,000
Notes payable, 6.5% to 6.75%, due 1998-2008...................................        6,000        6,000
                                                                                -----------  -----------
                                                                                $   276,831  $   265,055
                                                                                -----------  -----------
                                                                                -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    During 1994, the Company issued long-term debt in the form of Senior Secured
Notes, Senior Secured Discount Notes and a Term Loan for gross cash proceeds  of
$255 million in connection with
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
the  financing of the Project. The gross  proceeds were reduced by debt issuance
costs of  $14.3  million  which  are  being amortized  over  the  lives  of  the
respective  bond issues  and the  term loan.  During 1995  and 1994  the Company
amortized deferred  debt  issuance  costs  of $1.9  million  and  $0.7  million,
respectively,  a  portion  of  which has  been  capitalized  in  construction in
progress, Modernization and Expansion Project.
 
    Coincident with the  issuance of  new debt,  the Company  prepaid the  total
principal  remaining on the previously existing  Senior Notes of $50 million and
incurred  approximately  $3  million  ($1.8  million  after-tax)  in  prepayment
penalties which are shown as an extraordinary expense item, net of taxes, in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
SENIOR SECURED NOTES
 
    The  Senior Secured Notes were issued for $125 million, bearing 12.5 percent
interest due in 2002. The Senior Secured Notes may be redeemed at the option  of
the Company, in whole, or in part on or after August 1, 1998 at fixed redemption
prices, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
 
SENIOR SECURED DISCOUNT NOTES
 
    The Senior Secured Discount Notes provided gross proceeds of $80 million and
mature  in  2004, which  will yield  13.5  percent and  accrete to  an aggregate
principal amount of $117.9  million on August 1,  1997. During 1995, the  Senior
Secured  Discount Notes accreted from a value  of $84.1 million, at December 25,
1994, to a  value of  $95.8 million  at December  31, 1995.  The Senior  Secured
Discount Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company in whole or in part,
on  or after August 1,  1999, at fixed redemption  prices, together with accrued
and unpaid interest to the redemption date.
 
TERM LOAN
 
    The Term  Loan provided  gross proceeds  of  $50 million  and matures  on  a
graduated schedule beginning in 1998, and may be redeemed at par, in whole or in
part,  by the Company on the last day of any quarterly interest period. The Term
Loan bears interest at  400 basis points  above the three  month LIBOR rate.  At
December  31, 1995, the interest rate in  effect was 9.9375 percent. In 1995 the
Company entered into an agreement to cap the total interest rate at 12.5 percent
for the period May 2, 1996 to November 2, 1997.
 
WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY
 
    The Company has a Working Capital  Facility agreement with a group of  banks
which  provides aggregate commitments of $80  million secured by the inventories
and accounts receivable of the Company's subsidiaries of which approximately $76
million is available for borrowing at December 31, 1995 as calculated under  the
borrowing base calculation. The Company is currently obligated to issue a letter
of credit, totaling approximately $12 million, for deferred payments relating to
the  Modernization and  Expansion Project. Issuance  of such a  letter of credit
would reduce the borrowing base  in 1996 and 1997  in the amounts equivalent  to
the outstanding balances of such deferred payments. The Working Capital Facility
requires  maintenance  of minimum  levels of:  consolidated tangible  net worth;
consolidated ratio of current assets to current liabilities; consolidated  ratio
of  funded indebtedness to capital; and consolidated cash flow ratio. No amounts
were  outstanding  under  the  credit  agreement  during  1995  and  1994,   and
essentially  all of the  unused working capital  facility remained available for
the years then  ended. The  Company pays an  annual commitment  fee of  one-half
percent  on the unused portion of the  credit line. Interest on borrowings under
the credit line are subject at the option of the Company to either LIBOR or  the
prime rate plus a factor, which varies subject to the term of the borrowing.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
    The  Company's  obligations  under  the Senior  Secured  and  Senior Secured
Discount Notes and Term Loan are secured by a pledge of all capital stock of the
Company's direct subsidiaries. The guarantee of the Notes and Term Loan by  Acme
Steel  is secured  by a  first property lien  on substantially  all existing and
future real property and  equipment of Acme Steel,  including all of the  assets
required  in  connection  with  the  Modernization  and  Expansion  Project. The
guarantee of the Notes and Term Loan  by Acme Packaging are secured by a  pledge
of all of the capital stock of its subsidiaries.
 
    The  maturities  during the  five years  ending December  27, 2000  are $4.3
million in 1998, $15.2 million  in 1999, and $16.5  million in 2000. Cash  flows
from  operating activities  were reduced  by cash paid  for interest  on debt of
$21.6 million in 1995, $5.3 million in 1994 and $5.2 million in 1993.
 
    The Senior Notes,  Term Loan  and Working Capital  Facility contain  certain
restrictive  covenants  that limit  the  Company's ability  to  incur additional
indebtedness, create liens, pay dividends,  repurchase capital stock, engage  in
transactions   with  affiliates,  sell  assets,  engage  in  sale  or  leaseback
transactions and engage in mergers or consolidations.
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH AND
INVESTMENTS
 
    The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments  and
restricted cash and investments approximates fair value.
 
LONG-TERM DEBT
 
    The  fair value  of the  Company's Senior  Secured Notes  and Senior Secured
Discount Notes is determined by using the quoted market price at the end of  the
reporting period.
 
    The  fair  value  of  the  Term Loan  and  Notes  Payable  are  estimated by
calculating the present value of  the remaining interest and principal  payments
on  the debt to maturity.  The present value of the  Term Loan and Notes Payable
are calculated based upon a  discount rate equal to  the three month LIBOR  rate
plus 400 basis points at the end of each reporting period.
 
    The   following  table  presents  information  on  the  Company's  financial
instruments:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1995                      1994
                                                                ------------------------  ------------------------
                                                                 CARRYING                  CARRYING
                                                                  AMOUNT     FAIR VALUE     AMOUNT     FAIR VALUE
                                                                -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Cash and Cash Equivalents.....................................  $    53,043  $    53,000  $    76,639  $    76,639
Short-term Investments........................................       83,756       84,100       76,384       76,107
Restricted Cash and Investments...............................       50,305       50,300      201,397      201,204
Long-term debt
  - Senior Secured Notes......................................      125,000      127,500      125,000      121,250
  - Senior Secured Discount Notes.............................       95,831       99,100       84,055       80,211
  - Term Loan.................................................       50,000       50,000       50,000       50,000
  - Notes Payable.............................................        6,000        4,900        6,000        4,533
</TABLE>
 
ISSUANCE OF COMMON STOCK:
 
    During 1994, the Company  issued 5.6 million shares  of $1 par value  common
stock  in exchange for 5.6  million special warrants sold  on March 2, 1994. The
issue price of  the special  warrants was $21  providing gross  proceeds to  the
Company  of $117.6  million. The gross  proceeds were reduced  by related equity
issuance costs of $6.8 million providing net equity proceeds of $110.8 million.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
    In addition, on September 23, 1994, Raytheon entered into an agreement  with
the  Company to purchase 375,000  shares of its common  stock for $24 per common
share. The gross  proceeds of $9  million were reduced  by the related  issuance
costs  of $0.5 million. The sale closed  on October 7, 1994. These common shares
have not been registered.
 
COMMON STOCK:
 
    The Company  has  a stock  incentive  program which  provides,  among  other
benefits, for the granting of stock options and stock awards to officers and key
employees.  Stock options for  the Company's common stock  are granted at prices
not less than the market price at date  of grant and no option may be  exercised
more than ten years from the grant date.
 
    Information regarding stock options is summarized below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    OPTION
                                                    SHARES   PER SHARE OPTION PRICE
                                                   --------  ----------------------
<S>                                                <C>       <C>       <C>  <C>
OUTSTANDING AT DECEMBER 27, 1992.................   576,975
Granted..........................................    88,500  $  14.50
Exercised........................................   (39,450) $  8.375   --  $ 17.00
Canceled.........................................   (17,675) $ 13.563   --  $ 24.25
                                                   --------
OUTSTANDING AT DECEMBER 26, 1993.................   608,350
Granted..........................................    83,500  $ 23.875
Exercised........................................  (165,400) $  8.375   --  $ 24.25
Canceled.........................................    (5,750) $ 17.875   --  $ 24.25
                                                   --------
OUTSTANDING AT DECEMBER 25, 1994.................   520,700
Granted..........................................   108,500  $ 16.875   --  $18.375
Exercised........................................    (7,600) $13.5625   --  $ 14.50
Canceled.........................................   (14,650) $ 16.875   --  $ 24.25
                                                   --------
OUTSTANDING AT DECEMBER 31, 1995.................   606,950
                                                   --------
                                                   --------
</TABLE>
 
    At December 31, 1995 and December 25, 1994, 466,450 and 394,450 options were
exercisable, respectively. Options vest over a two year period.
 
    Stock  awards granted  in 1995  totaled 22,700 shares  at a  value of either
$17.25 or $18.375 per share, depending  on the grant date. Stock awards  granted
in  1994 totaled 13,000 shares  at a value of either  $23.19 or $22.88 per share
depending on the grant date. Stock awards granted in 1993 totaled 15,400  shares
at a value of either $16.00 or $16.75 per share depending on the grant date. The
compensation  expense  for  the  value  of  stock  awards  granted  is generally
recognized ratably over the vesting period of 5 years. The compensation  expense
for  4,200 stock awards  granted in 1995  will be recognized  ratably over their
vesting period of 3 years.
 
    Remaining shares available  for grant  under the  Company's stock  incentive
program  were 337,600 and  466,500 at December  31, 1995 and  December 25, 1994,
respectively.
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
 
    The Company's interest in an iron ore mining joint venture requires  payment
of  its  proportionate share  of all  fixed operating  costs, regardless  of the
quantity of  ore received,  plus the  variable operating  costs of  minimum  ore
production for the Company's account. Normally, the Company reimburses the joint
venture  for these costs through  its purchase of ore.  During 1995, the Company
obtained approximately 47 percent of its iron ore needs from the joint venture.
 
    During 1994,  the Company  entered  into a  turnkey contract  with  Raytheon
Engineers  &  Constructors, Inc.  ("Raytheon")  to build  the  Modernization and
Expansion Project at its steel making
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
facilities located in Riverdale, Illinois. Based on the turnkey contract without
taking into account financing costs, internally generated costs directly related
to the  project or  additional changes  that  may be  requested by  Acme  during
construction,  management estimates the cost  of the Modernization and Expansion
Project, including ancillary facilities,  construction, general contractor  fees
and  certain  other  project  costs  that  will  be  paid  by  the  Company will
approximate $392 million.
 
    The Company is  subject to  various Federal, state  and local  environmental
statutes  and regulations which provide  a comprehensive program for controlling
the release of materials into the environment and require responsible parties to
remediate certain waste disposal sites.  In addition, various health and  safety
statutes  and regulations  apply to the  work-place environment. Administrative,
civil and criminal penalties may be applicable for failure to comply with  these
laws.  These environmental laws and regulations are subject to periodic revision
and  modification.  The  United  States  Congress,  for  example,  has  recently
completed  a  major overhaul  of  the Federal  Clean Air  Act  which is  a major
component  of  the  Federal  environmental  statutes  affecting  the   Company's
operations.
 
    From   time  to  time,  the  Company  is  also  involved  in  administrative
proceedings  involving  the  issuance,  or  renewal,  of  environmental  permits
relating  to the conduct  of its business.  The final issuance  of these permits
have been resolved on terms satisfactory to the Company; and, in the future, the
Company expects such permits will similarly be resolved on satisfactory terms.
 
    Although management believes it will be required to make further substantial
expenditures for pollution abatement facilities in future years, because of  the
continuous  revision of these regulatory and statutory requirements, the Company
is  not  able   to  reasonably   estimate  the   specific  pollution   abatement
requirements,  the amount or timing of  such expenditures to maintain compliance
with these environmental laws.  While such expenditures in  future years may  be
substantial,  management does  not presently  expect they  will have  a material
adverse effect on the Company's future ability to compete within its markets.
 
    In those  cases where  the  Company has  been  identified as  a  Potentially
Responsible  Party ("PRP") or is otherwise made  aware of a possible exposure to
incur costs associated with an  environmental matter, management determines  (i)
whether, in fact, the Company has been properly named or is otherwise obligated,
(ii)  the extent to  which the Company  may be responsible  for costs associated
with the site in question, (iii) an  assessment as to whether another party  may
be  responsible under  various indemnification agreements  or insurance policies
the Company is a  party to, and  (iv) an estimate,  if one can  be made, of  the
costs  associated  with the  clean-up  efforts or  settlement  costs. It  is the
Company's policy to make provisions for environmental clean-up costs at the time
that a reasonable  estimate can  be made.  At December  31, 1995  and 1994,  the
Company  had recorded reserves of  approximately $0.3 million, for environmental
clean-up matters. While  it is  not possible to  predict the  ultimate costs  of
resolving   environmental  related   issues  facing  the   Company,  based  upon
information currently available, they are not expected to have a material effect
on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company.
 
    In connection with the Spin-Off from The Interlake Corporation ("Interlake")
on May 29, 1986, Acme Steel Company  (a subsidiary of the Company) entered  into
certain  indemnification agreements with Interlake. Pursuant to the terms of the
indemnification agreements, Interlake  undertook to defend,  indemnify and  hold
Acme  Steel Company harmless from any claims, as defined, relating to Acme Steel
Company operations or predecessor operations occurring before May 29, 1986,  the
inception  of Acme Steel  Company. The indemnification  agreements cover certain
environmental matters  including  certain  litigation  and  Superfund  sites  in
Duluth,  Minnesota and  Gary, Indiana for  which either Interlake  or Acme Steel
Company's predecessor  operations have  been named  as defendants  or PRP's,  as
applicable. To date, Interlake has met its obligations under the indemnification
agreements  and has  provided the  defense and paid  all costs  related to these
environmental matters. The Company
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
                            ACME METALS INCORPORATED
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
does not have sufficient  information to determine  the potential liability,  if
any,  for the  matters covered  by the  indemnification agreements  in the event
Interlake fails to meet its obligations  thereunder in the future. In the  event
that  Interlake, for any reason, was unable to fulfill its obligations under the
indemnification agreements, the Company could have increased future  obligations
which could be significant.
 
    Also  in connection  with the  Spin-Off from  Interlake, Acme  Steel Company
entered into a  Tax Indemnification Agreement  ("TIA") which generally  provides
for  Interlake to  indemnify Acme Steel  Company for certain  tax matters. While
certain issues have been negotiated  and settled between the Company,  Interlake
and  the Internal Revenue Service, certain  significant issues for the tax years
beginning in 1982 through 1986 remain unresolved.
 
    On March  17,  1994, Acme  Steel  Company  received a  Statutory  Notice  of
Deficiency  ("Notice") in the amount of $16.9 million  in tax as a result of the
Internal Revenue Service's examination of  the 1982-1984 tax years. The  Company
is  contesting  the  unresolved issues  and  the Notice.  Should  the government
sustain its position as proposed for those unresolved issues and those contained
in the Notice, substantial interest would also be due (potentially in an  amount
greater  than  the  tax  claimed).  The  taxes  claimed  relate  principally  to
adjustments for which Acme Steel Company is indemnified by Interlake pursuant to
the TIA. The Company has  adequate reserves to cover  that portion for which  it
believes  it may  be responsible  per the  TIA. To  date, Interlake  has met its
obligations under the TIA with respect to all covered matters. In the event that
Interlake, for any reason, were unable to fulfill its obligations under the TIA,
the Company could have increased future obligations.
 
    The Company's  subsidiaries also  have  various litigation  matters  pending
which  arise out of the  ordinary course of their  businesses. In the opinion of
management, the ultimate resolution  of these matters will  not have a  material
adverse effect on the financial position of the Company.
 
BUSINESS SEGMENTS:
 
    The  Company presents its operations in two segments, Steel Making and Steel
Fabricating.
 
    Steel  making  operations  include  the  manufacture  of  sheet,  strip  and
semifinished  steel in low-,  mid-, and high-carbon  alloy and specialty grades.
Principal  markets  include  agricultural,  automotive,  industrial   equipment,
industrial  fasteners,  welded steel  tubing,  processor and  tool manufacturing
industries.
 
    The Steel  Fabricating Segment  processes and  distributes steel  strapping,
strapping  tools and  industrial packaging (Acme  Packaging Corporation), welded
steel tubing (Alpha Tube Corporation) and auto and light truck jacks  (Universal
Tool  & Stamping Co., Inc.). The Steel  Fabricating Segment sells to a number of
markets.
 
    All sales between  segments are  recorded at current  market prices.  Income
from  operations  consists of  total  sales less  operating  expenses. Operating
expenses include an allocation of expenses incurred at the Corporate Office that
are considered by the  Company to be operating  expenses of the segments  rather
than  general corporate expenses. Income from  operations does not include other
non-operating income or expense,  interest income or  expense, income taxes,  or
extraordinary items. Identifiable assets are those that are associated with each
business  segment. Corporate assets  are principally cash  and cash equivalents,
short-term investments  and  restricted  cash, other  investments  and  deferred
income tax assets.
 
    The products and services of the Steel Making and Steel Fabricating Segments
are  distributed  through their  own respective  sales organizations  which have
sales offices  at various  locations  in the  United  States. Export  sales  are
insignificant for the years presented.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
                              SEGMENT INFORMATION
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             1995        1994          1993
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>           <C>
Net Sales
  Steel Making
    Sales to unaffiliated customers......  $ 234,903  $  231,224    $  187,750
    Intersegment sales...................    121,929     118,196       116,094
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
                                             356,832     349,420       303,844
  Steel Fabricating
    Sales to unaffiliated customers......    286,716     291,655       269,656
    Intersegment sales...................      1,703       1,806         1,873
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
                                             288,419     293,461       271,529
    Eliminations.........................   (123,632)   (120,001)     (117,967)
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
    Total................................  $ 521,619  $  522,880    $  457,406
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
Income from Operations
  Steel Making...........................  $  28,461  $   14,536(1) $      736(2)
  Steel Fabricating......................     20,351      19,044        11,929(3)
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
    Total................................  $  48,812  $   33,580    $   12,665
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
Identifiable Assets
  Steel Making...........................  $ 495,338  $  248,876    $  203,366
  Steel Fabricating......................    115,332     105,699       108,254
  Corporate..............................    144,073     327,755        22,249
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
    Total................................  $ 754,743  $  682,330    $  333,869
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
Depreciation
  Steel Making...........................  $   9,749  $   11,753    $   11,285
  Steel Fabricating......................      3,747       3,696         3,842
  Corporate..............................        117          65           107
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
    Total................................  $  13,613  $   15,514    $   15,234
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
Capital Expenditures
  Steel Making...........................  $ 238,177  $   53,205    $    9,368
  Steel Fabricating......................      6,078       3,076         2,283
  Corporate..............................        119          58            98
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
    Total................................  $ 244,374  $   56,339    $   11,749
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
Flat-rolled Steel Shipments (in tons)....    619,052     675,430       659,736
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
                                           ---------  -----------   -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Includes  a $9.5 million  nonrecurring charge to  recognize asset impairment
    costs and contractual  employee reduction costs  related to construction  of
    the Modernization and Expansion Project.
 
(2) Includes  a $1.3 million write  off of Acme Steel  Company's No. 3 Hot Strip
    Mill and Billet Mill.
 
(3) Includes a $0.6 million  expense to close  Acme Packaging's Pittsburg-  East
    facility  in California  and to  write-off of  a strapping  line at  its New
    Britain, Connecticut facility.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
                         QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           FIRST     SECOND    THIRD     FOURTH
                                          QUARTER   QUARTER   QUARTER   QUARTER
<S>                                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
1995
  Net Sales.............................  $131,548  $136,171  $122,211  $131,689
  Gross profit..........................    23,132    25,140    17,911    18,265
  Net income............................     8,046     8,781     5,256     6,163
  Net income per share..................  $   0.69  $   0.75  $   0.45  $   0.53
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1994
  Net Sales.............................  $123,560  $132,863  $123,142  $143,315
  Gross profit..........................    13,519    19,617    18,141    25,011
  Net income (loss).....................     3,598     6,856    (1,019)    7,536
  Net income (loss) per share...........  $   0.64  $   1.20  $  (0.12) $   0.65
  Net income before extraordinary
   item.................................                      $    768
  Net income per share before
   extraordinary item...................                      $   0.09
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1993
  Net sales.............................  $107,863  $117,169  $111,919  $120,455
  Gross profit..........................     7,518    11,670     9,206    16,829
  Net income............................       114     2,056       115     3,974
  Net income per share..................  $   0.02  $   0.38  $   0.02  $   0.73
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
    The first quarter of 1995  includes a $1.6 million gain  on the sale of  the
Company's interest in the LAS Virginia Properties.
 
    The  third quarter  of 1994 includes  a $9.5 million  nonrecurring charge to
address the  impairment  of existing  steel  making facilities  and  contractual
employee  costs related to  construction and commissioning  of the Modernization
and Expansion  Project. In  addition, the  third quarter  also includes  a  $1.8
million  extraordinary  expense  item resulting  from  prepayment  of previously
existing senior notes.
 
    The fourth quarter of 1993 includes a $1.2 million benefit related to Acme's
investment in  Wabush Mines,  a  $1.3 million  expense  to write-off  the  Steel
Subsidiary's  No. 3 Hot Strip  Mill and Billet Mill  and $0.6 million of expense
associated  with  the  closure  of  the  Packaging  subsidiary's  Pittsburg-East
facility  in California and the  write-off of a strapping  line at the Packaging
subsidiary's New Britain, Connecticut facility.
 
        SCHEDULE VIII -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              ADDITIONS
                                                       ------------------------
                                          BALANCE AT   CHARGED TO   CHARGED TO                  BALANCE
                                          BEGINNING    COSTS AND       OTHER                    AT END
FISCAL YEAR                                OF YEAR      EXPENSES     ACCOUNTS     DEDUCTIONS    OF YEAR
                                          ----------   ----------   -----------   -----------   -------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
1995
  Allowance for doubtful accounts
   receivable...........................    $1,301        $123        $ 60(a)      $ (149)(b)   $ 1,335
                                          ----------     -----       -----        -----------   -------
                                          ----------     -----       -----        -----------   -------
1994
  Allowance for doubtful accounts
   receivable...........................    $1,155        $541        $240(a)      $ (635)(b)   $ 1,301
                                          ----------     -----       -----        -----------   -------
                                          ----------     -----       -----        -----------   -------
1993
  Allowance for doubtful accounts
   receivable...........................    $1,081        $240        $232(a)      $ (398)(b)   $ 1,155
                                          ----------     -----       -----        -----------   -------
                                          ----------     -----       -----        -----------   -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(a) Consists principally of recoveries of accounts charged off in prior years.
 
(b) Uncollectible accounts charged off.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
We  hereby  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the Prospectuses
constituting part of  the Registration  Statements on Form  S-8 (Nos.  33-17235,
33-19437,  and 33-30841)  and in the  Registration Statements on  Form S-8 (Nos.
33-38747 and 33-59627) of Acme Metals  Incorporated of our report dated  January
25, 1996 appearing on page 36 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
/s/ Price Waterhouse LLP
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
Chicago, Illinois
March 22, 1996
 
                                       56

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 3(i)

                                       RESTATED
                             CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                          OF
                               ACME METALS INCORPORATED
                           PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 242 AND 245
                      OF THE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW OF DELAWARE

                               (AS FILED MAY 15, 1992)



    ACME METALS INCORPORATED, a corporation organized and existing under the
laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

    1.   The name of the corporation is ACME METALS INCORPORATED.  The date of
filing its original Certificate of Incorporated with the secretary of State was
January 9, 1992.

    2.   This Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and amends the
Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation by (a) increasing the number of
shares of Common Stock that the corporation is authorized to issue and creating
a new class of Serial Preferred Stock and (b) adding certain provisions
creating, defining and regulating the powers of the corporation and its
directors and stockholders.

    3.   The text of the Certificate of Incorporation as amended and restated
is as follows:

    FIRST:

    The name of the Corporation is ACME METALS INCORPORATED.

    SECOND:

    The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware
is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801.  The
name of the Corporation's registered agent at such address is The Corporation
Trust Company.

    THIRD:

    The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity
for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of
Delaware.

    FOURTH:

    A.   GENERAL AUTHORIZATION

    The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue
is 22,000,000 shares, consisting of 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock having a
par value of $1.00 per share, and 2,000,000 shares of Serial Preferred Stock
having a par value of $1.00 per share.


<PAGE>

    B.   SERIAL PREFERRED STOCK

    The Board of  Directors hereby is authorized, subject to the limitations
prescribed by law and by the provisions of this Section B, to provide for the
issuance of the Serial Preferred Stock in series, and by filing a certificate
pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,
to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix
the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other
special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of
each such series.  The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each
series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

         (a)  The number of shares constituting the series and the distinctive
designation of that series;

         (b)  The dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether dividends
shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates;

         (c)  Whether that series shall have voting rights, in addition to the
voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;

         (d)  Whether that series shall have conversion privileges, and, if so,
the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provision for adjustment
of the conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall determine;

         (e)  Whether the shares of that series shall be redeemable, and, if
so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates
upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share payable
in the case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and
at different redemption dates;

         (f)  The rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary
or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation; and

         (g)  Any other designations, preferences and relative, participating,
optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or
restrictions of that series.

    C.  COMMON STOCK

    The rights of the shares of Common Stock of the Corporation and limitations
or restrictions thereof, are as follows:

         (1)  DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.  No dividend, other than in Common
Stock or any other class of shares of the Corporation subordinate to the Serial
Preferred Stock as to both dividends and assets, shall be declared or paid upon,
or set apart for, the Common Stock unless (i) as to each series of the Serial
Preferred Stock entitled to cumulative dividends, dividends for all past
dividend periods shall have been paid or shall have been declared and a sum
sufficient for the payment thereof set apart and (ii) as to all Serial Preferred
Stock, the amount of the dividend for the current period shall be fully paid, or
the dividend for the current dividend period shall be declared and a sum
sufficient for the payment thereof set apart.


                                          2

<PAGE>

         (2)  LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP.  Upon any liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation none of the assets of the
Corporation shall be distributed to the holders of the Common Stock until after
the holders of the Serial Preferred Stock shall have been paid in the full
preferential amounts to which they are entitled.

    FIFTH:

    The name and mailing address of each incorporator is as follows:

         NAME                MAILING ADDRESS

         J. L. Austin        Corporation Trust Center
                             1209 Orange Street
                             Wilmington, Delaware  19801

         V. A. Brookens      Corporation Trust Center
                             1209 Orange Street
                             Wilmington, Delaware  19801

         T. L. Ford          Corporation Trust Center
                             1209 Orange Street
                             Wilmington, Delaware  19801

    SIXTH:

    A.  NUMBER, ELECTION AND TERMS OF DIRECTORS

    The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under
the direction of a Board of Directors consisting of not fewer than three nor
more than fifteen directors, the exact number of directors to be determined from
time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
entire Board of Directors.  The directors shall be divided into three classes,
as nearly equal in number as possible, designated Class I, Class II and Class
III.  Class I directors shall hold office initially for a term expiring at the
annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1993, Class II directors to hold
office initially for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be
held in 1994, and Class III directors to hold office initially for a term
expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1995.  At each
annual meeting of stockholders, successors to the class of directors whose term
expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a three-year term.
Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless required by the By-
Laws of the Corporation.

    B.  CHANGE IN NUMBER OF DIRECTORSHIPS AND VACANCIES

    If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be
apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each
class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional director of any class
elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold
office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but
in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any
incumbent director.  A director


                                          3


<PAGE>

shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his term
expires and until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject,
however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal
from office.  Any vacancy in the Board of Directors that results from an
increase in the number of directors shall be filled by a majority of the Board
of Directors then in office, provided that a quorum is present, and any other
vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors shall be filled by a majority of the
directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining
director.  Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase
in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as that of his
predecessor.

    Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs A and B, whenever the holders of
any one or more classes or series of stock issued by the Corporation shall have
the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual
or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of
vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the
terms of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation applicable
thereto, and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes
pursuant to this Article SIXTH unless expressly provided by such terms.

    C.   REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

    Any director may be removed from office only for cause.

    SEVENTH:

    Notwithstanding any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware now or hereafter in force requiring for any corporate action the
vote of a lesser portion of the shares of the Corporation or of any class of
shares thereof or of any other securities having voting power, the affirmative
vote of (a) two-thirds of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to
vote, voting together and not by class, and (b) two-thirds of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, voting separately as a class, shall
be necessary:

       (1)  to approve (i) the sale, lease, or exchange by the Corporation of 
all or substantially all of its property and assets to a related company or 
an affiliate of a related company, or (ii) the consolidation of the 
Corporation, or its merger, into a related company or an affiliate of a 
related company, or (iii) the merger into the Corporation of a related 
company or an affiliate of a related company, or (iv) a transaction other 
than a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is the acquiring 
company and its voting shares are issued or transferred to a related company 
or an affiliate of a related company or to shareholders of a related company 
or an affiliate of a related company; or

       (2)  to approve any agreement, contract or other arrangement with a 
related company providing for any of the transactions described in 
subparagraph (1) above.

    For the purpose of this Article SEVENTH (i) a "related company" in respect
of a given transaction shall be any corporation which, together with its
affiliates and associated persons, owns of record or beneficially, directly or
indirectly, more than 5% of the shares of any outstanding class of stock of the
Corporation entitled to vote upon such transaction, as of the record date used
to determine the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote upon such
transaction; (ii) an "affiliate" of


                                          4

<PAGE>

a related company shall be any individual, joint venture, trust, partnership or
corporation which, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries,
controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the related
company; and (iii) an "associated person" of a related company shall be any
officer or director or any beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or
more of any class of equity security of such related company or any of its
affiliates.

    The determination of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, based on
information known to the Board of Directors and made in good faith, shall be
conclusive as to whether any company is a related company as defined in this
Article SEVENTH.

    Nothing hereinabove contained shall (i) require any transaction to be
submitted to stockholders for adoption or approval if such adoption or approval
is not required by the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as
now or hereafter in force or (ii) affect or alter the separate class or serial
voting rights of holders of Serial Preferred Stock fixed as provided in Article
FOURTH hereof.

    EIGHTH:

    Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders must be at
an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be
effected by any consent in writing of such stockholders.

    NINTH:

    Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of
the Corporation or of the By-Laws of the Corporation (and notwithstanding the
fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the Certificate of
Incorporation or the By-Laws), the affirmative vote of the holders of not less
than eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the Corporation, and of the
holders of eighty percent (80%) of the shares of the Common Stock at the time
outstanding, voting together as a separate class, shall be required to amend or
repeal or adopt any provisions inconsistent with Articles SIXTH, SEVENTH,
EIGHTH, NINTH and TENTH.

    TENTH:

    In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute,
the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal
the By-Laws of the Corporation, without any action on the part of the
stockholders, by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Board of
Directors, only if the Board of Directors is composed solely of directors who
are directors immediately after the date hereof, or who have been elected or
recommended to be elected as directors by two-thirds of such initial directors.
The By-Laws may also be altered, amended or repealed by the affirmative vote of
the holders of shares representing at least two-thirds of the shares of the
Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting as one class;
provided, however, that the affirmative vote of the holders of shares
representing only a majority of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote
in the election of directors, voting as one class, shall be required if such
alteration, amendment or repeal of the By-Laws has been previously approved by
the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the entire Board of Directors of
the Corporation.


                                          5

<PAGE>

    ELEVENTH:

    No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the
Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's
duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.  This Article shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a
director for any act or omission occurring prior to the effective date of its
adoption.  If the Delaware General Corporation Law hereafter is amended to
authorize, with the approval of a corporation's stockholders, further reductions
in the liability of the Corporation's directors for breach of fiduciary duty,
then a Director of the Corporation shall not be liable for any such breach to
the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so
amended.  Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article
ELEVENTH, directly or by adoption of an inconsistent provision of this
Certificate of Incorporation, by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not
adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation
existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

    4.   This Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by the
unanimous written consent of the sole stockholder of the corporation in
accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 228, 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the corporation has caused this Certificate to be
executed on its behalf and attested to by its duly authorized officers as of the
13th day of May, 1992.

                                  ACME METALS INCORPORATED

                                         /s/ Brian W. H. Marsden
                                  By:
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                         Brian W. H. Marsden
                                  Its:   President and Chief Executive Officer
                                       -----------------------------------------

ATTEST:


/s/ Roberta A. Glab
- --------------------------------
       Roberta A. Glab
Its:   ASSISTANT SECRETARY
    ----------------------------


                                          6

<PAGE>

                                       FORM OF
                             CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS
                  OF JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES A

                                          OF

                               ACME METALS INCORPORATED

                    PURSUANT TO SECTION 151 OF THE CORPORATION LAW
                               OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE


    We, Brian W. H. Marsden, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Edward P.
Weber, Jr., Secretary, of Acme Metals Incorporated, a corporation organized and
existing under the Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in accordance with
the provisions of Section 151 thereof, DO HEREBY CERTIFY:

    That pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the said Corporation, the said Board of
Directors on July 15, 1994, adopted the following resolution creating a series
of 120,000 shares of Preferred Stock designated as Junior Participating
Preferred Stock, Series A:

    RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors
of this Corporation in accordance with the provisions of its  Restated
Certificate of Incorporation, a series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation be,
and it hereby is, created, and that the designation and amount thereof and the
voting powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other
special rights of the shares of such series, and the qualifications, limitations
or restrictions thereof are as follows:

    Section 1.      DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT.  The shares of such series shall be
designated as "Junior Participating Preferred Stock, Series A" (the "Series A
Preferred Stock") and the number of shares constituting such series shall be
120,000.

    Section 2.     DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.

    (A)  Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any shares
of any series of Preferred Stock ranking prior and superior to the shares of
Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of common stock $1.00 par
value per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock") and of any other junior
stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of
Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends
payable in cash on the fifteenth day of March, June, September and December in
each year (each such date being referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend
Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after
the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred
Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater
of (a) $25.00 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set
forth, 100 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 100
times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends
or other distributions other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock
or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification
or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or, with respect to the first


<PAGE>


Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or
fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock. In the event the Company shall
at any time on or after August 5, 1994 declare or pay any dividend on Common
Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision of combination
or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification
or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a
greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the
amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled
immediately prior to such event under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall
be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is
the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event
and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were
outstanding immediately prior to such event.

    (B)  The Company shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A
Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) of this Section immediately after
it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a
dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event no
dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the
period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $25.00 per share on the Series A
Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date.

    (C)  Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding
shares of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next
preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, unless
the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall
begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of
issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date
for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled
to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date,
in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative
from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.  Accrued but unpaid dividends shall
not bear interest.  Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in
an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and
payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis
among all such shares at the time outstanding.  The Board of Directors may fix a
record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred
Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared
thereon, which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to the date
fixed for the payment thereof.

    Section 3.     VOTING RIGHTS.  The holders of shares of Series A Preferred
Stock shall have the following voting rights:

    (A)  Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each
share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100 votes
on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company.  In the
event the Company shall at any time on or after August 5, 1994 declare or pay
any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a
subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares
of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock then
in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such


                                          2

<PAGE>

event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after
such event, and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock
that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

    (B)  Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders of shares
of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote
together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the
Company.

    (C)  Except as set forth herein, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall
have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to
the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth
herein) for taking any corporate action.

    Section 4.     CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS.

    (A)  Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions
payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears,
thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether
or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding shall have
been paid in full, the Company shall not:

    (i)  declare or pay dividends on, or make any other distributions on,
    any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
    liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred
    Stock;

    (ii)  declare or pay dividends on or make any other distributions on
    any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or
    upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A
    Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A
    Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are
    payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the
    holders of all such shares are then entitled;

    (iii)  redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration
    shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
    liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred
    Stock, provided that the Company may at any time redeem, purchase or
    otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange for
    shares of any stock of the Company ranking junior (either as to
    dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the
    Series A Preferred Stock; or

    (iv)  purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of
    Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity
    with the Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a
    purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the
    Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as
    the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual
    dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the
    respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will
    result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or
    classes.


                                          3

<PAGE>

    (B)  The Company shall not permit any subsidiary of the Company to purchase
or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Company unless
the Company could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise
acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

    Section 5.     REACQUIRED SHARES.  Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock
purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company in any manner whatsoever shall be
retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof.  All such shares
shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of preferred
stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of preferred stock to be
created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to the
conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.

    Section 6.     LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP.  Upon any
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, no distribution shall be
made (1) to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to
dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A
Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock shall have received $100 per share, plus an amount equal to
accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared,
to the date of such payment, provided that the holders of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive an aggregate amount per share,
subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 100
times the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of Common
Stock, or (2) to the holders of stock ranking on a parity (either as to
dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A
Preferred Stock, except distributions made ratably on the Series A Preferred
Stock and all other such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to
which the holders of all such shares are entitled upon such liquidation,
dissolution or winding up.  In the event the Company shall at any time on or
after August 5, 1994 declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in
shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation
of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than
by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser
number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the aggregate amount to
which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately
prior to such event under the proviso in clause (1) of the preceding sentence
shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of
which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such
event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that
were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

    Section 7.     CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC.  In case the Company shall enter
into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the
shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or
securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of
Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall at the same time be similarly
exchanged or changed in an amount per share (subject to the provision for
adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of
stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case
may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or
exchanged.  In the event the Company shall at any time on or after August 5,
1994 declare or pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common
Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise) into a
greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the
amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or
change of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying
such amount by a fraction the


                                          4

<PAGE>

numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of
shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

    Section 8.      NO REDEMPTION.  The shares of Series A Preferred Stock
shall not be redeemable.

    Section 9.     AMENDMENT.  The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Company shall not be amended in any manner which would materially alter or
change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock
so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of
the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock voting together as a single
class.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have executed and subscribed this certificate and do
affirm the foregoing as true under the penalties of perjury as of this 3rd day
of August, 1994.


                                      /s/ Brian W. H. Marsdan
                                      -----------------------------------
                                      Brian W. H. Marsden
                                      Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


ATTEST:

/s/ Edward P. Weber, Jr.
- --------------------------------
Edward P. Weber, Jr.
Secretary


                                          5


<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4

                                      ACME GROUP
                         FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


Harris Trust and Savings Bank
Chicago, Illinois

NBD Bank, N.A.
Detroit, Michigan

Mercantile Bank of St. Louis National Association
St. Louis, Missouri

National City Bank
Cleveland, Ohio

General Electric Capital Corporation
Chicago, Illinois

Ladies and Gentlemen:

    Reference is hereby made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of
August 11, 1994 (the "CREDIT AGREEMENT") between the undersigned, Acme Steel
Company, a Delaware corporation ("ACME STEEL"), Acme Packaging Corporation, a
Delaware corporation ("ACME PACKAGING"), Alpha Tube Corporation, a Delaware
corporation ("ALPHA TUBE"), and Universal Tool & Stamping Company, Inc., an
Indiana corporation ("UNIVERSAL TOOL") (Acme Steel, Acme Packaging, Alpha Tube
and Universal Tool are being hereinafter referred to collectively as the
"BORROWERS" and individually as a "BORROWER") and you (the "LENDERS"). All
capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings
herein as such terms have in the Credit Agreement.

    The Borrowers have requested that the Lenders make certain amendments to
the financial reporting requirements contained in the Credit Agreement, and the
Lenders are willing to do so under the terms and conditions set forth in this
Amendment.

1.  AMENDMENTS.

    Upon your acceptance hereof in the space provided for that purpose below,
the Credit Agreement shall be and hereby is amended as follows:

         (a)  Section 7.5(a)(ii) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by
    inserting the phrase "(but within one hundred twenty (120) days after the
    end of the last such period in each fiscal year)" immediately after the
    word "Company" appearing in the second line thereof.

         (b)  Section 7.5(b) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by
    deleting the phrase "or (iv)" appearing in the first line thereof.

<PAGE>

2.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

    The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the satisfaction of all
of the following conditions precedent:

         (a)  The Borrowers and the Lenders shall have executed and delivered
    this Amendment.

         (b)  The Lenders shall have received copies (executed or certified, as
    may be appropriate) of all legal documents or proceedings taken in
    connection with the execution and delivery of this Amendment to the extent
    the Lenders or their counsel may reasonably request.

         (c)  Legal matters incident to the execution and delivery of this
    Amendment shall be satisfactory to the Lenders and their counsel.

3.  REPRESENTATIONS.

    In order to induce the Lenders to execute and deliver this Amendment, the
Borrowers hereby represent to the Lenders that as of the date hereof, the
representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 of the Credit Agreement
are and shall be and remain true and correct (except that the representations
contained in Section 5.6 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial
statements of the Company delivered to the Lenders) and the Borrowers are in
full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and
no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Credit
Agreement or shall result after giving effect to this Amendment.

4.  MISCELLANEOUS.

    (a)  Except as specifically amended herein, the Credit Agreement shall
continue in full force and effect in accordance with its original terms.
Reference to this specific Amendment need not be made in the Credit Agreement,
or any other instrument or document executed in connection therewith, or in any
certificate, letter or communication issued or made pursuant to or with respect
to the Credit Agreement, any reference in any of such items to the Credit
Agreement being sufficient to refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

    (b)  The Borrowers agree to pay on demand all costs and expenses of or
incurred by the Agent in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution
and delivery of this Amendment, including the fees and expenses of counsel for
the Agent.

    (c)  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by
the different parties on different counterpart signature pages, all of which
taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any of the
parties hereto may execute this Amendment by

<PAGE>

signing any such counterpart and each of such counterparts shall for all
purposes be deemed to be an original. This Amendment shall be governed by the
internal laws of the State of Illinois.

    Dated as of this 21st day of May, 1995.

                             ACME STEEL COMPANY

                                       /s/ James W. Hoekwater
                             By
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                  Its   Treasurer
                                      ------------------------------------------

                             ACME PACKAGING CORPORATION

                                       /s/ James W. Hoekwater
                             By
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                  Its    Treasurer
                                      ------------------------------------------

                             ALPHA TUBE CORPORATION

                                       /s/ James W. Hoekwater
                             By
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                  Its    Treasurer
                                      ------------------------------------------

                             UNIVERSAL TOOL & STAMPING COMPANY, INC.

                                       /s/ James W. Hoekwater
                             By
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                  Its    Treasurer
                                      ------------------------------------------

                             ACME METALS INCORPORATED

                                       /s/ James W. Hoekwater
                             By
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                  Its    Treasurer
                                      ------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

    Accepted and agreed to as of the date and year last above written.

                             HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK

                                       /s/ Richard H. Robb
                             By
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                  Its Vice President

                             NBD BANK, N.A.

                                       /s/ Timothy Monahan
                             By
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                  Its    Vice President
                                      ------------------------------------------

                             MERCANTILE BANK OF  ST.  LOUIS  NATIONAL
                                 ASSOCIATION

                                       /s/  David Bentzinger
                             By
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                  Its    Vice President
                                      ------------------------------------------

                             NATIONAL CITY BANK

                                       /s/ Frank F. Pagura, Jr.
                             By
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                  Its    Assistant Vice President
                                      ------------------------------------------

                             GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION

                                       /s/ Shaun Pettit
                             By
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                  Its    Region Operations Manager
                                      ------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5
                                           
                                      ACME GROUP
                         SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


Harris Trust and Savings Bank
Chicago, Illinois

NBD Bank, N.A.
Detroit, Michigan

Mercantile Bank of St. Louis National Association
St. Louis, Missouri

National City Bank
Cleveland, Ohio

General Electric Capital Corporation
Chicago, Illinois

Ladies and Gentlemen:

       Reference is hereby made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of
August 11, 1994 between the undersigned, Acme Steel Company, a Delaware
corporation ("ACME STEEL"), Acme Packaging Corporation, a Delaware corporation
("ACME PACKAGING"), Alpha Tube Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("ALPHA
TUBE"), and Universal Tool & Stamping Company, Inc., an Indiana corporation
("UNIVERSAL TOOL") (Acme Steel, Acme Packaging, Alpha Tube and Universal Tool
are being hereinafter referred to collectively as the "BORROWERS" and
individually as a "BORROWER") and you (the "LENDERS") as amended by that certain
First Amendment to Credit Agreement date as of May 21, 1995 (said Credit
Agreement as so amended being referred to herein as the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"). All
capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings
herein as such terms have in the Credit Agreement.

       The Borrowers have requested that the Lenders make certain amendments to
Section 7.12 of the Credit Agreement, and the Lenders are willing to do so under
the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment.

1.     AMENDMENTS.

       Upon your acceptance hereof in the space provided for that purpose
below, subsections (g) and (h) of Section 7.12 of the Credit Agreement shall be
amended and as so amended shall be restated in their entirety to read as
follows:

<PAGE>

               "(g)     acquisitions of all or substantially all of the assets
       or business of any other Person or division thereof, or all or any part
       of the Voting Stock of or other equity interest in any Person (including
       as such an acquisition, any action to participate as a joint venturer in
       any joint venture or as a partner in any partnership), in each case if
       and so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist
       after giving effect to such acquisition, (ii) the Board of Directors or
       other governing body of such Person whose Property or Voting Stock or
       other equity interest is being so acquired has approved the terms of
       such acquisition, (iii) the Company shall have delivered to the Lenders
       an updated Schedule 5.3 to reflect any new Subsidiary resulting from
       such acquisition, (iv) at the time of each such acquisition and
       immediately after giving effect thereto, the aggregate amount expended
       by the Acme Group and its Subsidiaries as consideration for such
       acquisition (and in any event including as such, any Indebtedness for
       Borrowed Money assumed or incurred as a result of such acquisition),
       when taken together with the aggregate amount expended as consideration
       for all other acquisitions permitted solely by this Section 7.12(g) and
       all investments in Persons (other than Subsidiaries) permitted solely by
       subsection (h) below, in each case on a cumulative basis after the date
       hereof, does not exceed $15,000,000, and (v) the Company can demonstrate
       that on a pro forma basis (including financial projections prepared by
       the Company) after giving effect to the subject acquisition that the
       Acme Group will continue to comply with the all of the terms and
       conditions of the Loan Documents;

               (h)      equity investments by the Company in, and loans and
       advances by the Company to, any Subsidiary (or an entity which,
       following and as a result of such investment, loan or advance, becomes a
       Subsidiary of the Company) or any other Person in which the Company has
       already acquired any Voting Stock or other equity interest in compliance
       with the provisions of subsection (g) above, provided in each case that
       (i) a Subsidiary that only becomes a Subsidiary through such investment,
       loan or advance and any other Person in which the Company acquires any
       Voting Stock or other equity interest only through such investment, loan
       or advance in each case must comply with the provisions of subsection
       (g) above, (ii) at the time of each such investment in, or loan or
       advance to, any Person other than a Subsidiary (each, a "MINORITY
       INVESTMENT"), the aggregate amount of Minority Investments, when taken
       together with the aggregate amount expended for all acquisitions
       permitted solely by subsection (g) above, in each case on a cumulative
       basis after the date hereof, does not exceed $15,000,000, and (iii) the
       obligations of each Subsidiary to the Company with respect to any such
       loan or advance by the Company to such Subsidiary funded directly or
       indirectly out of the proceeds (net of (i) costs and expenses directly
       incurred and payable as a result of the issuance and sale hereinafter
       described and (ii) the amount necessary to fully pay and satisfy the
       indebtedness described in Sections 6.2(f) and 6.2(g) hereof) from the
       Company's issuance and sale of the Special Stock Purchase Warrants are
       subject to a subordination agreement between the Company and such
       Subsidiary providing for the subordination of such obligations in right
       of payment from and after such time as the Revolving Credit Notes issued
       and outstanding shall become due and payable (whether at stated
       maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to the prior payment and
       performance of the Obligations under the Revolving Credit Notes and
       otherwise;"
<PAGE>


2.     WAIVER.

       The Lenders waive any non-compliance with the terms of the Credit
Agreement which, after giving effect to this Amendment, shall no longer exist.

3.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

       The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the satisfaction of
all of the following conditions precedent:

               (a)     The Borrowers and the Lenders shall have executed and
       delivered this Amendment.

               (b)     The Lenders shall have received copies (executed or
       certified, as may be appropriate) of  resolutions of  the Board of
       Directors of each Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and
       performance of, and indicating the authorized signers of, this Amendment
       and all other documents relating thereto and containing the specimen
       signatures of such signers.

               (c)     Legal matters incident to the execution and delivery of
       this Amendment shall be satisfactory to the Lenders and their counsel.


4.     REPRESENTATIONS.

       In order to induce the Lenders to execute and deliver this Amendment,
the Borrowers hereby represent to the Lenders that as of the date hereof, the
representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 of the Credit Agreement
are and shall be and remain true and correct (except that the representations
contained in Section 5.6 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial
statements of the Company delivered to the Lenders) and the Borrowers are in
full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and
no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Credit
Agreement or shall result after giving effect to this Amendment.

5.     MISCELLANEOUS.

       (a)     Except as specifically amended herein, the Credit Agreement
shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its original terms.
Reference to this specific Amendment need not be made in the Credit Agreement,
or any other instrument or document executed in connection therewith, or in any
certificate, letter or communication issued or made pursuant to or with respect
to the Credit Agreement, any reference in any of such items to the Credit
Agreement being sufficient to refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

       (b)     The Borrowers agree to pay on demand all costs and expenses of
or incurred by the Agent in connection with the negotiation, preparation,
execution and delivery of this Amendment, including the fees and expenses of
counsel for the Agent.
<PAGE>

       (c)     This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts,
and by the different parties on different counterpart signature pages, all of
which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Any of the
parties hereto may execute this Amendment by signing any such counterpart and
each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original.
This Amendment shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Illinois.


                                       ACME STEEL COMPANY


                                       By /s/  Mr. James Hoekwater
                                         Its Treasurer


                                       ACME PACKAGING CORPORATION


                                       By /s/  Mr. James Hoekwater
                                         Its Treasurer


                                       ALPHA TUBE CORPORATION


                                       By /s/  Mr. James Hoekwater
                                         Its Treasurer


                                       UNIVERSAL TOOL & STAMPING COMPANY, INC.


                                       By /s/  Mr. James Hoekwater
                                         Its Treasurer


                                       ACME METALS INCORPORATED


                                       By /s/  Mr. James Hoekwater
                                         Its Treasurer
<PAGE>

       Accepted and agreed to as of the date and year last above written.


                                       HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK


                                       By /s/  Richard H. Robb
                                         Its Vice President
       
                                       NBD BANK, N.A.


                                       By /s/  Timothy M. Monahan
                                         Its Vice President


                                       MERCANTILE BANK OF ST. LOUIS NATIONAL
                                        ASSOCIATION


                                       By /s/  David Benteinger
                                         Its Vice President


                                       NATIONAL CITY BANK


                                       By /s/  Frank F. Pagura, Jr.
                                         Its Account Officer


                                       GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION


                                       By /s/  Shaun Pettit
                                         Its Region Operations Manager

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.17

                          AMENDMENT TO CONSULTING AGREEMENT


                  THIS AMENDMENT entered into as of the first day of June, 1995
between Acme Metals Incorporated, a Delaware corporation ("Acme") and Reynold C.
MacDonald ("Mr. MacDonald").


                                       RECITALS


                  WHEREAS, Acme and Mr. MacDonald entered into a consulting
agreement on June 1, 1992, which agreement is set to expire by its terms on May
31, 1995 ("Consulting Agreement"); and

                  WHEREAS, Acme and Mr. MacDonald desire to extend the said
Consulting Agreement for an additional two year term subject to the terms
thereof.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and
agreements contained herein and in the Consulting Agreement, the parties hereby
agree as follows:

                  The Consulting Agreement shall terminate on the 31st day of
May, 1997, subject however to its earlier termination as therein provided.  The
Consulting Agreement, except as modified by this amendment, shall continue in
full force and effect.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to
be duly executed as of the date first specified above.






                                        ACME METALS INCORPORATED


                                        By: /s/ Brian W. H. Marsden
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            B. W. H. Marsden
                                            Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


                                            /s/ Reynold C. MacDonald
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Reynold C. MacDonald

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.20

                              INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT


       THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT is made and entered into this _____ day
of (MONTH AND YEAR) by and between ACME METALS INCORPORATED, a Delaware
Corporation (hereinafter the "Company"), and (NAME), who as of the execution
date hereof is serving as (TITLE) of the Company (hereinafter the "Indemnitee").


                                 W I T N E S S E T H:


       WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is rendering valuable services to the Company;
and

       WHEREAS, the Company desires to receive and continue to receive the
benefits of the Indemnitee's advice, experience, knowledge, counsel, dedication,
service to the Company and to maintain and preserve the continuity in the
management of the affairs and business of the Company for the benefit of the
Company's stockholders; and

       WHEREAS, Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware ("Corporation Law") providing for the indemnification of directors,
officers, employees and agents of the Company specifically provides that the
Corporation Law is not exclusive and authorizes any corporation formed
thereunder to enter into an agreement or agreements to indemnify directors,
officers, employees, agents and former directors, officers, employees and
agents, both as to actions in their official capacity and as to actions in
another capacity while holding such office, and as to persons who have ceased to
be a director, officer, employee or agent and that such indemnification shall
inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such persons;
and

       WHEREAS, in accordance with the authorization provided by said
Corporation Law, the Company has purchased and presently maintains a policy or
policies of Directors and Officers Liability Insurance ("D & O Insurance")
covering certain liabilities which may be incurred by its directors, officers
and employees in the performance of their duties for the Company; and

       WHEREAS, recent developments with respect to the terms and availability
of D & O Insurance and with respect to the application, amendment and
enforcement of statutory and by-law indemnification provisions generally have
raised questions concerning the adequacy and reliability of the protection
afforded to directors, officers and employees thereby; and

       WHEREAS, the Company wishes to insure that the Indemnitee will be in a
position to exercise his best good-faith and independent judgment for the
benefit for the Company's stockholders in the management of the business and
affairs of the Company without undue cause or concern for his personal financial
liability and secure in the knowledge that the costs, expenses, liability and
loss which may be incurred by him in his good-faith performance of his duties
and service to the Company will be borne by the Company or its successors and
assignees in accordance with applicable law and the terms of this
Indemnification Agreement; and


<PAGE>

       WHEREAS, the Company desires the Indemnitee to contest all unjustified
investigations, claims, actions, suits and proceedings which have or may arise
in the future as a result of the Indemnitee's service to the Company; and

       WHEREAS, in order to resolve such questions and accomplish the foregoing
purposes and thereby induce the Indemnitee to continue to render said services
to the Company, the parties believe it appropriate and desirable to enter into
this Indemnification Agreement and memorialize and affirm the Company's
indemnification obligations to the Indemnitee, as authorized by the resolution
adopted by the Board of Directors on May 16, 1992;

       NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements set forth
herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

       1.   DEFINITIONS

            A.   "Indemnitee" means any person who is, was or has agreed to
                 become a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company
                 or of any constituent corporation absorbed by the Company in a
                 consolidation, merger or acquisition and any person who is,
                 was or has agreed to become a director, officer, trustee,
                 employee or agent of any other enterprise and serving as such
                 at the request of the Company or of any such constituent
                 corporation, or the legal representative of any of the
                 foregoing persons;

            B.   "Other Enterprise" means any domestic or foreign corporation,
                 other than the Company, and any partnership, joint venture,
                 sole proprietorship, trust or other legal entity, whether for
                 profit or non-profit.

            C.   "Indemnifiable Litigation" means, collectively, any present or
                 future threatened, pending or contemplated investigation,
                 claim, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
                 administrative or investigative;

            D.   "Indemnifiable Expenses" means the cost, expense, liability
                 and loss, including, but not limited to, attorney's fees and
                 disbursements and amounts of judgments, fines, penalties and
                 amounts actually paid or to be paid in any settlement approved
                 in advance by the Company (which approval shall not be
                 unreasonably withheld); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the same shall
                 not in any event, include any cost, expense, liability or loss
                 on account of profits realized in the purchase or sale of
                 securities of the Company.

       2.   INDEMNITY

            Pursuant to its authority under Section l45 of the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, its Certificate of Incorporation and
its by-laws:


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

            A.   PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY:
                 The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Indemnitee
                 harmless from and against any and all Indemnifiable Expenses,
                 to the extent that the Indemnitee has not previously been
                 reimbursed by insurance, that may be reasonably incurred by or
                 imposed upon him in connection with, resulting from, or
                 arising out of any Indemnifiable Litigation (other than an
                 action by or in the right of the Company) to which the
                 Indemnitee is, or may become, a party, or otherwise, by reason
                 of him being or having been:

                 (a)  a director, officer, employee or agent of this Company;
                      or

                 (b)  a director, officer, employee or agent of any enterprise
                      when serving or having served as the same at the request
                      of this Company, whether or not he continues to be such
                      at the time the Indemnifiable Expenses shall be or have
                      been incurred or imposed, if he acted in good faith and
                      in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not
                      opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with
                      respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
                      reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

            B.   PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY:

                 The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Indemnitee
                 harmless from and against any and all Indemnifiable Expenses,
                 to the extent that the Indemnitee has not previously been
                 reimbursed by insurance, that may be reasonably incurred by or
                 imposed upon him in connection with, resulting from, or
                 arising out of any Indemnifiable Litigation by or in the right
                 of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor to which the
                 Indemnitee is, or may become, a party, or otherwise, by reason
                 of him being or having been:

                 (a)  a director, officer, employee or agent of this Company;
                      or

                 (b)  a director, officer, employee or agent of any other
                      enterprise when serving or having served as the same at
                      the request of the Company, whether or not he continues
                      to be such at the time the Indemnifiable Expenses shall
                      be or have been incurred or imposed, if he acted in good
                      faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or
                      not opposed to the best interests of the Company and
                      except that no indemnification shall be made in respect
                      of any claim, issue or matter as to which the Indemnitee
                      shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or
                      misconduct in the performance of his duty to the Company
                      unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery
                      or the court in which such action or suit was brought
                      shall determine


                                         -3-

<PAGE>

                      upon application that, despite the adjudication of
                      liability but in view of all the circumstances of the
                      case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to
                      indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery
                      or such other court shall deem proper.

            C.   TERMINATION OF PROCEEDINGS:

                 The termination of any Indemnifiable Litigation by judgment,
                 order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea nolo contendere
                 or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption
                 that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner
                 which he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the
                 best interests of this Company, and with respect to any
                 criminal action or proceeding, the Indemnitee had no
                 reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

            D.   CONTINUATION OF INDEMNITY:

                 All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein
                 shall continue during the period Indemnitee is a director,
                 officer, employee or agent of the Company (or is or was
                 serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer,
                 employee, trustee or agent of another enterprise) and shall
                 continue thereafter so long as the Indemnitee shall be subject
                 to any Indemnifiable Litigation or Indemnifiable Expense.

       3.   MAINTENANCE OF INSURANCE AND SELF INSURANCE:

            A.   The Company represents that as of the date hereof it presently
                 has in force and effect a policy or policies of D & O
                 Insurance with an aggregate coverage in the amount of
                 $50,000,000. Subject only to the provisions of Section 3B
                 hereof, the Company agrees, so long as the Indemnitee shall be
                 subject to any possible Indemnifiable Litigation or
                 Indemnifiable Expenses arising out of or resulting therefrom,
                 the Company will employ its best efforts to purchase and
                 maintain in effect for the benefit of Indemnitee one or more
                 valid, binding and enforceable policy or policies of D & O
                 Insurance providing, in all respects, coverage at least as
                 comparable to that presently provided pursuant to the existing
                 policy or policies of insurance.

            B.   Notwithstanding Section 3A above, the Company shall not be
                 required to maintain or to obtain in substitution thereof,
                 said policy or policies of D & O Insurance in effect if said
                 insurance, in the reasonable business judgment of the then
                 directors of the Company, is not reasonably available or if
                 either:

                 (a)  the premium cost for such insurance is substantially
                      disproportionate to the amount of coverage; or


                                         -4-

<PAGE>

                 (b)  the coverage provided by such insurance is so limited by
                      exclusions that there is insufficient benefit from such
                      insurance.

            C.   In the event the Company does not purchase and maintain said
                 policy or policies of D & O Insurance pursuant to the
                 provisions of Section 3B hereof, the Company agrees to
                 indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless to the full extent of
                 the coverage which would otherwise have been provided for the
                 benefit of Indemnitee pursuant to said insurance.

       4.   REPAYMENT OF INDEMNIFIABLE EXPENSES:

            Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to
            any Indemnifiable Litigation shall be advanced by the Company to
            the Indemnitee prior to the final disposition thereof upon receipt
            by the Company of the undertaking by, or on behalf of, the
            Indemnitee, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit
            "A", to repay all amounts so advanced should it ultimately be
            determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification
            by the Company pursuant to this Indemnification Agreement or
            otherwise.

       5.   LEGAL COUNSEL:

            The Indemnitee shall have the right to retain independent legal
            counsel to represent him in connection with any Indemnifiable
            Litigation or may designate the Company as his agent for the
            retention of counsel.

       6.   NOTIFICATION: 

            The Indemnitee shall promptly advise the Company, in writing, of
            the institution of any Indemnifiable Litigation which is or may be
            subject to this Indemnification Agreement and keep the Company
            informed of and consult with the Company with respect to the status
            of any such Indemnifiable Litigation.

       7.   RIGHTS NOT EXCLUSIVE - OTHER RIGHTS:

            The rights of indemnification provided in this Indemnification
            Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to
            which the Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification by reason
            of any statute, contract, agreement, by-law, vote of stockholders
            or disinterested directors, as a matter of law, or otherwise.

       8.   BINDING EFFECT:

            This Indemnification Agreement establishes contract rights which
            shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the
            successors, assignees, heirs, and legal representatives to the
            parties hereto.


                                         -5-

<PAGE>

       9.   SEPARABILITY:

            Each of the provisions of this Indemnification Agreement is a
            separate and distinct agreement and independent of the others, so
            that if any provision or paragraph of this Indemnification
            Agreement, or any clause thereof, be held to be invalid, illegal or
            unenforceable in whole or in part, the remaining provisions,
            paragraphs and clauses of this Indemnification Agreement shall
            remain fully valid, enforceable and binding on the parties hereto.

       10.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION:

            No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this
            Indemnification Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and
            signed by both parties hereto.

       11.  GOVERNING LAW:

            The validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement of this
            Indemnification Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the
            State of Delaware.


       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Indemnification
Agreement to be duly executed on its behalf and the Indemnitee has duly executed
this Indemnification Agreement on the day and year first above written.


(CORPORATE SEAL)                       ACME METALS INCORPORATED


ATTEST:


                                  By:  
- ------------------------------         ------------------------------------
Edward P. Weber, Jr.                   Brian W. H. Marsden
Secretary                                   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


                                       INDEMNITEE:


                                       ------------------------------------
                                       (NAME)


                                         -6-

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A


                                UNDERTAKING AGREEMENT


       THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this ______ day of _________)
l99__, between ACME METALS INCORPORATED, a Delaware  corporation ("the
Company"), and __________________________________, who as of the execution date
hereof is serving as ___________________________________________ of ACME METALS
INCORPORATED ("the Indemnitee").


                                 W I T N E S S E T H:


       WHEREAS, the Indemnitee may become involved in investigations, claims,
actions, suits or proceedings which have arisen or may arise in the future as a
result of the Indemnitee's service to the Company; and

       WHEREAS, the Indemnitee desires that the Company pay any and all
expenses (including, but not limited to, attorney's fees and court costs)
actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on his behalf in defending
or investigating any such matters and that such payment be made in advance of
the final disposition of such investigations, claims, actions, suits or
proceedings to the extent that the Indemnitee has not previously been reimbursed
for the same by insurance; and

       WHEREAS, the Company is willing to make such advance payments but, in
accordance with Section l45 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware and Article VIII of the by-laws of the Company, the Company may make
such payments only if it receives an undertaking from the Indemnitee to repay
the same if it is determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to
indemnification; and

       WHEREAS, the Indemnitee is willing to give such an undertaking;

       NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein,
the parties agree as follows:

       1.   In regard to any payments made either directly by the Company to
            the Indemnitee, or on his behalf, pursuant to the terms of the
            Indemnification Agreement made this same day between the parties,
            the Indemnitee hereby undertakes and agrees to repay to the Company
            any and all amounts so paid promptly and in any event within thirty
            (30) days after the disposition, including any appeals, of any
            litigation or threatened litigation on account of which payments
            were made, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, to the extent that the Indemnitee is
            entitled to be indemnified under the terms of said Indemnification
            Agreement, Section l45 of the General Corporation Law of the State
            of Delaware, Article VIII of the by-laws of the Company, or other
            applicable law, Indemnitee shall not be required to repay the
            amounts as to which he is determined to be entitled to
            indemnification.


<PAGE>

       2.   This Agreement shall not affect in any manner any rights which the
            Indemnitee may have against the Company, any insurer, or any other
            person to seek indemnification for or reimbursement of any expenses
            referred to herein or any judgment which may be rendered in any
            litigation or proceeding.


       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Undertaking Agreement to
be duly executed on its behalf and the Indemnitee has duly executed this
Undertaking Agreement on the day and year first above written.



(CORPORATE SEAL)                       ACME METALS INCORPORATED



ATTEST:


                                  By:
- ------------------------------         ------------------------------------
Edward P. Weber, Jr.                   Brian W. H. Marsden
Secretary                                   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


                                       INDEMNITEE:


                                       ------------------------------------


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.24

                           KEY EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PAY PLAN


       This KEY EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PAY PLAN ("Plan") is established on this
22nd day of January, 1987 by Acme Steel Company, a Delaware corporation (the
"Corporation").

                                       RECITALS

       A.     The Board of Directors has determined that it is appropriate and
in the best interests of the Corporation and its shareholders to encourage,
reinforce and maintain the Corporation's executive officers (the "Participants"
as that term is hereafter defined) continued disinterested attention and
undistracted dedication to their duties in the potentially disturbing
circumstances of a Change in Control (as that term is hereafter defined) of the
Corporation by providing the Participants some degree of personal financial
security.

       B.     The Board of Directors of the Corporation has determined that the
Participants have individually and collectively, made and are expected to
continue to make an essential contribution to the profitability, growth and
financial strength of the Corporation.

       C.     The Corporation has given consideration over a period of time to
the establishment of a formal severance pay plan applicable to its executive
officers.

       D.     The Corporation wishes to assure itself of both present and
future continuity of management in the event of any actual or threatened Change
in Control.

       E.     Certain of the Participants may be entitled to payments pursuant
to other severance compensation, deferred compensation, retirement and/or
disability plans, programs or arrangements of, or agreements with, the
Corporation and/or its subsidiaries, including without limitation the
Consolidated Pension Plan for Acme Steel Company Salaried Employees and
Riverdale Plant Hourly Employees, as amended and restated effective May 29,
1986, as heretofore or hereafter amended or supplemented (the "Salaried Pension
Plan"), and the Group Benefits Plan for salaried employees of the Corporation,
including Long Term Disability benefits, (the "Group Benefits Plan") (the
Salaried Pension Plan, the Group Benefits Plan and any and all such other plans,
programs or arrangements of, or agreements with, the Corporation, other than the
Deferred Compensation Plan of Acme Steel Company, any defined contribution plans
of the Corporation and/or any of its subsidiaries and any stock award,
restricted stock or stock-related plans of the Corporation, being collectively
referred to herein as the "Other Plans").

       F.     The Corporation wishes to establish certain minimum compensation
rights of all Participants (taking into account their relative positions with
the Corporation and/or its subsidiaries) applicable in the event of a Change in
Control of the Corporation.

       G.     This Plan is not intended to alter materially the compensation or
benefits that the Participants could reasonably expect absent a Change in
Control, and, accordingly, any rights which any Participant may have pursuant to
any Other Plan shall not be affected in any manner by this Plan.


<PAGE>

I.     DEFINITIONS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS

       1.1.   DEFINITIONS: As used in this Plan, the following terms (in
addition to terms defined elsewhere herein) shall have the following meanings
when used herein with initial capital letters:

       1.1.1. CAUSE: The term "Cause" shall mean that a Participant shall,
prior to any Termination of Employment (as that term is hereafter defined), have
committed

       (i)    an act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with
              his duties or in the course of his employment with the
              Corporation and/or its subsidiaries;

       (ii)   willful wrongful damage to property of the Corporation
              and/or its subsidiaries;

        (iii) willful wrongful disclosure of secret processes or
              confidential information of the Corporation and/or its
              subsidiaries; or

       (iv)   willful wrongful engagement in any Competitive Activity
              (as that term is hereafter defined);

and the commission of any such act shall have been determined by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation to have been materially harmful to the Corporation.

       1.1.2. CHANGE IN CONTROL: The term "Change in Control" shall mean the
occurrence at any time during the Plan Period of any of the following events:

              (a)   There shall be consummated any consolidation, merger
                    or reorganization of the Corporation in which the
                    Corporation is not the continuing or surviving
                    corporation or pursuant to which the outstanding
                    voting securities or other capital interests of the
                    Corporation would be converted into cash, securities
                    or other property, other than a consolidation, merger
                    or reorganization of the Corporation in which the
                    holders of the Corporation's outstanding voting
                    securities or other capital interests immediately
                    prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization
                    shall have seventy-five percent (75%) or more of the
                    outstanding voting securities or other capital
                    interests of the surviving, resulting or acquiring
                    corporation or other legal entity;

              (b)   The Corporation sells, leases, exchanges or transfers
                    (in one transaction or a series of related
                    transactions) all or substantially all of its
                    business and/or assets to any other corporation or
                    other legal entity of which less than 75% of the out
                    standing voting securities or other capital interests
                    of said corporation or other legal entity are owned
                    in the aggregate by the stockholders of the
                    Corporation, directly or indirectly, immediately
                    prior to or after such sale;


                                          2

<PAGE>

              (c)   The shareholders of the Corporation shall approve any
                    plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution
                    of the Corporation;

              (d)   There is a report filed on Schedule 13D or Schedule
                    14D-1 (or any successor schedule, form or report)
                    each as promulgated pursuant to the Securities
                    Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") disclosing
                    that any person (as the term "person" is used in
                    Section 13(d) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange
                    Act) other than the Corporation or a subsidiary or
                    any employee benefit plan sponsored by the
                    Corporation has become the beneficial owner (as the
                    term "beneficial owner" is defined under Rule 13d-3
                    or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under
                    the Exchange Act) of 25% or more of the combined
                    voting power of the Corporation's then outstanding
                    voting securities ordinarily (and apart from rights
                    accruing in special circumstances) having the right
                    to vote in the election of directors, as a result of
                    a tender or exchange offer, open market purchases,
                    privately negotiated purchases, or otherwise; or
       
              (e)   At any time during any period of two consecutive
                    years, individuals who at the beginning of any such
                    period constitute the Directors of the Corporation
                    cease for any reason to constitute at least a
                    majority thereof unless the election, or the
                    nomination for election by the Corporation's
                    stockholders, of each new Director of the Corporation
                    was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of such
                    Directors of the Corporation then still in office who
                    were Directors of the Corporation at the beginning of
                    any such two-year period.

              (f)   Such other event, or events, as shall be determined
                    by the Board of Directors to be a Change in Control.

       1.1.3. COMPETITIVE ACTIVITY: The term "Competitive Activity" shall mean
a Participant's participation, without the written consent of an executive
officer of the Corporation, in the management of any business enterprise if such
enterprise engages in substantial and direct competition with the Corporation
and/or its subsidiaries and such enterprise's sales of any product or service
competitive with any product or service of the Corporation and/or its
subsidiaries amounted to 25% of such enterprise's net sales for its most
recently completed fiscal year and if the Corporation's consolidated net sales
of said product or service amounted to 10% of the Corporation's consolidated net
sales for its most recently completed fiscal year. "Competitive Activity" shall
not include (i) the mere ownership of securities in any publicly traded
enterprise and exercise of rights appurtenant thereto or (ii) participation in
management of any publicly traded enterprise or business operation thereof other
than in connection with the competitive operation of such enterprise.

       1.1.4. PARTICIPANT: The term "Participant" shall mean the executive
officers of the Corporation or its subsidiaries who are listed on Exhibit 1
hereto and such additional executive offices of the Corporation or its
subsidiaries as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may, by 


                                          3

<PAGE>

resolution duly adopted prior to any Change in Control, from time to time
specify as being a Participant in this Plan.  At any time prior to any Change in
Control, the Board of Directors may, be resolution duly adopted, delete persons
from Exhibit 1.

       1.1.5.  PLAN PERIOD: The term "Plan Period" shall mean the period during
which this Plan shall be in existence, which shall commence on the date hereof
and shall expire, except to the extent that any obligation of the Corporation
hereunder remains unpaid as of such time, on the date that the last Participant
shall die, attain age 65 or incur a Termination of Employment.

       1.1.6. SEVERANCE PERIOD: The term "Severance Period" shall mean, as to
any Participant, the period commencing with the date of his Termination of
Employment and ending on the earlier of (i) three years after such date or (ii)
the date on which the Participant attains age 65 or if the Participant dies
during such period, the date on which the Participant would have, had he
survived, attained age 65.

       1.1.7. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT: The term "Termination of Employment"
shall mean, as to any Participant:

              (a)   any termination by the Corporation and/or, if
                    applicable, its subsidiaries of the employment of any
                    participant by the Corporation and, if applicable,
                    its subsidiaries within three years after a Change in
                    Control for any reason other than for Cause or as a
                    result of the death of the Participant; or

              (b)   Termination by any Participant of his employment by
                    the Corporation and/or any of its subsidiaries within
                    three years after a Change in Control and upon the
                    occurrence of any of the following events:

                    (i)      Failure to elect or reelect the
                             Participant to, or removal of the
                             Participant from, the Board of Directors
                             of the Corporation (or any successor
                             thereto), if the Participant shall have
                             been a member of the Board of Directors
                             of the Corporation immediately prior to
                             the Change in Control, or the office of
                             the Corporation and/or its subsidiaries
                             which the Participant held immediately
                             prior to a Change in Control;

                    (ii)     Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the
                             Participant, a significant adverse change in the
                             nature or scope of the authorities, powers,
                             functions or duties attached to the position with
                             the Corporation and/or its subsidiaries which the
                             Participant had immediately prior to Change in
                             Control, or a reduction in the level of cash
                             compensation from the Corporation and/or its
                             subsidiaries, either of which is not remedied
                             within 30 calendar days after receipt by the
                             Corporation of written notice from the Participant
                             of such change or reduction, as the case may be;


                                          4

<PAGE>

                    (iii)    A determination by any Participant made
                             in good faith that as a result of a
                             Change in Control and a change in
                             circumstances  thereafter significantly
                             affecting his position, he is unable to
                             carry out the authorities, powers,
                             functions or duties attached to his
                             position immediately prior to the Change
                             in Control, which situation is not
                             remedied within 30 calendar days after
                             receipt by the Corporation of written
                             notice from the Participant of such
                             determination;

                    (iv)     The reorganization, liquidation,
                             dissolution, consolidation or merger of
                             the Corporation or sale, lease, exchange
                             or other transfer (in one transaction or
                             a series of related transactions) of all
                             or a significant portion of its business
                             and/or assets unless the successor or
                             successors (by merger, consolidation or
                             otherwise) to which all or a significant
                             portion of its business and/or assets
                             have been sold, leased, exchanged or
                             otherwise transferred (directly or by
                             operation of law) shall have assumed all
                             duties and obligations of the Corporation
                             under this Plan pursuant to Section 4.1
                             hereof; or
       
                    (v)      The Corporation shall require any
                             Participant to have as his principal
                             location of work any location which is in
                             excess of 50 miles from his principal
                             residence as of the date on which a
                             Change in Control occurs or to travel
                             away from his office in the course of
                             discharging his responsibilities or
                             duties hereunder more than 30 consecutive
                             days or an aggregate of more than 60 days
                             in any consecutive 90-day period without
                             in either case his prior consent.

An election by any Participant to terminate his employment as contemplated by
this Section 1.1.7(b) shall not be deemed a voluntary termination of employment
by the Participant for the purpose of this Plan.

       1.2.   GENDER, NUMBER, ETC.: As used in this Plan, the singular shall
include the plural and the masculine shall include the feminine, and vice versa.


II.    ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PLAN

       2.1.   THE PLAN: The Corporation, intending that the Participants shall
rely thereon, hereby irrevocably establishes this Plan and shall maintain the
same throughout the Plan Period.

       2.2    AMENDMENTS, ETC.: Prior to the expiration of the Plan Period, the
Corporation shall not amend, terminate or suspend the Plan or any provision
hereof, including without limitation this Section 2.2, without the prior written
consent of any Participants adversely affected by such change.  Any such
amendment, termination or suspension to which any affected Participants may
consent shall not affect any rights which any Participant may otherwise have
pursuant to any Other Plan.


                                          5

<PAGE>

The commencement, suspension or termination of the payment of any compensation
pursuant to this Plan shall not affect any rights which any Participant may
otherwise have pursuant to any Other Plan.

       2.3.    CERTAIN LIMITATIONS: Without limiting any rights which any
Participant may have under any Other Plan, nothing in this Plan shall grant any
Participant any right to remain an executive officer, director or employee of
the Corporation and/or any of its subsidiaries, whether or not a Change in
Control shall occur.


III.   COMPENSATION

       3.1.   COMPENSATION:

       (a)    If a Participant's employment by the Corporation or a subsidiary
is terminated (i) by the Corporation or subsidiary for Cause, Competitive
Activity or by reason of disability, retirement or death or (ii) by a
Participant other than pursuant to Section 1.1.7(b), a Participant shall not be
entitled to any severance compensation under this Plan, but the absence of a
Participant's entitlement to any benefits under this Plan  shall not prejudice a
Participant's right to the full realization of any and all other benefits to
which a Participant shall be entitled pursuant to the terms of any Other Plans
in which a Participant is a participant or other agreements of the Corporation
or subsidiary to which the Participant is a party.

       (b)    In the event of a Termination of Employment of any Participant by
the Corporation and/or any subsidiary other than for Cause, Competitive Activity
or as a result of the disability, retirement or death of such Participant, then
in such event said Participant shall be entitled to the severance compensation
provided below:

              (i)   In lieu of any further salary payments to the
                    Participant for periods subsequent to the date of
                    Termination of Employment, the Corporation shall pay
                    as severance compensation to the Participant at the
                    time specified in subsection (ii) below, unless the
                    Participant elects the option set forth in subsection
                    (v) below, a lump sum severance payment equal to
                    three (3) times the sum of (x) the Participant's
                    highest annual base salary in effect at any time
                    within five (5) years prior to the date the Notice of
                    Termination of Employ- ment is given, plus (y) an
                    amount equal to the average compensation paid in the
                    last two calendar years as compensation under the
                    Corporation's Executive Incentive Compensation plan
                    (or any successor plan).

              (ii)  The severance compensation provided for in subsection
                    (i) above shall be paid not later than the tenth day
                    following the date of Termination of Employment,
                    provided, however, that if the amount of such
                    compensation cannot be finally determined on or
                    before such day, the Corporation shall pay to the
                    Participant on such day an estimate, as determined in
                    good faith by the Corporation but subject


                                          6

<PAGE>

                    to the provisions of subsection (c), of the minimum amount
                    of such compensation and shall pay the remainder of such
                    compensation (together with interest at the rate equal to
                    the then applicable Prime Interest Rate Factor, as defined
                    in subparagraph (vi) hereinbelow, per annum) as soon as the
                    amount thereof can be determined but in no event later than
                    the thirtieth day after the date of Termination of
                    Employment. In the event that the amount of the estimated
                    payment exceeds the amount subsequently determined to have
                    been due, such excess shall constitute a loan by the
                    Corporation to a Participant payable on the fifth day after
                    demand by the Corporation (together with interest at the
                    rate equal to the then applicable Prime Interest Rate
                    Factor per annum).

              (iii) The Corporation shall also pay promptly to a
                    Participant all legal fees and expenses incurred by a
                    Participant as a result of such Termination of
                    Employment (including all such fees and expenses, if
                    any, incurred in contesting or disputing any such
                    Termination of Employment or in seeking to obtain or
                    enforce any right or benefit provided by this Plan).

              (iv)  The Corporation shall arrange to provide a
                    Participant for a period of thirty-six (36) months
                    following the date of Termination of Employment or
                    until a Participant's earlier death with life,
                    health, and accident insurance benefits and the
                    package of "executive benefits" (including use of an
                    automobile and certain club member ships)
                    substantially similar to those which a Participant
                    was receiving immediately prior to the date of
                    Termination of Employment.

              (v)   During the term of this Plan and through the period
                    of 36 months following the date of Termination of
                    Employment all benefits shall continue to accrue to a
                    Participant, crediting of service of a Participant
                    shall continue and a Participant shall be entitled to
                    receive all benefits provided to a Participant under
                    the Salaried Pension Plan or any other plan or
                    agreement relating to retirement benefits. To the
                    extent that the amount of any retirement benefit
                    under the Salaried Pension Plan or any such other
                    plan or agreement cannot take into account such
                    accrual or crediting by reason of a Participant's no
                    longer being an employee of the Corporation during
                    such period, the Corporation shall itself pay to a
                    Participant an amount equal to the additional
                    benefits that would have been provided had such
                    accrual or crediting been taken into account under
                    the Salaried Pension Plan or such other plan or
                    agreement. The obligation of the Corporation to
                    provide any retirement benefit payment under the
                    preceding sentence constitutes merely the unsecured
                    promise of the Corporation to make such payments from
                    its general assets, and a Participant shall have no
                    interest in, or lien or prior claim upon, any
                    property of the Corporation or any subsidiary.


                                          7

<PAGE>

              (vi)  If a Participant so elects by notice to the
                    Corporation not later than five days after the date
                    of Termination of Employment, in lieu of the lump sum
                    severance compensation payment set forth in
                    subsection (b)(i), for a period of thirty-six (36)
                    months from the date of Termination of Employment,
                    the Corporation shall pay a Participant monthly an
                    amount equal to one thirty-sixth (l/36) of a total
                    amount which, payable over such period in such
                    installments, would have a value equal to the amount
                    of the lump sum severance compensation payment set
                    forth in subsection (b)(i), together with interest on
                    the unpaid balance thereof at the prime rate
                    announced by The First National Bank of Chicago (the
                    "prime Interest Rate Factor").
 
       (c)    If  the severance compensation under this Section 3, either alone
or together with other payments to a Participant from the Corporation or a
subsidiary would constitute a "parachute payment" (as defined in Section 280G of
the Code), such severance compensation shall be reduced to the largest amount as
will result in no portion of the severance compensation payments under this
Section 3 being subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or
being disallowed as deductions to the Corporation under Section 280G of the
Code. The determination of any reduction in the severance compensation payments
under this Section 3 pursuant to the foregoing provision shall be made by the
Corporation's independent public accountants in good faith after consultation
with the Corporation and the Participant, and such determination shall be
conclusive and binding on the Corporation.  The Corporation shall cooperate in
good faith with the independent public accountants and any Participant in making
such determination and in providing the necessary information for this purpose.

       3.2.   NO OBLIGATION TO MITIGATE DAMAGES; NO EFFECT ON OTHER CONTRACTUAL
              RIGHTS.

       (a)    A Participant shall not be required to mitigate damages or the
amount of any payment provided for under this Plan by seeking other employment
or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment provided for under this Plan
be reduced by any compensation earned by a Participant as the result of
employment by another employer after the termination of a Participant's
employment, or otherwise.

       (b)    The provisions of this Plan, and any payment provided for here
under, shall not reduce any amounts otherwise payable, or in any way diminish a
Participant's existing rights, or rights which would accrue solely as a result
of the passage of time, under the Salaried Pension Plan, or Other Plans of the
Group Benefit Plan, Corporation, employment agreement or other contract, plan or
arrangement of the Corporation or any subsidiary.

       (c)    Except as expressly provided in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 hereof,
there shall be no right of set-off or counterclaim in respect of any claim, debt
or obligation against any payment to or benefit for any participant provided for
in this Plan.


                                          8

<PAGE>

IV. GENERAL PROVISIONS

       4.1.   SUCCESSORS AND BINDING AGREEMENTS:

       (a)    The Corporation shall require any successor (whether director
indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise) to
all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Corporation
expressly to assume and to agree to perform this Plan in the same manner and to
the same extent the Corporation would be required to perform if no such
succession has taken place. This Plan shall be binding upon the inure to the
benefit of the Corporation and any successor of or to the Corporation, including
without limitation any persons acquiring directly or indirectly all or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Corporation whether by
sale, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise (and such successor
shall thereafter be deemed the "Corporation" for the purposes of this Plan), but
shall not otherwise be assignable or delegatable by the Corporation.

       (b)    This Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by
each of the Participant's respective personal or legal representatives,
executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees and/or legatees.

       (c)    Neither the Corporation nor any Participant hereunder shall
assign, transfer or delegate this Plan and/or any rights and/or obligations
hereunder except as expressly provided in Section 4.1(a) hereof. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Participant's right to receive
payments hereunder shall be assignable or transferable, whether by pledge,
creation of a security interest or otherwise, other than by a transfer by his
will or by the laws of descent and distribution and, in the event of any
attempted assignment or transfer contrary to this Section 4.1(c), the
Corporation shall have no liability to pay any amount so attempted to be
assigned or transferred.

       4.2.   NOTICES: For all purposes of this Plan, all communications
provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly
given when delivered or five (5) business days after having been mailed by
United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid, addressed to the Corporation (to the attention of the Secretary of the
Corporation) at its principal executive office and to a Participant at his
principal residence, or to such other address as any party may have furnished to
the other in writing and in accordance herewith, except that notices of change
of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

       4.3.   GOVERNING LAW: The validity, interpretation, construction and
performance of this Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware,
with out giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws of such State.

       4.4.   VALIDITY: The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of
this Plan shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
of this Plan which shall remain in full force and effect.

       4.5.   WITHHOLDING OF TAXES: The Corporation may withhold from any
amounts payable under this Plan all federal, state, city and/or other taxes as
shall be legally required.


                                          9

<PAGE>

       4.6.   COMPETITIVE ACTIVITY: No Participant who has received and/or is
continuing to receive severance compensation provided hereunder shall engage in
any Competitive Activity during the Severance Period.

       4.7.   LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES:

       (a)    It is the intent of the Corporation that no Participant be
required to incur the expenses associated with the enforcement of his rights
under this Plan by litigation or other legal action because the cost and expense
thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to
the Participants hereunder.  Accordingly, if it should appear to the Participant
that the Corporation has failed to comply with any of its obligations under this
Plan, or in the event that the Corporation or any other person takes any action
to declare this Plan void and/or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation
designed to deny, and/or to recover from, any Participant the benefits intended
to be provided to such Participant hereunder, the Corporation irrevocably
authorizes such Participant from time to time to retain counsel of his choice,
at the expense of the Corporation as hereafter provided, to represent such
Participant in connection with the initiation or defense of any litigation
and/or other legal action, whether by or against the Corporation or any
Director, officer, stockholder or other person affiliated with the Corporation,
in any jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any existing or prior attorney-client
relationship between the Corporation and such counsel, the Corporation
irrevocably consents to such Participant's entering into an attorney-client
relationship with such counsel, and in that connection the Corporation
acknowledges that a confidential relationship shall exist between the
Participant and such counsel. The Corporation shall pay and be solely
responsible for any and all attorneys' and related fees and expenses incurred by
any such Participant as a result of the Corporation's failure to perform this
Plan or any provision hereof or as a result of the Corporation or any person
contesting the validity and/or enforceability of this Plan or any provision
hereof.

       (b)    The performance of the Corporation's obligations under this
Section 4.7 shall be secured by an irrevocable clean Letter of Credit, a
conformed copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 2 and is incorporated
herein by reference (the "Letter of Credit"), issued by (the "Bank") for the
benefit of the Participants, and providing that the fees and expenses of counsel
selected from time to time by any participant pursuant to this Section 4.7 shall
be paid, or reimbursed to the Participant if paid by the Participant, on a
regular, periodic basis upon presentation by the Participant to the Bank of a
statement or statements prepared by such counsel in accordance with its
customary practices. The Corporation shall pay all amounts and take all action
necessary to maintain the Letter of Credit during the Plan Period and for two
years thereafter and if, notwithstanding the Corporation's complete discharge of
such obligations, such Letter of Credit shall be terminated or not renewed, the
Corporation shall obtain a replacement irrevocable clean Letter of Credit on
substantially the same terms and conditions as contained in the Letter of Credit
drawn upon a commercial bank having total assets of at least $500,000,000
selected by the Corporation or any similar arrangement which, in any case,
assures the Participants the benefits of this Section 4.7.


                                          10

<PAGE>

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Plan has been duly adopted by the Corporation
and the Board of Directors of the Company has duly caused this Plan to be duly
executed on the Corporation's behalf as of the date first set forth above.


                                       ACME STEEL COMPANY
                                  By:  /s/ E.  P. Berg
                                       ------------------------------------
                                       E. P. Berg
                                       Chairman of the Compensation Committee
                                       of  the Board of  Directors of the 
                                       Corporation


                                          11

<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT 1


PARTICIPANT AND CURRENT TITLE        PARTICIPATION          PARTICIPATION
OR TITLE AT TERMINATION IN PLAN      EFFECTIVE DATE         TERMINATION DATE
- -------------------------------      ----------------       ----------------

Brian W. H. Marsden                  January 22, 1987
Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer
Acme Metals Incorporated

Stephen D. Bennett                   June 1, 1990
President and Chief
Operating Officer
Acme Metals Incorporated

Gerald J. Shope                      May 25, 1995
Vice President-Employee
Relations
Acme Metals Incorporated

Jerry F. Williams                    January 22, 1987
Vice President-Finance
and Administration
Acme Metals Incorporated

Edward P. Weber, Jr.                 January 22, 1987
Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary
Acme Metals Incorporated

James W. Hoekwater                   May 25, 1995
Treasurer
Acme Metals Incorporated

Gregory J. Pritz                     May 25, 1995
Controller
Acme Metals Incorporated

Robert W. Dyke                       March 14, 1988
President
Acme Packaging Corporation

Gary S. Lucenti                      May 25, 1995
President
Acme Steel Company


                                          12

<PAGE>

PARTICIPANT AND CURRENT TITLE        PARTICIPATION          PARTICIPATION
OR TITLE AT TERMINATION IN PLAN      EFFECTIVE DATE         TERMINATION DATE
- -------------------------------      ----------------       ----------------

Steven G. Jansto                     May 25, 1995
President
Alpha Tube Corporation

Larry C. Kipp                        May 25, 1995           
President
Universal Tool & Stamping
   Company, Inc.

Reynold C. MacDonald                 January 22, 1987       May 25, 1995
Chairman of the Board
Acme Steel Company

Richard J. Stefan                    January 22, 1987       May 25, 1995
Vice President-Employee
Relations
Acme Metals Incorporated

Reno P. Zenere                       January 22, 1987       May 25, 1995
Vice President
Acme Steel Company

Jerry D. Kendall                     February 1, 1988       May 25, 1995
Vice President Marketing
Acme Steel Company

James M. Schwyn                      May 26, 1992           May 25, 1995  
President
Universal Tool & Stamping
   Company, Inc.

                                          13

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.28

                                   FIRST AMENDMENT
                                        TO THE
                               ACME METALS INCORPORATED
                     SALARIED EMPLOYEES' RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN


      The Acme Metals Incorporated Salaried Employees' Retirement Savings Plan

 (the "Plan"), as amended and restated effective November 1, 1994, is hereby

amended by this First Amendment, effective as of November 1, 1994 unless

otherwise noted, as follows:


      1.      The last paragraph of Section 2.1 is deleted in its entirety and

substituted with the following:

              Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Section 2.1,
      if any former Participant in the Plan is reemployed, he shall be
      eligible to participate in the Plan as of the date he resumes
      employment with the Company. If the Participant executes an
      election form for Qualified Elective Contributions before the
      April 1, July 1, October 1 or January 1 coinciding with or next
      following his reemployment date, his Qualified Elective
      Contributions will be made to the Plan as of such date.

      2.      The last paragraph of Section 2.2 is deleted in its entirety and

substituted with the following:

              The term "Highly Compensated Participant" means any
      Participant who is determined to be included in subsection (a)
      after applying the special rules in subsection (b):

      (a)     any Participant who, during the Plan Year for which the
              determination is being made or the immediately preceding 12 month
              period:

              (i)     was, at any time, an owner of 5% or more of the
                      outstanding stock of the Company or stock possessing more
                      than 5% of the voting power of the Company;

              (ii)    received Compensation from the Company in excess of
                      $93,518;

              (iii)   received Compensation from the Company in excess of
                      $62,345 and


<PAGE>

                      was in the top 20% of Employees for the Year (when ranked
                      on the basis of Compensation for such Year); or

              (iv)    was at any time an officer of the Company and received
                      Compensation greater than 50% of the dollar limitation in
                      effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for the
                      Plan Year.

      (b)     For purposes of determining the Participants who are to be
              included in subsection (a) above, the following special rules
              shall apply:

              (i)     Any Participant not described in subsection (a)(ii),
                      (iii), or (iv) of this section for the 12-month period
                      immediately preceding the Plan Year of determination
                      shall not be treated as described in subsection
                      (a)(ii), (iii) or (iv) of this section for the Plan
                      Year of determination unless, in addition to meeting
                      the requirements of subsection (a)(ii), (iii) or (iv)
                      for the Plan Year of determination, such Employee is a
                      member of the group consisting of the 100 Employees
                      paid the highest Compensation during that Plan Year.

              (ii)    In determining officers under subsection (a)(iv), no
                      more than 50 Employees (or, if less, the greater of 3
                      Employees or 10% of the Employees) shall be treated as
                      officers, and if in such Plan Year no officer is
                      described in subsection (a)(iv), the highest paid
                      officer of any Employer during such Plan Year shall be
                      treated as Highly Compensated for purposes of
                      subsection (a)(iv).

              (iii)   If any Employee is a Family Member of an Employee who
                      is a more than 5% owner of the Company or a Highly
                      Compensated Employee in the group consisting of the 10
                      Highly Compensated Employees paid the greatest
                      Compensation during the Plan Year (without regard to
                      this subsection (b)(iii)), then (A) such Family Member
                      shall not be considered a separate Employee and (B)
                      any Compensation paid to such Family Member (and any
                      applicable contribution or benefit on behalf of such
                      Employee) shall be treated as if it were paid to (or
                      on behalf of) the Employee who is the 5% owner or one
                      of the ten Highly Compensated Employees paid the
                      greatest Compensation during the PlanYear. The term
                      "Family Member" means the spouse and lineal ascendants
                      and descendants (and spouses of such ascendants and
                      descendants) of any Employee or former Employee.

              (iv)    A former Employee whose employment terminates prior to
                      the Plan Year of determination shall be treated as a
                      Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year of
                      determination if such Employee was a Highly
                      Compensated Employee upon termination of employment
                      with the Company, or such Employee was a Highly
                      Compensated Employee at any time after attaining age
                      55.


<PAGE>

              (v)     "Compensation" means compensation as defined in Code
                      Section 415(c)(3), but including (A) amounts deferred
                      pursuant to a salary reduction agreement under a
                      cafeteria plan as defined in Section 125 of the Code
                      sponsored by the Company, and (B) amounts deferred
                      pursuant to a salary reduction agreement under any
                      other plan described in Sections 401(k) and 408(k) of
                      the Code sponsored by the Company.

              (vi)    The dollar amounts in subsections (a)(ii) and (iii)
                      shall be adjusted to such other amounts as the
                      Secretary of the Treasury shall prescribe at the same
                      time and in the same manner as provided under Section
                      415(d) of the Code for adjusting the dollar limitation
                      in effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code.

              (vii)   For purposes of determining which Employees are in the
                      top paid 20% of Employees, Employees described in
                      Section 414(q)(8) and Q&A 9(b) of Treas. Reg.
                      1.414(q)-lT are excluded.

              (viii)  Employers aggregated under Sections 414(b), (c), (m)
                      or (o) of the Code are treated as a single employer
                      for purposes of this section.

      3.      The following paragraph is added at the end of Section 5.3 as
              follows:

                   For aggregated Family Members treated as a single Highly
              Compensated Employee under this section, the ratio of the family
              unit is the ratio determined by combining the aggregate qualified
              elective contributions and qualified non-elective contributions
              allocated to each Employee's account for such Plan Year and
              dividing such sum by the Compensation considered in this section
              for such Plan Year of all aggregated Family Members. Each Family
              Member aggregated with a Highly Compensated Employee for purposes
              of the preceding sentence shall not be considered a separate
              Employee in determining the Actual Deferral Percentage for either
              eligible Highly Compensated Employees or eligible Non-Highly
              Compensated Employees. Each such separately calculated ratio
              shall be referred to as an "Actual Deferral Ratio." For a Highly
              Compensated Employee whose actual deferral ratio is determined
              under the family aggregation rules, the actual deferral ratio is
              reduced in accordance with the "leveling" method described in
              Treas. Reg.  1.401(k)-1(f)(2) and the excess contributions are
              allocated among the Family Members in proportion to the
              contributions of each Family Member that have been combined.

      4.      The second paragraph of Section 9.1 is deleted in its entirety and

substituted with the following:


<PAGE>

                   The Company also shall have the right to make any amendment
              retroactively which is necessary to qualify the Plan as amended
              for tax exemption or to bring the Plan into conformity with the
              Internal Revenue Code and regulations thereunder. If any
              amendment is made which affects the vesting schedule of benefits
              under the Plan, or if such vesting schedule is changed by reason
              of the operation of the "top-heavy" provisions in Section 4.6
              hereof, each  Participant  who  has  three  or  more  years  of
              service  may  elect,  within a reasonable period after such an
              amendment or change, to have his nonforfeitable percentage
              computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment. The
              period during which the election may be made shall commence with
              the date the amendment is adopted or the change becomes operative
              and shall end on the later of:

              (1)     60 days after adoption of the amendment or operation of
                      the change;

              (2)     60 days after the amendment or the change is effective;
                      or

              (3)     60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of
                      the amendment or change by the Committee.


      EXECUTED this 19th day of September 1995, to be effective as of November

1, 1994.


                                                      Acme Metals Incorporated


                                                           /s/ J. W. Hoekwater
                                                      By----------------------
                                                                 Treasurer


ATTEST:


/s/   Martha M. Hosp
- -------------------------------
       Assistant Secretary


<PAGE>


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.30




                     APPENDIX B TO THE CONSOLIDATED PENSION PLAN
                      FOR ACME STEEL COMPANY SALARIED EMPLOYEES
                                         AND
                           RIVERDALE PLANT HOURLY EMPLOYEES



                                 AMENDED AND RESTATED
                             EFFECTIVE SEPTEMBER 1, 1993

<PAGE>

NOTE:    The name of the Plan was changed as of December 31, 1993 to
         Consolidated Pension Plan for Acme Steel Company Salaried and Hourly
         Employees and was further changed as of July 31, 1994 to the
         Consolidated Pension Plan for Acme Salaried and Hourly Employees.

<PAGE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------

                                                                            PAGE


ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2

    Section 1.1   Average Annual Earnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2
    Section 1.2   Average Monthly Earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2
    Section 1.3   Basic Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     4
    Section 1.4   Board of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5
    Section 1.5   Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5
    Section 1.6   Committee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5
    Section 1.7   Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5
    Section 1.8   Continuous Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5
    Section 1.9   Earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5
    Section 1.10  Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     8
    Section 1.11  Eligible for Public Pension. . . . . . . . . . . . . .     8
    Section 1.12  Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     8
    Section 1.13  ERISA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     9
    Section 1.14  Fiduciary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     9
    Section 1.15  Participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     9
    Section 1.16  Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    10
    Section 1.17  Plan Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    10
    Section 1.18  Public Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    10
    Section 1.19  Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    11
    Section 1.20  Trust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    12
    Section 1.21  Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    12
    Section 1.22  Trust Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    12
    Section 1.23  Union. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    12

ARTICLE II
ELIGIBILITY FOR PENSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    13
    
    Section 2.1   Normal Retirement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    13
    Section 2.2   62/15 Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    13
    Section 2.3   30 Year Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    13
    Section 2.4   60/15 Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    13
    Section 2.5   Permanent Incapacity Retirement. . . . . . . . . . . .    14
    Section 2.6   70/80 Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    15
    Section 2.7   Rule of 65 Retirement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    16
    Section 2.8   Deferred Vested Pension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    18
    Section 2.9   Sickness or Accident Benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . .    18

<PAGE>

ARTICLE III
AMOUNT OF PENSION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    19
    
    Section 3.1   Types of Pension Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    19
    Section 3.2   Special Payment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    19
    Section 3.3   Regular Pension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    21
    Section 3.4   Increased Pension - Permanent 
                  Incapacity or 70/80 Retirement 
                  Pension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    33
    Section 3.5   Increased Pension - Rule of 
                  65 Retirement Pension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    33
    Section 3.6   Increased Pension - 62/15 or 
                  30 Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    36
    Section 3.7   Regular Pension - Part-time 
                  Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    37
    Section 3.8   Deduction for Public Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . .    37
    Section 3.9   Deduction for Other Pension. . . . . . . . . . . . . .    39
    Section 3.10  Deduction for Severance 
                  Allowance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    41
    Section 3.11  Deduction for Disability 
                  Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    43
    Section 3.12  Pension Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    45
    Section 3.13  Commencement and Termination 
                  of Regular Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    46
    Section 3.14  Lump Sum Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    48
    Section 3.15  Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage. . . . . . . . . . . . . .    49
    Section 3.16  Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity 
                  Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    53
    Section 3.17  Automatic 50% Spouse Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . .    66
    Section 3.18  Co-Pensioner Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    73
    Section 3.19  Minimum Distributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    82
    Section 3.20  Limitation on Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    86
    Section 3.21  Five-Year Term Certain Payments. . . . . . . . . . . .    90

ARTICLE IV
SURVIVING SPOUSE'S BENEFIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    93
    
    Section 4.1   Eligibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    93
    Section 4.2   Amount of Benefit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    94
    Section 4.3   Calculation of Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    94

<PAGE>

    Section 4.4   Commencement and Termination 
                  of Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    98
    Section 4.5   Determination of Status 
                  as Surviving Spouse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    99
    Section 4.6   Information to be Provided 
                  by the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    99
    Section 4.7   Surviving Spouse of Part-Time
                  Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    99

ARTICLE V
DETERMINATION OF CONTINUOUS SERVICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   100
    
    Section 5.1   Continuous Service Defined . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   100
    Section 5.2   Elapsed Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   105

ARTICLE VI
REEMPLOYMENT AFTER ATTAINMENT OF 
PENSION ELIGIBILITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   108
    
    Section 6.1   Applicability of Other Sections. . . . . . . . . . . .   108
    Section 6.2   Effect on Pension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   108
    Section 6.3   Continuous Service of Reemployed
                  Participant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   109
    Section 6.4   Special Pension Eligibility 
                  after Reemployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   111
    Section 6.5   Special Rules as to Amount 
                  of Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   112
    Section 6.6   Amount of Reinstated 
                  70/80 Retirement Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   112

ARTICLE VII
APPEALS PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   112
    
    Section 7.1   Disputes as to Eligibility 
                  or Amount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   112
    Section 7.2   Disputes as to Permanent 
                  Incapacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   117

<PAGE>


ARTICLE VIII
TRUST AND FINANCING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   118
    
    Section 8.1   The Trust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   118
    Section 8.2   Contributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   119

ARTICLE IX
ADMINISTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   119
    
    Section 9.1   Fiduciaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   119
    Section 9.2   Appointment of Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   120
    Section 9.3   Quorum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   121
    Section 9.4   Powers and Duties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   122
    Section 9.5   Immunity of Committee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   123
    Section 9.6   Claims and Review Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . .   124

ARTICLE X
GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
    
    Section 10.1  Permanency of the Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   124
    Section 10.2  Amendment of Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   126
    Section 10.3  Merger or Consolidation of Plan. . . . . . . . . . . .   128
    Section 10.4  No Interest in Trust Fund. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   128
    Section 10.5  No Contract of Employment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   128
    Section 10.6  No Diversion of Trust Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   129
    Section 10.7  Alienation of Benefits 
                  Prohibited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   129
    Section 10.8  Written Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   131
    Section 10.9  Name and Address Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   131
    Section 10.10 Identity of Payee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   132
    Section 10.11 Evidence Conclusive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   132
    Section 10.12 Individual Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   133
    Section 10.13 Deductions for Insurance 
                  Premiums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   133
    Section 10.14 Number and Gender. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   134

<PAGE>

ARTICLE XI
HOSPITAL-MEDICAL BENEFITS FORELIGIBLE PENSIONERS AND SURVIVING SPOUSES. 134
    
    Section 11.1  Allocation of Funds to 
                  Separate Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   134
    Section 11.2  Method of Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   135
    Section 11.3  Benefits Payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   136
    Section 11.4  Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   137
    Section 11.5  Additional Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   138


EXHIBIT A
Tables of Percentages

EXHIBIT B
Special Rules Regarding Allowed Service

EXHIBIT C
Payments to Pre-1974 Surviving Spouses

EXHIBIT D
Payments to Certain Surviving Spouses

EXHIBIT E
Special Rules with Respect toRule-of-65 Retirement

EXHIBIT F
Coverage of Plant Protection Officers

EXHIBIT G
MODEL AMENDMENT REQUIRED
BY IRC SECTION 401(a)(17)

<PAGE>

                     APPENDIX B TO THE CONSOLIDATED PENSION PLAN
                      FOR ACME STEEL COMPANY SALARIED EMPLOYEES
                                         AND
                           RIVERDALE PLANT HOURLY EMPLOYEES

                                 AMENDED AND RESTATED
                             EFFECTIVE SEPTEMBER 1, 1993

    Appendix B to the Consolidated Pension Plan for Acme Steel Company Salaried
Employees and Riverdale Plant Hourly Employees is hereby amended and restated
effective September 1, 1993.  The Plan is intended to meet the requirements for
income tax qualification as a defined benefit pension plan under Section 401(a)
and related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  This
version of the plan document shall govern the benefits to be provided to
Participants who retire or terminate employment on or after September 1, 1993. 
Benefits of Participants who retired or terminated employment prior to
September 1, 1993 shall be governed by the terms of the Plan in effect on the
date of their retirement, subject to any changes in benefits made applicable to
them after such date.

<PAGE>

                                        - 2 -

                                      ARTICLE I
                                     DEFINITIONS

    SECTION 1.1  AVERAGE ANNUAL EARNINGS.  The term "Average Annual Earnings"
means the average of the gross earnings (as the term "earnings" is defined in
Section 1.9(b) and as modified by Sections 1.9(c) and (d)) of a Participant for
the years 1989, 1990, 1991 and 1992.

    SECTION 1.2  AVERAGE MONTHLY EARNINGS.  The term "Average Monthly Earnings"
means the average of the monthly earnings (as the term "earnings" is defined in
Section 1.9(a) and as modified by Sections 1.9(c) and (d)) of a Participant for
services rendered which are paid by the Company during the last 120 full
calendar months of continuous service prior to retirement determined as follows:

    a)   The Participant's earnings will be calculated for each of the
         calculation years during the last 120 full calendar months of
         continuous service prior to retirement, I.E., the first calculation
         year will be the first 12 out of the last 120 full calendar months of
         continuous service prior to retirement, the second calculation year
         will be the second 12

<PAGE>

                                        - 3 -

         out of such 120 months and so forth through the tenth calculation year
         which will be the last 12 out of such 120 months.

    b)   There will then be selected from such 10 calculation years a
         "calculation period" which will be the 5 consecutive calculation years
         in which the Participant's aggregated earnings were the highest.

    c)   Earnings during the calculation period will be divided by 60, except
         that if during the calculation period the Participant has been absent
         from work without pay because of disability or layoff, the divisor of
         60 will be reduced by the greater of the aggregate of the full
         calendar months of such absence:

         1)   in excess of 3 in each separate period, or

         2)   in excess of 6;

         provided, however that in the case of permanent incapacity retirement
         before making the foregoing reduction, if the calculation period is
         the last 5 calculation years prior to retirement, there will be
         deducted each full calendar month that the
<PAGE>

                                        - 4 -

         Participant has been absent without pay because of total disability
         during the last 6 calendar months of such period.  Months deducted
         under the preceding sentence will not be counted as months of absence
         under 1) or 2) above.

    SECTION 1.3  BASIC AGREEMENT.  The term "Basic Agreement" means the labor
agreement between the Company and the Union covering rates of pay, hours of
work, and other basic terms and conditions of employment at the Company's
Riverdale, Illinois operations, which is in effect from time to time
simultaneously with this Plan, and when used with respect to an Employee
represented by the United Steelworkers of America means the Basic Agreement
applicable to him.  The term "Basic Agreement" also means the labor agreement
between the Company and the United Plant Guard Workers of America covering rates
of pay, hours of work, and other basic terms and conditions of employment at the
Company's Riverdale, Illinois operations, which is in effect from time to time,
and when used with respect to an Employee represented by the United Plant Guard
Workers of America means the Basic Agreement applicable to him.


<PAGE>

                                        - 5 -

    SECTION 1.4  BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The term "Board of Directors" means the
board of directors of the Company.

    SECTION 1.5 CODE.  The term "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended.

    SECTION 1.6  COMMITTEE.  The term "Committee" means the committee appointed
to administer the Plan as provided in Article IX hereof.

    SECTION 1.7  COMPANY.  The term "Company" means Acme Steel Company, a
Delaware corporation, or the successor or successors thereto.

    SECTION  1.8  CONTINUOUS SERVICE.  The term "continuous service" means
service that continues in the manner described in Article V.

    SECTION 1.9  EARNINGS.  (a)  The term "earnings" for the purpose of the
term "average monthly earnings" in Section 1.2 and as used in Sections 3.3(a)
and (b) means the Participant's earnings (which includes the amount resulting
from a Cost-of-Living Adjustment provision only to the extent of the first Cost-
of-Living Adjustment which was included in the base hourly rates subsequent to
April 30, 1974), plus any elective deferrals of a Participant which are
contributed to a plan

<PAGE>

                                        - 6 -

maintained by the Company which meets the requirements of Section 401(k) of the
Code, and less any inflation recognition payments, Profit-Sharing payments,
signing and lump sum payments (other than lump sum wage grievance settlements),
suggestion awards, severance pay, tuition reimbursement and premium
reimbursement payments.

    (b)  The term "earnings" for the purpose of the term "annual gross
earnings" in Sections 3.3(a), (b) and (d) means a Participant's earnings
calculated in accordance with subsection (a) above, including all amounts
resulting from a Cost-of-Living Adjustment provision both prior to and after
April 30, 1974.

    (c)  If a Participant has served as a member of the Grievance Committee,
Safety Committee, or Job Classification Committee (not to exceed the number
specified in the Basic Agreement at any time at the plant) as identified in the
Basic Agreement, or as a President, Vice President, Recording Secretary,
Financial Secretary and/or Treasurer of a local of the Union, or shall have been
absent from work because of leave of absence granted upon the request of the
Union to any Participant who shall be appointed or elected to any other


<PAGE>

                                        - 7 -

office in the Union at the plant and for that reason shall have been absent from
work in accordance with the terms of the Basic Agreement during that period, his
earnings for each month in which he so served, for purposes of computing his
"average monthly earnings" in (a) above and his "annual gross earnings" in (b)
above will be adjusted so as to be fairly representative of his normal earnings
had he not been so absent.

    (d)  For purposes of this Plan, earnings taken into account during any plan
year commencing prior to January 1, 1994 will not exceed $200,000 or such amount
as may be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury for such plan year.  For
any plan year commencing on or after January 1, 1994, earnings taken into
account during the plan year will not exceed $150,000 (as provided in Exhibit G)
or such amount as may be determined by the Secretary of the Treasury for such
plan year.  This limitation on earnings that may be considered for Plan purposes
will be applied by taking into account the earnings paid by the Company to all
members of the Participant's family to the extent required by Section 401(a)(17)
and Section 414(q) of the Code.  If the limitation


<PAGE>

                                        - 8 -

is exceeded, the limitation will be prorated among the affected individuals in
proportion to each such individual's earnings prior to the application of this
limitation.

    SECTION 1.10  EFFECTIVE DATE.  The term "Effective Date" means September 1,
1993.  The Plan was consolidated with Appendix A to the Consolidated Pension
Plan for Acme Steel Company Salaried Employees and Riverdale Plant Hourly
Employees effective November 30, 1983 and has been amended and restated from
time to time thereafter.

    SECTION 1.11  ELIGIBLE FOR PUBLIC PENSION.  The phrase "Eligible for Public
Pension" is used with respect to a Participant when he is eligible to receive,
or would upon application be eligible to receive, a Public Pension or would be
so eligible except for an offset or suspension imposed by law.

    SECTION 1.12  EMPLOYEE.  The term "Employee" means any employee who, from
time to time during the period in which this Plan is effective, is covered by
the Basic Agreement and, in addition, all other persons on the payroll of the
Company's Riverdale, Illinois operations who are paid wages based on an hourly
rate, excluding any person paid on a salaried basis.


<PAGE>

                                        - 9 -

    The term "Employee" does not include leased employees, provided that leased
employees do not constitute 20% or more of the Company's non-highly compensated
employees within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code; however, leased
employees will be taken into account in determining whether the Plan meets
applicable coverage and nondiscrimination tests under the Code.

    SECTION 1.13  ERISA.  The term "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended.

    SECTION 1.14  FIDUCIARY.  The term "Fiduciary" includes the Company, the
Trustee and the Committee, and the use of the term is intended to be consistent
with the definition of "fiduciary" in ERISA and in regulations and official
governmental interpretations issued pursuant to ERISA.

    SECTION 1.15  PARTICIPANT.  The term "Participant" means any Employee who
has had at least one year of continuous service and has attained age 21 and who,
from time to time during the period in which this Plan is effective, is accruing
continuous service; and, where so indicated, the term "Participant" also means
any person who is no longer accruing continuous service but who had attained
pension eligibility


<PAGE>

                                        - 10 -

under this Plan at the date he or she ceased to accrue continuous service,
including a person who is retired and is receiving or is entitled to receive
pension benefits under this Plan.  The term "Participant" also refers to any
former hourly employee of Interlake, Inc. at its Riverdale, Illinois operation
who was entitled to pension benefits under this Plan prior to May 29, 1986

    SECTION 1.16  PLAN.  The term "Plan" means this Appendix B of the
Consolidated Pension Plan for Acme Steel Company Salaried Employees and
Riverdale Plant Hourly Employees, as amended from time to time.

    SECTION 1.17  PLAN YEAR.  The term "Plan Year" means the calendar year,
January 1 through December 31 of each year.

    SECTION 1.18  PUBLIC PENSION.  The term "Public Pension" means a benefit in
the nature of an annuity, pension or payment of similar kind (i) under Title II
of the Social Security Act or its successor (the "Social Security Act") or (ii)
under the Railroad Retirement Act or its successor, or under a provision of law
hereafter established, if for such benefit the Company has contributed directly
or indirectly by tax or otherwise with respect to employment of the Participant.


<PAGE>

                                        - 11 -

    SECTION 1.19  RETIREMENT.  The term "Retirement" means, and for purposes of
this Plan retirement shall be considered to occur:

    a)   in the case of a Participant who applies for a pension prior to a
         break in continuous service, on the date he specifies as the date he
         wishes to retire, which will be a date on or after the latest of:
         1)   the date of his request for retirement;
         2)   the date of his attainment of eligibility for a pension under
              this Plan; or
         3)   the last day for which he earned wages from the Company,
         but not later than the last day of his continuous service; or

    b)   in the case of a Participant who applies for a pension after a break
         in continuous service, on the last day of his continuous service,
         provided that on such last day he was eligible for an immediate or
         deferred pension under this Plan.


<PAGE>

                                        - 12 -

    SECTION 1.20   TRUST.  The term "Trust" means the trust agreement pursuant
to which the assets utilized to finance the benefits payable under this Plan are
held and administered.

    SECTION 1.21  TRUSTEE.  The term "Trustee" means the corporation or
individuals or any successor trustee duly appointed by the Board of Directors to
administer the Trust Fund in accordance with the Trust.

    SECTION 1.22  TRUST FUND.  The term "Trust Fund" means all property held by
the Trustee which the Company deposits pursuant to the Trust to finance the
payment of benefits and defray administrative expenses and includes the income
earned on such property.

    SECTION 1.23  UNION.  The term "Union" means the United Steelworkers of
America with respect to Employees in the bargaining unit represented by the
United Steelworkers of America or the United Plant Guard Workers of America with
respect to Employees in the bargaining unit represented by the United Plant
Guard Workers of America.
<PAGE>


                                        - 13 -

                                      ARTICLE II
                               ELIGIBILITY FOR PENSION

    SECTION 2.1  NORMAL RETIREMENT.  Any Participant who has completed at least
5 years of continuous service and who has attained age 65 will be eligible to
retire and will, upon his retirement, be eligible for a normal retirement
pension.

    SECTION 2.2  62/15 RETIREMENT.  Any Participant who has not attained age 65
but who has completed at least 15 years of continuous service and has attained
age 62 will be eligible to retire and will, upon his retirement, be eligible for
a 62/15 retirement pension.

    SECTION 2.3  30 YEAR RETIREMENT.  Any Participant who has not attained age
62 but who has completed at least 30 years of continuous service will be
eligible to retire and will, upon his retirement, be eligible to receive a 30-
year retirement pension.

    SECTION 2.4  60/15 RETIREMENT.  Any Participant who has completed at least
15 but less than 30 years of continuous service and who has attained age 60 but
not age 62 will be eligible to retire and will, upon his retirement, be eligible
to receive a 60/15 retirement pension.


<PAGE>

                                        - 14 -

    SECTION 2.5  PERMANENT INCAPACITY RETIREMENT.  Any Participant who has
completed at least 15 years of continuous service and who has become permanently
incapacitated will be eligible to retire and will, upon his retirement, be
eligible to receive a permanent incapacity retirement pension.  For purposes of
this Plan, a Participant will be considered to be "permanently incapacitated"
only (i) if he has been totally disabled by bodily injury or disease so as to be
prevented thereby from engaging in any employment of the type covered by the
Basic Agreement, and (ii) after such total disability has continued for a period
of 5 consecutive months and, in the opinion of a qualified physician, it will be
permanent and continuous during the remainder of his life.  Incapacity
contracted, suffered or incurred while the Participant was engaged in, or
resulted from his having engaged in, a criminal enterprise, or resulting from
future service in the armed forces and which prevents him from returning to
employment with the Company for which he receives a military pension, will not
entitle a Participant to a pension under this paragraph.  Such pension shall be
discontinued if the Participant ceases to be permanently incapacitated prior to
age 62.  The Plan Administrator may require verification of the permanency of


<PAGE>

                                        - 15 -

incapacity by medical examination prior to age 62 at any reasonable time.

    SECTION 2.6  70/80 RETIREMENT.  Any Participant who has not attained age 62
but who has completed at least 15 years of continuous service and either (i) has
attained age 55 and whose combined age and years of continuous service equal 70
or more, or (ii) whose combined age and years of continuous service equal 80 or
more and:

    a)   whose continuous service is broken by reason of a permanent shutdown
         of a plant, department or subdivision thereof or by reason of a layoff
         or physical disability, or

    b)   whose continuous service is not broken and who is absent from work by
         reason of:

         1)   a layoff resulting from his election to be placed on layoff
              status pursuant to the provisions of the Basic Agreement
              applicable in the event of a permanent shutdown, or

         2)   a physical disability or a layoff other than a layoff resulting
              from an election referred to above and whose return to active


<PAGE>

                                        - 16 -

              employment is declared unlikely by the Company, or

    c)   whose continuous service is not broken and who, while on layoff status
         by reason of his election to be placed on such status pursuant to the
         provisions of the Basic Agreement applicable in the event of a
         permanent shutdown, accepts a job with the Company and, prior to the
         expiration of 90 consecutive calendar days from the first day worked
         on such job, elects to retire,

will be eligible to retire and will, upon his retirement, be eligible for a
70/80 retirement pension.

    SECTION 2.7  RULE OF 65 RETIREMENT.  Any Participant (i) who has completed
at least 20 years of continuous service as of his last day worked, (ii) who has
not attained age 55, and (iii) whose combined age and years of continuous
service equal 65 or more but less than 80, and

    a)   whose continuous service is broken by reason of a layoff or
         disability, or

    b)   whose continuous service is not broken and who is absent from work by
         reason of a layoff resulting from his election to be placed on layoff


<PAGE>

                                        - 17 -

         status pursuant to the provisions of the Basic Agreement applicable in
         the event of a permanent shutdown, or

    c)   whose continuous service is not broken and who is absent from work by
         reason of a physical disability or a layoff other than a layoff
         resulting from an election referred to above and whose return to
         active employment is declared unlikely by the Company,
and who has not been offered suitable long-term employment, as defined in
Exhibit E hereto, will be eligible to retire and will, upon his retirement, be
eligible to receive a Rule of 65 retirement pension; provided, however, that if
at the time of application for retirement the Company has not yet determined
whether the Participant will be offered suitable long-term employment, the
Participant will not be eligible to retire until the earlier of the date on
which the Company advises the Participant that he will not be offered suitable
long-term employment or the date on which the Participant incurs a break in
continuous service.


<PAGE>

                                        - 18 -

    SECTION 2.8  DEFERRED VESTED PENSION.  Any Participant not eligible to
receive a pension under any other provision of this Article II whose continuous
service is broken for any reason and who, at the time of such break in
continuous service, has completed at least 5 years of continuous service will be
eligible for a deferred vested retirement pension, subject to the provisions
relating to application set forth in Section 3.12 and commencement of pension
set forth in subsections (d) and (e) of Section 3.13.  At the time of such break
in continuous service, the Company will furnish the Participant with an
appropriate written notice of the eligibility requirements and his relevant
employment data.

    SECTION 2.9  SICKNESS OR ACCIDENT BENEFITS.  Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary contained in this Plan, no pension (including any special payment)
will be payable for any month with respect to which the Participant claims and
is eligible for sickness or accident benefits for Employees provided under a
Company program or similar benefits provided under law.


<PAGE>

                                        - 19 -

                                     ARTICLE III
                                  AMOUNT OF PENSION

    SECTION 3.1  TYPES OF PENSION PAYMENTS.  A pension granted pursuant to
Article II will consist of:

    a)   a special initial pension amount ("special payment"), except in the
         case of any Participant eligible for a permanent incapacity retirement
         pension or a deferred vested retirement pension (or as provided in
         Section 6.5), and

    b)   a regular pension amount ("regular pension"), payable in monthly
         installments except as otherwise provided in Section 3.14,
provided in accordance with the provisions of this Article III.

    SECTION 3.2  SPECIAL PAYMENT.  The amount of a special payment for a
Participant who was entitled to receive a vacation in the year of retirement or
who would have been entitled to receive a vacation in the year of retirement
except for such retirement will be calculated as follows:

    a)   a Participant's "vacation pay" as defined below will be multiplied by
         13 (14 in the case of a Participant eligible for more than 4 weeks of


<PAGE>

                                        - 20 -

         regular vacation in the year of retirement);

    b)   the amount determined in a) above will be reduced by all vacation pay
         the Participant received in such year.

    The amount of the special payment for a Participant not in any event
entitled to vacation in the year of retirement will be calculated under the
formula established above as though the Participant had retired in the year in
which he was last entitled to a vacation.

    The special payment will be payable for the first 3 full calendar months
following the month in which retirement occurs.  Such special payment will be
made in a lump sum within the first full calendar month following the month in
which retirement occurs, or within the month following the month in which
retirement occurs, or within the month in which application for pension is made,
whichever is later.


    With respect to any Participant on a leave of absence referred to in the
provision contained in Section 1.9(c), if any such Participant makes application
for pension in a year in which he is not in any event entitled to vacation, for
the purpose of determining the amount of his special payment the vacation pay to


<PAGE>

                                        - 21 -

which he would have been entitled had he not been on leave of absence will be
used for determination of the rate to be used in calculating the special payment
and the amount deductible therefrom for vacation.

    As used in this Plan, when used in connection with Employees covered by the
Basic Agreement, the word "vacation" means the vacation provided under the
vacation section of the Basic Agreement, "vacation pay" means the pay for a week
of vacation calculated as provided in the vacation section of the Basic
Agreement.  When used with respect to Employees not covered by the Basic
Agreement the words "vacation" and "vacation pay" will have their normal
meaning.

    SECTION 3.3  REGULAR PENSION.  A Participant's regular pension will be the
highest of the monthly amounts calculated in accordance with subsections (a),
(b), (c), and (d) below, adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Sections
3.4 through 3.11 and 3.15 and 3.16, if applicable:

    a)   "RETIREMENT DATE EBU":  the monthly amount determined by multiplying
         the Participant's number of years (and fractions thereof calculated to
         the nearest month) of his continuous service by the Enriched Benefit


<PAGE>

                                        - 22 -

         Unit ("EBU") determined on the basis of the level of the Participant's
         annual gross earnings (as the term "earnings" is defined in Section
         1.9(b)) in 1986, 1987, or 1988, whichever is the highest, as follows:

<PAGE>


                                        - 23 -

                    FOR RETIREMENTS ON OR AFTER SEPTEMBER 1, 1993

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   Earnings in
                   Highest Year
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           EBU per year
Level              At least            Less than           of service
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                <C>                 <C>                 <C>
1                                      $32,000             $32

2                  $32,000             $36,000             $36

3                  $36,000             $40,000             $40

4                  $40,000             $44,000             $44

5                  $44,000             $48,000             $48

6                  $48,000             $52,000             $52

7                  $52,000             -                   $56

</TABLE>

         A participant who has no earnings in 1986, 1987, or 1988 will be
         treated as entitled to a Level 1 EBU. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
         Participant's EBU attributable to his years of continuous service as
         of December 31, 1992 shall not be less than the monthly amount equal
         to a Participant's average monthly earnings (as the term is defined in
         Section 1.2) multiplied by:

         (i)  for a Participant with more than 30 years of continuous service
              as of December 31, 1992, 33% plus a percentage determined by

<PAGE>

                                        - 24 -

              multiplying 1.2% by the number of years (and fractions thereof
              calculated to the nearest month) of his continuous service as of
              December 31, 1992 in excess of 30 years, or

         (ii) for a Participant with 30 or less years of continuous service as
              of December 31, 1992, 1.1% multiplied by the number of years (and
              fractions thereof calculated to the nearest month) of his
              continuous service as of December 31, 1992,

         plus an additional amount determined by multiplying the amount
         determined in accordance with (i) or (ii) above, whichever is
         applicable, by 5%.

              For purposes of this subparagraph, a Participant's average
         monthly earnings shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.9(a)
         but by assuming that the Participant's retirement occurred on December
         31, 1992 and by taking into account only earnings through such date.
         A Participant's earnings shall include a cost-of-living adjustment
         add-on of $2.36 for each hour paid during the five

<PAGE>

                                        - 25 -

         consecutive calculation years considered in the computation of his
         average monthly earnings.

    b)   "1989 EBU":  the monthly amount determined by multiplying the
         Participant's number of years (and fractions thereof calculated to the
         nearest month) of his continuous service prior to August 31, 1989, by
         the Participant's EBU determined on the basis of the level of the
         Participant's annual gross earnings (as the term "earnings" is defined
         in Section 1.9(b)) in 1986, 1987, or 1988, whichever is the highest,
         as follows:

                          FOR RETIREMENTS OCCURRING BETWEEN
                         AUGUST 31, 1989 AND AUGUST 31, 1993

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   Earnings in
                   Highest Year
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           EBU per year
Level              At least            Less than           of service
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                <C>                 <C>                 <C>
1                                      $28,000             $28

2                  $28,000             $32,000             $32

3                  $32,000             $36,000             $36

4                  $36,000             $40,000             $40

5                  $40,000             $44,000             $44

6                  $44,000             -                   $48

<PAGE>

                                        - 26 -

7                  $48,000             $52,000             $52

8                  $52,000             -                   $56

</TABLE>

         A participant who has no gross earnings in 1986, 1987, or 1988 will be
         treated as entitled to a Level 1 EBU.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant's EBU attributable to his
         years of continuous service as of August 31, 1989 shall not be less
         than the monthly amount equal to the Participant's average monthly
         earnings (as that term is defined in Section 1.2) multiplied by:

         (i)  for a Participant with more than 30 years of continuous service
              as of August 31, 1989, 33% plus a percentage determined by
              multiplying 1.2% by the number of years (and fractions thereof
              calculated to the nearest month) of his continuous service as of
              August 31, 1989 in excess of 30 years, or

         (ii) for a Participant with 30 or less years of continuous service as
              of August 31, 1989, 1.1% multiplied by the number of years (and

<PAGE>


                                        - 27 -

              fractions thereof calculated to the nearest month) of his
              continuous service as of August 31, 1989,

         plus an additional amount determined by multiplying the amount
         determined in accordance with (a) or (b) above, whichever is
         applicable, by 5%.

              For purposes of this subsection, a Participant's average monthly
         earnings shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.9(a) but by
         assuming that the Participant's retirement occurred on August 31,
         1989, and by taking into account only earnings through such date.  A
         Participant's earnings shall include a cost-of-living adjustment add-
         on of $2.36 for each hour paid during the five consecutive calculation
         years considered in the computation of his average monthly earnings.

    c)   "30-YEAR MINIMUM PENSION":  For a Participant who retires on or after
         September 1, 1993 with 30 or more years of continuous service, an
         amount equal to $1,200 per month.

<PAGE>

                                        - 28 -

    d)   "1997 EBU":  For a Participant who retires on or after January 1,
         1997, a monthly amount determined by multiplying his years of
         continuous service by his EBU determined under (a) above based on his
         single highest annual gross earnings (as the term "earnings" is
         defined in Section 1.9(b)) for the years 1986, 1987 and 1988 or his
         EBU determined under (a) above based on his average annual earnings
         (as that term is defined in Section 1.1), whichever is greater.

    For a 60/15 retirement the monthly amount determined above is applicable
only if regular pension commences after attainment of age 62 ("deferred 60/15
retirement pension"), and for any deferred vested pension the monthly amount
determined above is applicable only if:

    a)   with respect to a Participant who incurs a break in continuous service
         after attaining age 40 and completing at least 15 years of continuous
         service, regular pension commences after the Participant has attained
         age 62; or

<PAGE>

                                        - 29 -

    b)   with respect to a Participant who incurs a break in continuous service
         either prior to attaining age 40, or after attaining age 40 and before
         completing at least 15 years of continuous service, regular pension
         commences after the Participant has attained age 65.

    A Participant may in his application for 60/15 pension elect an immediate
pension, and a Participant who incurs a break in continuous service after
attaining age 40 and completing at least 15 years of continuous service who is
entitled to a deferred vested pension may, pursuant to Section 3.12, make
application for commencement of pension payments after attainment of age 60 and
prior to attainment of age 62, and in either such case the monthly amount
calculated above shall be reduced to the actuarial equivalent thereof using the
following percentages for each age of a Participant indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Age at Start
          of Pension              Percentage
         ------------             ----------
         <C>                      <C>
         60                       83.72%
         60-1/12                  84.46%
         60-2/12                  85.09%

<PAGE>

                                        - 30 -

         60-3/12                  85.73%
         60-4/12                  86.36%
         60-5/12                  87.00%
         60-6/12                  87.64%
         60-7/12                  88.27%
         60-8/12                  88.91%
         60-9/12                  89.54%
         60-10/12                 90.18%
         60-11/12                 90.81%
         61                       91.45%
         61-1/12                  92.16%
         61-2/12                  92.87%
         61-3/12                  93.59%
         61-4/12                  94.30%
         61-5/12                  95.01%
         61-6/12                  95.72%
         61-7/12                  96.44%
         61-8/12                  97.15%
         61-9/12                  97.86%
         61-10/12                 98.57%
         61-11/12                 99.29%
         62                      100.00%

</TABLE>

The above percentages shall be applied on the basis of the Participant's age to
the nearest month.

<PAGE>

                                        - 31 -

    A Participant who incurs a break in continuous service either prior to
attaining age 40, or after attaining age 40 and before completing at least 15
years of continuous service, and who is entitled to a deferred vested pension
may, pursuant to Section 3.12, make application for commencement of pension
payments after attainment of age 60 and prior to attainment of age 65, and in
such case the monthly amount calculated above shall be reduced to the actuarial
equivalent thereof using the following percentage for each age of a Participant
indicated below:

<PAGE>

                                        - 32 -

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Age at Start                                Age at Start
of Pension              Percentage          of Pension          Percentage
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>                 <C>                 <C>
60                      63.10               62-7/12             79.51
60-1/12                 63.58               62-8/12             80.11
60-2/12                 64.06               62-9/12             80.71
60-3/12                 64.54               62-10/12            81.32
60-4/12                 65.02               62-11/12            81.93
60-5/12                 65.50               63                  82.53
60-6/12                 65.98               63-1/12             83.21
60-7/12                 66.45               63-2/12             83.89
60-8/12                 66.93               63-3/12             84.58
60-9/12                 67.41               63-4/12             85.26
60-10/12                67.89               63-5/12             85.94
60-11/12                68.37               63-6/12             86.62
61                      68.85               63-7/12             87.30
61-1/12                 69.38               63-8/12             87.99
61-2/12                 69.92               63-9/12             88.67
61-3/12                 70.45               63-10/12            89.35
61-4/12                 70.99               63-11/12            90.03
61-5/12                 71.53               64                  90.72
61-6/12                 72.06               64-1/12             91.49
61-7/12                 72.60               64-2/12             92.26
61-8/12                 73.14               64-3/12             93.04
61-9/12                 73.67               64-4/12             93.81
61-10/12                74.21               64-5/12             94.58
61-11/12                74.75               64-6/12             95.36

<PAGE>


                                        - 33 -

Age at Start                                Age at Start
of Pension              Percentage          of Pension          Percentage
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
62                      75.28               64-7/12             96.13
62-1/12                 75.89               64-8/12             96.91
62-2/12                 76.49               64-9/12             97.68
62-3/12                 77.10               64-10/12            98.45
62-4/12                 77.70               64-11/12            99.23
62-5/12                 78.30               65                  100.00
62-6/12                 78.91

</TABLE>

The preceding percentages shall be applied on the basis of the Participant's age
to the nearest month.

    Section 3.4  INCREASED PENSION - PERMANENT INCAPACITY OR 70/80 RETIREMENT
PENSION.  In the determination of the amount of any regular pension for
permanent incapacity or 70/80 retirement, the monthly amount determined in
accordance with Section 3.3 will be increased by $400; provided, however, that
such increase will not be applicable with respect to such regular pension
payable for any month for which the Participant is eligible for Public Pension.

    Section 3.5  INCREASED PENSION - RULE OF 65 RETIREMENT PENSION.  In the
determination of the amount of any regular Rule of 65 retirement pension, the
monthly amount determined

<PAGE>

                                        - 34 -

in accordance with Section 3.3 will be increased by $400; provided, however,
that such increase will not be applicable with respect to such regular pension
payable for any month for which the Participant is eligible for Public Pension;
and provided, further, that if the Participant has earned income after
retirement and prior to attainment of eligibility for Public Pension which
exceeds $8,880 during any calendar year ("excess earned income"), the increased
pension payable pursuant to this Section 3.5 ("increased pension") for any
calendar year will be reduced by $1 for each $2 of excess earned income.  The
above $8,880 amount will be prorated for the year in which retirement occurs and
for the year in which the Participant becomes eligible for Public Pension.

    For purposes of this section, earned income shall include wages, salaries,
tips, bonuses, commissions, and earnings resulting from self-employment.  To
facilitate determination of his annual earned income, each Participant will at
the time of Rule of 65 retirement authorize the Social Security Administration
and/or the Railroad Retirement Board to release to the Company a record of his
creditable earnings for Social Security and/or Railroad Retirement Act purposes
and agree to

<PAGE>

                                        - 35 -

give the Company by April 15th of each year a copy of his W-2 forms and a
statement of his annual earned income for the preceding year on a form provided
by the Company.  If the Participant revokes the authorization to the Social
Security Administration and/or the Railroad Retirement Board or fails to submit
the required information to the Company by April 15th of each year, the
Participant will be presumed ineligible for increased pension for the preceding
year; provided, however, that such presumption of ineligibility will be
disregarded in the event that the Participant reinstates the required
authorization or submits the required information at a later date.

    If it is determined above that the Participant was not eligible for all or
part of the increased pension which he received for the preceding year, payment
of increased pension will be suspended and not resumed until the month following
the month in which the Participant notifies the Company that he does not expect
his earned income for the current year to exceed $8,880.  The amount of any
overpayment will be recouped by reducing or discontinuing payment of the
Participant's regular pension (and his increased pension, if he notifies the

<PAGE>

                                        - 36 -

Company that he does not expect his earned income for the current year to exceed
$8,880) until the full amount of the overpayment has been recovered.
    At the request of the Participant, the Company may reduce or discontinue
payment of increased pension for a period specified by the Participant.  If it
is determined that the Participant did not receive all of the increased pension
to which he was entitled for a given year, the amount due shall be paid
promptly.

    SECTION 3.6  INCREASED PENSION - 62/15 OR 30 YEAR.  In the determination of
the amount of any regular 62/15 or 30 Year retirement pension, the monthly
amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 will be increased by $300 for
Participants who retire on or after September 1, 1993 but prior to August 31,
1999; provided, however, that such increase will not be applicable with respect
to such regular pension payable for any month for which the Participant is
eligible for Public Pension, as a result of his death or disability, or after
which the Participant attains age 62.  In no event will the Participant receive
less than 12 months of

<PAGE>

                                        - 37 -

such supplement unless the Participant's death occurs during the 12-month
period.

    SECTION 3.7  REGULAR PENSION - PART-TIME PARTICIPANTS.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing provisions of this Article
III, the amount of the minimum pension otherwise applicable will, in the case of
any Participant the Company finds to be a part-time Participant, be reduced to
an amount equitably related to the hours worked by him in comparison to hours
worked by other Participants but not less than the amount which would have been
payable if he had retired under the Pension Agreement in effect immediately
prior to July 31, 1966.  The Company will not find a Participant to be a part-
time Participant unless for the mutual convenience of the Participant and the
Company he was, in the 120 months preceding his retirement, regularly scheduled
to work fewer hours than the straight-time schedule of full-time Participants.

    SECTION 3.8  DEDUCTION FOR PUBLIC PENSION.  Deductions for Public Pension
will be made from the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 provided
that:

<PAGE>

                                        - 38 -

    (a)  a regular pension will not be affected by Public Pension related to
         the Social Security Act;

    (b)  for any month a Participant is eligible for Public Pension not related
         to the Social Security Act, there will be a deduction for such Public
         Pension from the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3.
         The amount of such deduction will be the amount of Public Pension paid
         or payable to the Participant, or that would upon application become
         payable to him for such month, without regard to any offset,
         suspension or reduction imposed by law (including any reduction by
         reason of commencement of such Public Pension prior to the age at
         which it is first provided under law without such a reduction), except
         that for a Participant whose original date of hire was prior to
         January 1, 1975 the amount of such deduction will be equal to 50% of
         the Tier II benefit determined in accordance with the Railroad
         Retirement Act; provided such deduction will be limited to the amount,
         to the extent reasonably determinable, of such Public Pension

<PAGE>

                                        - 39 -

         attributable to employment by the Company; and provided, further, that
         in the case of a Participant eligible for Public Pension under the
         Railroad Retirement Act, the amount of such deduction will be based on
         the provisions of such Act in effect as of the date the Participant
         retires; and

    (c)  after deduction for Public Pension first becomes applicable, it shall
         not be changed to reflect any increase of such Public Pension
         resulting from either (i) an amendment of the law under which such
         Public Pension is provided, if the effective date of such increase
         occurs after the first month with respect to which a deduction for
         such Public Pension became applicable, or (ii) subsequent employment
         by other than the Company.

    SECTION 3.9  DEDUCTION FOR OTHER PENSION.  If any Participant entitled to
pension benefits pursuant to this Plan is or shall become, or upon application
would become, entitled to any other pension or payment in the nature of a
pension (other than a payment covered by Section 3.11, a benefit in the nature
of an annuity, pension or payment made pursuant to this

<PAGE>

                                        - 40 -

Plan) from any source or fund to which the Company has directly or indirectly
contributed ("Other Pension"), then the amount determined in accordance with
Sections 3.3 through 3.6 otherwise payable to such Participant for any period
will be reduced by the amount of such Other Pension paid or payable to him or
that would upon application become payable to him for the corresponding period;
provided, however, that if such Participant has contributed to such source or
fund, then the amount by which such amount would otherwise be reduced in
accordance with the foregoing provisions of this section will be decreased by
the amount of that part of such Other Pension which shall be attributable to the
contributions made by the Participant to such source or fund; provided, further,
such deduction will be limited to the amount, to the extent reasonably
determinable, of such Other Pension attributable to employment with the Company
during a period in which the Participant has been credited with continuous
service for the purpose of calculating the amount of any regular pension under
this Plan.  The term "Other Pension" includes any pension or payment under The
Interlake Companies, Inc. Merchant Iron Hourly Employees Pension Plan.

<PAGE>

                                        - 41 -

    SECTION 3.10  DEDUCTION FOR SEVERANCE ALLOWANCE. If any Participant is or
becomes entitled to or is paid any discharge, liquidation or dismissal or
severance allowance or payment of a similar kind ("severance allowance") by
reason of any plan or policy of the Company, or in respect of which it shall
have directly or indirectly contributed, or by reason of any law, then the total
amount of such severance allowance paid or payable to him shall, in accordance
with the standards set forth below, be deducted from the amount determined in
accordance with Sections 3.3 through 3.6 upon retirement; provided, however,
that (i) such severance allowance will not be deducted from or charged against
any deferred vested pension, and (ii) if such Participant has contributed to the
source or fund out of which such severance allowance is paid or becomes payable,
then the amount deducted from or charged against such amount in accordance with
the foregoing provisions of this section will be decreased by the amount of that
part of such severance allowance which is attributable to the contributions
which such Participant has made to such source or fund.

<PAGE>

                                        - 42 -

    If any Participant becomes entitled under the Basic Agreement or otherwise
to severance allowance which may be deducted from the amount determined in
accordance with Sections 3.3 through 3.6 as set forth above, he may waive
payment of the severance allowance and, for the purposes of the Basic Agreement,
be considered to have received it.  Such waiver must be in writing on a form
provided by the Company.  If the Participant waives such severance allowance,
the total amount of regular pension paid to or on behalf of him and his co-
pensioner (if any) will not be less than the amount of such severance allowance.

    The following standards will apply to the deduction explained above.  The
deduction will be made in full in each case in which the amount of pension
determined in accordance with Sections 3.3, through 3.6 after application of the
deduction, or the cost of such pension after the deduction, is equal to or
greater than the greatest amount or cost of any such pension which would be
payable to a Participant under age 40 who is eligible for a deferred vested
pension and who has the same years of service and compensation history as the
Participant in question.  The deduction will not be made in

<PAGE>

                                        - 43 -

any case in which the amount or cost of such pension after the deduction for
severance pay is less than the amount or cost of such deferred vested pension.
In all other cases, the deduction will be made but only to the extent that the
amount or cost of such pension after the deduction for severance pay is equal to
the amount or cost of such deferred vested pension.  In any case in which there
is a difference between the amount and the cost of any such pension or a
difference between the amount or cost of any such deferred vested pension, the
determination required by this Section 3.10 shall be based on the factor that
produces the largest deduction.  In determining the cost of any such pension and
such deferred vested pension for purposes of this Section 3.10, the assumptions
reported in the filing of the most recent Schedule B to Form 5500 shall govern.

    SECTION 3.11  DEDUCTION FOR DISABILITY PAYMENTS.  Any amount paid to or on
behalf of any Participant on account of injury or occupational disease incurred
in the course of his employment by the Company or any other employer causing
disability in the nature of a permanent disability, whether pursuant to Workers'
Compensation, Occupational Disease or
<PAGE>

                                        - 44 -

similar statutory law (except fixed statutory payments for the loss of, or 100%
loss of use of, any bodily member or a benefit in the nature of an annuity,
pension or payment of similar kind by reason of any law), will be deducted from
or charged against the amount determined in accordance with Sections 3.3 through
3.6 provided, however, that any such deduction or charge will be adjusted to
take into account expenses such as reasonable attorneys' fees and medical
expenses incurred by the Participant in processing a claim for such payment, and
that any payments received by the Participant under such laws will not be
deducted from any such amount for permanent incapacity retirement payable prior
to age 65 or from the increase in pension provided in Section 3.4.  If any
amount which is to be deducted from or charged against the amount determined in
accordance with Sections 3.3 through 3.6 pursuant to this section is determined
with respect to a period of time, such deduction or charge will be made only
with respect to the same period.  If any such amount is not determined with
respect to a period of time, the Company will apportion the amount to a period
of time which approximates the period over which the local government
organization having


<PAGE>

                                        - 45 -

authority over workers' compensation and occupational disability claims might
award a disability payment for similar conditions.
    This offset will be waived, however, for Participants who have retired or
who will retire prior to September 1, 1999 and who are having or would have had
their pensions offset pursuant to this Section 3.11, and the waiver will be
effective during the term of the 1993 Basic Agreement effective with the first
regular pension check payable for the months following August 31, 1993.
    Section 3.12  PENSION APPLICATION.  Each application for a pension must be
in writing on a form provided by the Company.  The Company may require any
applicant for a pension to furnish to it such information as may reasonably be
required.
    A Participant may make application for pension at any time prior or
subsequent to his retirement; however, a Participant may make application for a
deferred vested pension not earlier than 90 days prior to the first day of the
month for which the first installment of pension is payable as provided in
subsections (d) and (e) of Section 3.13.


<PAGE>

                                        - 46 -

    Section 3.13  COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION OF REGULAR PENSION.
    a)   In the case of a Participant who is eligible for any type of pension
         other than permanent incapacity retirement pension, 60/15 retirement
         pension, or deferred vested retirement pension, the first installment
         of any regular pension will be payable for the first full calendar
         month following the 3 calendar months for which the special payment is
         made.
    b)   In the case of a Participant who is eligible for permanent incapacity
         retirement pension, the first installment of any regular pension will
         be payable for the first full calendar month following the month in
         which retirement occurs.
    c)   In the case of a Participant who is eligible for a 60/15 retirement
         pension, the first installment of any regular pension will be payable
         for the fourth calendar month following the month in which the
         Participant attains age 62 unless the Participant elects earlier
         commencement in accordance with


<PAGE>

                                        - 47 -

         Section 3.3, in which case the first installment of regular pension
         will be payable for the first full calendar month following the 3
         calendar months for which the special payment is made.
    d)   In the case of a Participant who is eligible for a deferred vested
         retirement pension and who incurs a break in continuous service after
         attaining age 40 and completing at least 15 years of continuous
         service, the first installment of regular pension will be payable for
         the calendar month next following the Participant's 62nd birthday
         unless the Participant elects earlier commencement in accordance with
         Section 3.3, in which case the first installment of regular pension
         will be payable for the later of (i) the calendar month specified by
         the Participant in his application for pension, provided such month is
         subsequent to the month in which he attains age 60, or (ii) the
         calendar month in which application for pension is made.


<PAGE>

                                        - 48 -

    e)   In the case of a Participant who is eligible for a deferred vested
         retirement pension and who incurs a break in continuous service either
         prior to attaining age 40, or after attaining age 40 and before
         completing at least 15 years of continuous service, the first
         installment of regular pension will be payable for the calendar month
         next following the Participant's 65th birthday unless the Participant
         elects earlier commencement in accordance with Section 3.3, in which
         case the first installment of regular pension will be payable for the
         later of (i) the calendar month specified by the Participant in his
         application for pension, provided such month is subsequent to the
         month in which he attains age 60, or (ii) the calendar month in which
         application for pension is made.
    f)   The last installment of any regular pension will be payable for the
         month in which the death of the Participant occurs.
    Section 3.14  LUMP SUM PAYMENT.  The Company shall make a lump sum payment
which will be the equivalent actuarial


<PAGE>

                                        - 49 -

value of the regular pension otherwise payable if such equivalent actuarial
value is not more than $3,500.  In determining such equivalent actuarial value,
mortality will be based on UP-1984 unisex table with no adjustment.  Interest
will be at the rate set by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation for
immediate annuities as of the first day of the month in which the amount of a
lump sum payment is to be determined.
    Section 3.15  PRE-PENSION SPOUSE COVERAGE.  Any Participant who is accruing
continuous service, who has a spouse and:
    a)   who has attained age 55 and has completed at least 15 years of
         continuous service, or
    b)   who has attained age 60 and has completed at least 5 years of
         continuous service,
may, as provided below, obtain Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage which would provide a
lifetime monthly payment for the Participant's spouse following the
Participant's death.  Any monthly payment resulting from such coverage will be
in addition to any surviving spouse's benefit provided under Article IV.


<PAGE>
                                        - 50 -

    Any Participant who is accruing continuous service, who has a spouse and
who, prior to August 23, 1984, attained age 65 and completed at least 5 years of
continuous service is automatically deemed to have elected the Pre-Pension
Spouse Coverage unless the Participant revokes the coverage in writing.
    The effective date of Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage for those Participants
who are not automatically covered will be the date 2 years following the date
the Participant elects such coverage or the date the Participant attains the
required age and service, whichever is later.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in the foregoing, if a Participant dies as a result of an
accident which occurs after having attained the required age and service and
after he has elected Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage but prior to the date that such
coverage becomes effective, such coverage will be deemed to have become
effective as of the date such Participant elected such coverage.
    The Participant who will be automatically covered will be notified at least
180 days prior to attainment of the required age and service with such coverage
becoming effective as of


<PAGE>
                                        - 51 -

the date the Participant attains the required age and service unless the
Participant revokes such coverage.
    A Participant may terminate Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage at any time with
such termination to be effective as of the date the form prescribed for this
purpose is filed with the Company.  Such coverage will automatically terminate
as of the earliest of:
    a)   the date the Participant is divorced from his spouse;
    b)   the date the spouse dies;
    c)   the date preceding the Participant's retirement; or
    d)   the date the Participant incurs a break in continuous service.
    The effective date of Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage for a Participant who is
reemployed following retirement or a break in continuous service, which
terminated such coverage as outlined above, will be the date of reemployment;
provided, however, that the Participant may within 30 days after such
reemployment revoke such coverage effective as of the date of reemployment.


<PAGE>

                                        - 52 -

    If a Participant elects or is automatically covered by Pre-Pension Spouse
Coverage, the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 will be reduced
by an amount equal to the product of:  7/10 of 1% of such amount, multiplied by
the number of years (and fractions thereof) that such coverage was in effect.
    If a Participant dies while the Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage is in effect,
the surviving spouse will receive 50% of an amount equal to the product of:
    a)   the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 as though the
         Participant had retired on the date of his death and, in the case of a
         Participant who died prior to attainment of age 65, as though he had
         been age 65 on the date of his death, reduced as determined above,
         multiplied by
    b)   the applicable percentage obtained from Exhibit A, based on the ages
         of the Participant and his spouse as of the Participant's date of
         death.
    The first installment of the amount payable to the Participant's spouse
pursuant to this section will be payable for the month following the month in
which the Participant's



<PAGE>

                                        - 53 -

death occurs and the last installment will be payable for the month in which the
spouse's death occurs.
    Satisfactory proof of marriage of the Participant and his spouse and of the
age of the Participant's spouse will be required prior to the payment of monthly
installments under this coverage.  Satisfactory proof of divorce or of the death
of the Participant's spouse will be required for automatic termination of Pre-
Pension Spouse Coverage as provided above.
    In the event a Participant who has elected Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage dies
as the result of an accident prior to the date Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage
becomes effective and such Participant has not revoked the coverage provided
under Section 3.16, the Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage will be paid in lieu of any
benefit under Section 3.16.
    Section 3.16  PRE-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY COVERAGE.
    a)   ELIGIBILITY.  Survivor Annuity Coverage is automatically applicable to
         any Participant, as described below, who has been married for at least
         1 year and who has not, with the concurrence of his spouse, revoked
         such coverage; provided, however that Survivor Annuity Coverage is not
         applicable to
<PAGE>


                                        - 54 -

         a Participant who has elected and is covered by the Pre-
         Pension Spouse Benefit provisions of Section 3.15 as long as such
         coverage is in effect:

         1)   any Participant who is accruing continuous service and who has
              completed at least 5 years of continuous service;

         2)   any Participant who incurs a break in continuous service after
              age 60 with eligibility for a 60/15 or deferred vested retirement
              pension and who does not elect immediate commencement of pension;
              and

         3)   any Participant who incurs a break in continuous service prior to
              age 60 with eligibility for only a deferred vested retirement
              pension.

    b)   COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION OF SURVIVOR ANNUITY.  The surviving
         spouse, as defined under Section 3.15, of a Participant who dies while
         Survivor Annuity Coverage is in effect will be eligible for a monthly
         payment:

<PAGE>

                                        - 55 -

         1)   commencing with the month following the month in which the
              Participant's death occurs, in the case of a Participant who dies
              while accruing continuous service and after the Participant (i)
              has attained age 60, or (ii) has completed 30 years of continuous
              service; or

         2)   commencing with the later of (i) the month following the month in
              which the Participant's 60th birthday would have occurred, or
              (ii) the month following the month in which the Participant's
              death occurs, in the case of a Participant not covered under
              subsection (b)(1) above.

         The last installment of the Survivor Annuity will be payable for the
         month in which the spouse's death occurs.

    c)   AMOUNT OF SURVIVOR ANNUITY.  The amount of the Survivor Annuity will
         be determined as follows:

<PAGE>

                                        - 56 -

         1)   in the case of a Participant who dies while accruing continuous
              service, the Survivor Annuity will be equal to:

              i)   the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 as
                   though the Participant had been age 65 and had retired on
                   the date of his death, with such result multiplied by;

              ii)  the applicable percentage obtained from subsection (4)
                   below, based on the difference between the ages of the
                   Participant and his spouse as of the date of the
                   Participant's death, reduced by;

              iii) the Surviving Spouse's benefit payable, if any, pursuant to
                   Article IV;

         2)   in the case of a Participant who had retired on a 60/15 or
              deferred vested retirement pension after attainment of age 60 and
              who had elected to defer commencement of pension payments and who
              dies prior to commencement of

<PAGE>

                                        - 57 -

              such payments, the Survivor Annuity will be equal to:

              i)   the amount determined in accordance with Sections 3.3 as
                   though the Participant had elected to have pension payments
                   commence with the first of the month following the date of
                   death, with such result multiplied by;

              ii)  the applicable percentage obtained from subsection (4)
                   below, based on the difference between the ages of the
                   Participant and his spouse as of the date of the
                   Participant's death, reduced by;

              iii) the Surviving Spouse's benefit payable, if any, pursuant to
                   Article IV.

         3)   in the case of a Participant eligible for a deferred vested
              pension who dies prior to attainment of age 60, the Survivor
              Annuity will be equal to:

              i)   the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 as
                   though the Participant

<PAGE>

                                        - 58 -

                   survived until age 60 and elected to have pension payments
                   commence as of the first of the month following attainment
                   of age 60, with such result multiplied by;

              ii)  the applicable percentage obtained from subsection (4)
                   below, based on the difference between the ages of the
                   Participant and his spouse as of the date of the
                   Participant's death, reduced by;

              iii) the Surviving Spouse's benefit payable, if any, pursuant to
                   Article IV.

         4)   the following table is to be used in subsections (c)(1), (2) and
              (3) above:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Participant's Age at Death
    Difference Between            --------------------------
    Ages of Participant           Prior to            64 and
        and Spouse                   61     61 to 63   Over
    -------------------           --------  --------  ------

    <S>                           <C>       <C>       <C>
    Participant Older:
    -----------------
    20 or more years              36.5%     37.0%     37.0%
    17, 18 or 19 years            37.0%     37.5%     37.5%
    14, 15 or 16 years            37.5%     38.0%     38.0%
    11, 12 or 13 years            38.5%     38.5%     39.0%
     8,  9 or 10 years            39.0%     39.5%     40.0%
     5,  6 or  7 years            39.5%     40.5%     40.5%
     2,  3 or  4 years            40.5%     41.0%     41.5%
    Less than  2 years            41.5%     42.0%     42.5%

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                        - 59 -

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    Participant Younger:
    -------------------

    <S>                           <C>       <C>       <C>
    Less than  2 years            41.5%     42.0%     42.5%
     2,  3 or  4 years            42.0%     43.0%     44.0%
     5,  6 or  7 years            43.0%     44.0%     44.5%
     8,  9 or 10 years            44.0%     45.0%     45.5%
    11, 12 or 13 years            45.0%     46.0%     46.5%
    14, 15 or 16 years            45.5%     46.5%     47.0%
    17, 18 or 19 years            46.5%     47.5%     48.0%
    20 or more years              47.0%     48.0%     48.0%


</TABLE>

    d)   NOTIFICATION, REVOCATION, ELECTION AND TERMINATION.

         1)   At least 180 days prior to the month in which the Participant
              will complete 5 years of continuous service, each eligible
              Participant who is accruing continuous service will be advised
              regarding Survivor Annuity Coverage, the benefits provided and
              the effect, or cost, of such Coverage on the regular pension
              provided pursuant to this Article III.  Such information will
              also be furnished within a period beginning on the first day of
              the plan year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending
              with the close of the plan year in which the Participant attains
              age 34 and will include a written explanation of:

<PAGE>

                                        - 60 -


              i)   the Participant's right to waive such Coverage and the
                   effect of such waiver;

              ii)  the rights of the Participant's spouse with respect to such
                   waiver; and

              iii) the Participant's right to revoke such waiver and the effect
                   of such revocation.

              The period for furnishing information will also include a
              reasonable period after an employee becomes a Participant
              following the period described in the preceding sentence and a
              reasonable period after a Participant terminates employment
              before he attains age 35.

         2)   A Participant covered by Section 3.15 who has a spouse will be
              advised upon termination of employment regarding Survivor Annuity
              Coverage, the benefits provided, and the effect, or cost, of such
              Coverage on the pension provided pursuant to this Article III.
              There shall be no charge for coverage after retirement or the
              break in continuous service

<PAGE>

                                        - 61 -

              if a Participant, with the concurrence of his spouse, files a
              valid revocation within 90 days of the date he is notified
              regarding such Coverage.

         3)   A Participant, with the concurrence of his spouse, may revoke
              Survivor Annuity Coverage after completion of 5 years of
              continuous service.

         4)   Revocation of Survivor Annuity Coverage by a Participant must be
              consented to by the Participant's spouse.  The revocation must
              designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries or a form of benefit
              payment which may not be changed without the spouse's consent,
              except that the spouse's consent may expressly permit future
              changes in the designation of beneficiary or form of benefit
              payment without further consent of the spouse.  To be effective,
              a spouse's consent must be given in writing and must be witnessed
              by a representative of the Company or a notary


<PAGE>

                                        - 62 -

              public.  Such revocation will be effective the date the form is
              received by the Company.

         5)   Survivor Annuity Coverage will automatically terminate as of the
              earliest of:

              i)   the date the Participant is divorced from his spouse;

              ii)  the date the spouse dies;

              iii) except in the case of a Participant covered by Section 3.15,
                   the date of the Participant's retirement;

              iv)  in the case of a Participant covered by Section 3.15, the
                   last day of the month preceding the first month for which
                   pension is paid;

              v)   the day following the date the Participant dies.

         6)   A Participant will automatically be covered by Survivor Annuity
              Coverage as of the later of (i) the date that is one year after
              the date the Participant and his spouse are first married, or
              (ii) the date the Participant

<PAGE>

                                        - 63 -

              completes 5 years of service unless the Participant and the
              spouse revoke such coverage.  Any revocation of the Survivor
              Annuity Coverage by a Participant prior to the Plan Year in which
              the Participant attains age 35 will cease to be effective on the
              first day of the Plan Year in which he attains age 35.  A new
              waiver of consent shall be required in order to continue
              revocation of the Survivor Annuity Coverage.

         7)   Subject to requirements as to a spouse's consent to future
              changes as provided above, a Participant who revokes Survivor
              Annuity Coverage may subsequently elect such coverage at any time
              by submitting the prescribed form, together with copies of the
              Participant's marriage certificate and birth certificates for the
              Participant and spouse, to the Company.  Such election will not
              be effective until the form and documents required are received
              by the Company.

<PAGE>


                                         -64-

         8)   A Participant who returns to the employ of the Company after
              having been retired and having received a pension or after
              incurring a break in continuous service with eligibility for a
              60/15 or deferred vested retirement pension, will automatically
              be provided Survivor Annuity Coverage effective with his first
              day of reemployment unless the Participant, with the concurrence
              of his spouse, revokes such coverage within 90 days of the date
              of reemployment.

         9)   Satisfactory proof of marriage of the Participant and his spouse
              and the age of the Participant's spouse will be required prior to
              the payment of monthly installments under Survivor Annuity
              Coverage.

         10)  The surviving spouse for the purpose of this Section 3.16 will be
              that person to whom the Participant was married as of the date of
              the Participant's death, but only if the Participant and spouse
              were married throughout the 1

<PAGE>

                                         -65-

              year period immediately preceding the date of death.

         11)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
              Agreement, spousal consent will not be required to revoke the
              coverage provided under this Section 3.16 if it is established to
              the satisfaction of the Company that the signature of the spouse
              cannot be obtained because there is no spouse, because the spouse
              cannot be located or because of such other circumstances as the
              Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations prescribe.

    e)   EMPLOYEE COST FOR SURVIVOR ANNUITY COVERAGE.  No charge or deduction
         shall be made to the amount of regular pension determined in
         accordance with Section 3.3 to be payable to any Participant who has
         Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity Coverage in effect in order to take
         into account the actuarial cost of such coverage.

<PAGE>

                                         -66-

    f)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the
         event a Participant has elected Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage and has
         not revoked Survivor Annuity Coverage and dies accidentally after
         having met the age and service requirements for Pre-Pension Spouse
         Coverage, and before the effective date of Pre-Pension Spouse
         Coverage, the Survivor Annuity Benefit will not be payable.

    SECTION 3.17  AUTOMATIC 50% SPOUSE OPTION.  Unless a Participant who has a
spouse at the time pension payments commence revokes the Automatic 50% Spouse
Option within the period established below, he will receive a "net reduced
pension" during his lifetime and after the death of the Participant his spouse
will receive a lifetime payment equal to one-half of his "reduced pension."

    For the purpose of this Section 3.17, "reduced pension" means an amount
equal to the product of:

    a)   the amount determined in accordance with Sections 3.3 reduced in
         accordance with Sections 3.15 and 3.16, if applicable, and subject to
         the deductions

<PAGE>

                                         -67-

         provided pursuant to Sections 3.8 and 3.9, if applicable, multiplied
         by:

    b)   the applicable percentage obtained from Exhibit A, based on the ages
         of the Participant and his spouse at the date pension payments
         commence;

and "net reduced pension" means the reduced pension increased in accordance with
the provisions of Sections 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6, if applicable, and decreased in
accordance with the provisions of Section 3.10 and 3.11, if applicable.

    A Participant may revoke the Automatic 50% Spouse Option by written notice
duly filed with the Company at any time within the 90-day period prior to the
date pension payments commence, or within 90 days following the date on which
the Company provides written notice to the Participant regarding the Automatic
50% Spouse Option, or, if the Participant has not been given specific
information regarding the terms and conditions of such Option and the financial
effect upon his pension of electing such Option and within 60 days of receiving
the notice regarding the Option makes a written request for such specific
information, within 90 days

<PAGE>

                                         -68-

following the date on which the Company provides such information, whichever is
later, and

    a)   receive the regular pension otherwise payable under this Plan during
         his lifetime, or

    b)   elect a Co-Pension Option in accordance with the provisions set forth
         in Section 3.18.

    Such written notice from the Company will include an explanation of the
terms and conditions of the Automatic 50% Spouse Option and the effect of an
election not to take it.

    Any monthly payment resulting from the Automatic 50% Spouse Option will be
in addition to any surviving spouse's benefit provided under Article IV.

    In the case of a Participant who has not revoked the Automatic 50% Spouse
Option, the first installment of net reduced pension will be payable for the
month in which he is first entitled under Section 3.13 to receive regular
pension.  The last installment of such net reduced pension will be payable for
the month in which the Participant's death occurs; provided, however, that any
monthly installments payable to such Participant and remaining unpaid at the
time of his death will be paid to his spouse, if then surviving.  The first

<PAGE>

                                         -69-

monthly payment to the Participant's spouse will be payable for the month
following the month in which the Participant's death occurs, but not for any
month prior to the month for which the Participant would have first been
entitled to receive a net reduced pension, and the last monthly payment to such
spouse shall be payable for the month in which such spouse dies.

    Any revocation of the Automatic 50% Spouse Option will be executed on the
form prescribed for this purpose by the Company and will be deemed to be duly
filed when it has been received by the Company.  The revocation must designate a
beneficiary or beneficiaries or a form of benefit payment which may not be
changed without the spouse's consent, given in the manner provided below, except
that the spouse's consent may expressly permit future changes in the designation
of beneficiary or form of benefit payment without further consent of the spouse.
Subject to requirements as to spouse's consent to future changes as provided
above, a Participant may cancel a revocation of the Automatic 50% Spouse Option
at any time during the period in which he may revoke such Option.

<PAGE>

                                         -70-

    Satisfactory proof of marriage of the Participant and his spouse and of the
age of the Participant's spouse will be required prior to the payment of monthly
installments under this coverage.

    If any Participant dies prior to commencement of pension payments, the
Participant's spouse will not be entitled to any payments pursuant to this
Section 3.17.

    If a Participant does not revoke the Automatic 50% Spouse Option within the
period established above and his spouse dies after the end of such period, but
prior to the death of such Participant, such Participant will continue to
receive net reduced pension installments.

    If a Participant does not revoke the Automatic 50% Spouse Option and his
spouse dies within the period established above, the Participant will be treated
as if he had revoked such option.

    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3.17,
if, after the retirement of a Participant who has not revoked the Automatic 50%
Spouse Option, the amount of regular pension which would have been payable to
him under this Plan had he revoked such option is subject to any

<PAGE>

                                         -71-

further deduction, change, offset or correction, then the amount payable under
such option to such Participant and/or his spouse will be adjusted to reflect
any such further deduction, change, offset or correction.

    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.17, in the case
of a Participant who retires under a 60/15 retirement and who elects to defer
the commencement of pension payments until after attainment of age 62, and who
does not revoke the Automatic 50% Spouse Option as provided above, such
Participant will receive a net reduced pension commencing with the fourth
calendar month following the month in which the Participant attains age 62.  If
the Participant dies prior to attainment of age 62, the amount payable to the
Participant's spouse shall be equal to one-half the reduced pension which would
have been payable to the Participant, had he been permitted to and had he
elected to receive a net reduced pension commencing on the date of death, based
on the ages of the Participant and his spouse as of the date of the
Participant's death.  If the spouse of any Participant who has not revoked the
Automatic 50% Spouse Option dies prior to commencement of regular pension, the
Participant will still

<PAGE>

                                         -72-

receive the net reduced pension commencing with the fourth calendar month
following the month in which the Participant attains age 62 as provided above.

    For the purpose of this Section 3.17, in the case of a Participant who
retires on other than a deferred vested pension, pension payments will be deemed
to commence as of the date of retirement and, in the case of a Participant
eligible for a deferred vested pension, pension payments will be deemed to
commence as of the first of the month for which regular pension is first payable
under the provisions of Section 3.13.

    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3.17, a
Participant may revoke the Automatic 50% Spouse Option only with the written
consent of his spouse.  Revocation of this option may be effected by filing the
prescribed form with the Company.  To be valid, the form must be signed by the
Participant and his spouse in the presence of a representative of the Company or
in the presence of a notary public and the form notarized.  This notarized form
will be effective only when the form is filed with the Company.  Within a
reasonable time prior to retirement the Company will furnish a written
explanation of:

<PAGE>

                                         -73-

    a)   the terms and conditions of the Automatic 50% Spouse Option;

    b)   the Participant's right to waive such Option and the effect of such
         waiver;

    c)   the rights of the Participant's spouse with respect to such waiver;
         and

    d)   the Participant's right to rescind such waiver and the effect of such
         rescission.

    Notwithstanding anything contained in the previous paragraph, spousal
consent will not be required to revoke the coverage under this Section 3.17 if
it is established to the satisfaction of the Company that the signature of the
spouse cannot be obtained because there is no spouse, because the spouse cannot
be located or because of such other circumstances as the Secretary of the
Treasury may by regulations prescribe.

    SECTION 3.18 CO-PENSIONER OPTIONS.  Any Participant may, under the
conditions set forth below by written notice duly filed with the Company:

    a)   elect to convert the regular pension otherwise payable to him under
         this Plan upon retirement into

<PAGE>

                                         -74-

         a "net reduced pension," in accordance with the 100% Co-Pensioner
         Option or the 50% Co-Pensioner Option described below; or

    b)   revoke any such election previously made, in which event he shall be
         treated as if he had not made such election; or

    c)   change any such election from one to the other of such options and/or
         change the person previously named as his co-pensioner.

    A "100% Co-Pensioner Option" is a "net reduced pension" payable to the
Participant during his life, with the provision that after his death, an amount
equal to the "reduced pension" will be paid to such person, to be known as his
"Co-pensioner" as he has nominated by written designation duly filed with the
Company.  A "50% Co-Pensioner Option" is a "net reduced pension" payable to the
Participant during his life, with the provision that after his death, an amount
equal to one-half of the "reduced pension" will be paid to such person, to be
known as his "co-pensioner," as he has nominated by written designation duly
filed with the Company.
<PAGE>

                                        - 75 -

    For the purpose of this Section 3.18, "reduced pension" means an amount
equal to the product of:

    a)   the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 reduced in
         accordance with Section 3.15, if applicable, and subject to the
         deductions provided pursuant to Sections 3.8 and 3.9, if applicable,
         multiplied by;
    b)   the applicable percentage obtained from Exhibit A, based on the ages
         of the Participant and his co-pensioner at the date pension payments
         commence as described below;

and "net reduced pension" means the reduced pension increased in accordance with
the provisions of Sections 3.4 through 3.6, if applicable, and decreased in
accordance with the provisions of Sections 3.10 and 3.11, if applicable.

    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (a) and (b) above, if the
Participant has elected either of the Co-Pensioner Options and if, upon
retirement or attainment of age 65, whichever is later, the Participant has a
spouse who can become eligible for a surviving spouse's benefit:

<PAGE>

                                        - 76 -

    a)   The Participant will receive a pension equal to the sum of:

         1)   50% of an amount equal to the monthly amount determined in
              accordance with Section 3.3 reduced in accordance with Section
              3.15, if applicable, and subject to Sections 3.8 and 3.9, if
              applicable, and

         2)   50% of his reduced pension,

         increased in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3.4 through
         3.6, if applicable, and decreased in accordance with the provisions of
         Sections 3.10 and 3.11, if applicable.

    b)   The Participant's co-pensioner will, following the Participant's
         death, receive an amount equal to 50% of the Participant's reduced
         pension if the Participant had elected a 100% Co-Pensioner Option, or
         an amount equal to 25% of the Participant's reduced pension if the
         Participant had elected a 50% Co-Pensioner Option.

    c)   For the purposes of determining the appropriate reduced pension, if
         the Participant's co-pensioner


<PAGE>

                                        - 77 -

         is other than the Participant's spouse, it will be presumed that the
         Participant does not have a spouse unless he furnishes proof to the
         contrary in the form of a marriage certificate or other evidence
         satisfactory to the Company.

    d)   Any Participant may in accordance with the provisions of (a) above
         elect an option, revoke an option election or change an option
         election and/or co-pensioner at any time prior to the date on which
         the Company provides written notice to the Participant regarding the
         Co-Pensioner Options, or, if the Participant has not been given
         specific information regarding the terms and conditions of such
         options and the financial effect upon his pension of electing such
         options, and within 60 days of receiving the notice regarding the
         options, makes a request for such specific information, and, within 90
         days following the date on which the Company provides such
         information, whichever is later; provided, however, that with respect
         to a Participant who has a spouse at the time pension payments com-

<PAGE>

                                        - 78 -


         mence, the election of either Co-Pensioner Option will be null and
         void unless the Participant and his spouse revoke the Automatic 50%
         Spouse Option provided under Section 3.17.

    e)   Any Participant who had elected Option 1 under a prior version of this
         Plan will be deemed to have elected the 100% Co-Pensioner Option under
         this Plan, and any Participant who had elected Option 2 under a prior
         version of this Plan will be deemed to have elected the 50% Co-
         Pensioner Option under this Plan; provided, however, that any such 
         election will be null and void if the Participant does not revoke 
         the Automatic 50% Spouse Option provided under Section 3.17.

    f)   In the case of a Participant who has elected one of the options
         specified, the first installment of net reduced pension will be
         payable for the month for which he is first entitled under Section
         3.13 to receive a regular pension; and the last installment of such
         net reduced pension to the Participant will be payable for the month
         in which his death occurs;


<PAGE>

                                        - 79 -

         provided, however, that any monthly installments payable to such
         Participant and remaining unpaid at the time of his death may be paid
         to his co-pensioner, if then surviving.  The first monthly payment to
         his co-pensioner will be payable for the month following the month in
         which such Participant's death occurs, but not for any month prior to
         the month for which the Participant would have first been entitled to
         receive a net reduced pension, and the last monthly payment that will
         be payable to such co-pensioner will be payable for the month in which
         such co-pensioner dies.

    g)   Any election or revocation of an option, or change of an option
         election and/or co-pensioner pursuant to this Section 3.18 will be
         executed on a form prescribed for such purpose by the Company and will
         be deemed to be duly filed when it has been received by the Company.

    h)   Satisfactory proof of age of the named co-pensioner will be required
         prior to payment of pension installments under an elected option.  No
         consent


<PAGE>

                                        - 80 -

         will be required of the person designated as co-pensioner in any
         election under either Co-Pensioner Option in order to revoke such
         election or to change the co-pensioner and/or the option elected.

    i)   If any Participant has elected an option under this Section 3.18 and
         dies prior to his retirement, such election will cease to be of any
         effect, and the co-pensioner will not be entitled to any payments by
         reason of the election of such option.

    j)   If any Participant has elected an option under this Section 3.18 and
         his co-pensioner dies after such Participant has commenced receiving
         pension payments or after the expiration of the 90-day period
         described in (d) above, but prior to the death of such Participant,
         such Participant will continue to receive net reduced pension
         installments in accordance with such option.

    k)   If any Participant has elected an option under this Section 3.18 and
         his co-pensioner dies before the later of:


<PAGE>

                                        - 81 -

         i)   the commencement of pension payments to the Participant, or
         ii)  the 90-day period described in (d) above,
         then the Participant will be treated the same as if he had not made
         such election.

    l)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section
         3.18, if, after the retirement of a Participant who has elected either
         Co-Pensioner Option, the amount of regular pension which would have
         been payable to him under this Plan had he not elected an option is
         subject to any further deduction, change, offset or correction, then
         the amount payable under an elected option to such Participant and/or
         his co-pensioner will be adjusted to reflect any such further
         deduction, change, offset or correction.

    m)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section
         3.18, in the event that the amount payable to a co-pensioner is
         determined as though the Participant did not have a spouse who could
         become eligible for a surviving spouse's benefit,


<PAGE>

                                        - 82 -

         because such Participant who had a spouse at retirement failed to
         notify the Company that he had such a spouse, the amount otherwise
         payable to the co-pensioner for any month will be reduced by the
         amount of any surviving spouse's benefit provided for the same month
         pursuant to Article IV of this Plan.

    n)   For the purpose of this Section 3.18, in the case of a Participant who
         retires on other than a deferred vested pension or a deferred 60/15
         pension, pension payments shall be deemed to commence as of the date
         of retirement and, in the case of a Participant who retires on a
         deferred vested pension or a deferred 60/15 pension, pension payments
         shall be deemed to commence as of the first of the month for which
         regular pension is first payable under the provisions of Section 3.13.

    Section 3.19  MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS.  Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Plan, the entire interest of a Participant will be distributed in
conformity to Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.  The entire interest of each
Participant, if


<PAGE>


                                        - 83 -

living, which is payable as a lump sum will be distributed not later than
April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
Participant attains age 70-1/2.  If distribution to a Participant who attains
age 70-1/2 is to be in periodic payments, distribution shall begin no later than
such April 1 and shall be made in accordance with regulations --

    a)   over the life of the Participant;

    b)   over the lives of such participant and a designated beneficiary;

    c)   over a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of such
         Participant, or

    d)   over a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancies of
         such Participant and a designated beneficiary.

Any additional benefits that accrue after the April 1 described above shall
begin being distributed as of the January 1 following the calendar year in which
the additional benefits accrue.

    If such periodic distribution has begun and the Participant dies before his
entire interest has been distributed to


<PAGE>

                                        - 84 -

him, the remaining portion of such interest will be distributed at least as
rapidly as under the method of periodic distribution in force as of the date of
the Participant's death.  If the Participant's spouse is not the designated
beneficiary, the method of distribution selected must assure that at least 50%
of the amount available for distribution is paid within the life expectancy of
the Participant.

    If a Participant dies before periodic distribution of his interest has
begun, the entire interest will be distributed within 5 years after the death of
such Participant, unless (a) or (b) apply:

    a)   if, however, any portion of the Participant's interest is payable to
         (or for the benefit of) a designated beneficiary, such portion may be
         distributed in substantially equal installments (in accordance with
         regulations) over the life of such designated beneficiary (or over a
         period not exceeding beyond the life expectancy of such beneficiary).
         Such distributions are required to begin no later than 1 year after
         the date of the


<PAGE>

                                        - 85 -

         Participant's death or such later date as regulations prescribe; or

    b)   If such designated beneficiary is the surviving spouse of the
         Participant, distribution is not required to begin until the date on
         which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2.  If the spouse
         dies before distribution begins, subsequent distributions will be made
         as if the Participant had died on the date of the spouse's death.

    For the purposes of applying the provisions of Section 401(a)(9) of the
Code, the life expectancy of a Participant and the Participant's spouse (other
than in the case of a life annuity) may be redetermined, but not more frequently
than annually.  In the case of any other designated beneficiary, such life
expectancy will be calculated once at the time benefit payments commence and
will not be recalculated (unless such calculation is discovered to be
erroneous).

    Any amount paid to a child of a Participant will be treated as if it had
been paid to the Participant's surviving spouse if such amount will become
payable to such surviving


<PAGE>


                                        - 86 -

spouse when such child reaches majority (or upon another event permitted under
regulations).
    
    Section 3.20  LIMITATION ON BENEFITS.
    a)   Subject to the adjustments in (b) and (c) below, the maximum annual
         pension payable in the form of a life annuity to an eligible Employee
         under this Plan will not exceed the lesser of $90,000 (or such amount
         as the Internal Revenue Service permits in annual adjustments based on
         the cost of living), or 100% of the eligible Employee's average
         compensation for the 3 consecutive calendar years during which he
         participated in the Plan and had the greatest aggregate compensation
         from the Company.  For a Participant who has less than 10 years of
         participation, this limitation will be multiplied by a fraction in
         which the numerator is the number of years (or part thereof) of
         participation in the Plan and the denominator is 10.  For a
         Participant who has less than 10 years of continuous service, the
         limitation will be multiplied by a fraction in which the numerator is
         the number of


<PAGE>

                                        - 87 -

         years (or part thereof) of continuous service and the denominator is 
         10. The foregoing fractional limitations will be applied separately 
         to each change in the benefit structure of the Plan in accordance with 
         regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury.

              For purposes of coordinating the application of this section with
         the requirements of Section 415 of the Code, the "limitation year"
         will be the calendar year.  Compensation will be determined by
         reference to Section 1.415-2(d) of the treasury regulations and will
         include amounts actually paid or includable in gross income in each
         calendar year.

    b)   In the case of a Participant whose pension becomes payable before the
         Social Security retirement age, the $90,000 limitation on the maximum
         pension will be reduced to the actuarial equivalent of an annual
         pension in the amount of $90,000 beginning at the Social Security
         retirement age.  For purposes of this paragraph, the Social Security
         retirement age


<PAGE>

                                        - 88 -

         will be used as the retirement age for the Participant under Section
         216(1) of the Social Security Act, except that such section will be
         applied without regard to the age increase factor and as if the early
         retirement age were 62.  The reduction will be made in such manner as
         the Secretary may prescribe which is consistent with the reduction for
         old age insurance benefits commencing before the Social Security
         retirement age.  The interest rate used in making these adjustments
         will be the rate used in calculating the Participant's pension or 5%,
         if greater.

    c)   If a Participant's pension becomes payable after the Social Security
         retirement age, the $90,000 limitation will be increased to the
         actuarial equivalent of a pension in the amount of $90,000 beginning
         at the Social Security retirement age.  The interest rate utilized in
         such adjustment will be 5%.

    d)   In the event the eligible Employee's pension is payable in any form
         other than a life annuity, the


<PAGE>


                                        - 89 -

         limitation prescribed will be actuarially adjusted in accordance with
         Internal Revenue Service regulations issued pursuant to the provisions
         of Section 415(b) of the Code; provided, however, that for purposes of
         this paragraph, the portion of any joint and survivor annuity which
         constitutes a qualified joint and survivor annuity, and any ancillary
         benefits not directly related to retirement income benefits, will not
         be taken into account.

    e)   The limitation herein will not apply to any eligible Employee who has
         not at any time participated in any defined contribution plan
         maintained by the Company if his total annual pension computed in
         accordance with this section is not in excess of $10,000 in any year.

    f)   The limitations with respect to any Employee who at any time has
         participated in any other defined benefit plan or in a defined
         contribution plan maintained by the Company or by a corporation which
         is a member of a controlled group of corporations

<PAGE>

                                        - 90 -

         (within the meaning of Section 1563(a), determined without regard to
         Sections 1563(a)(4) and (e)(3)(C), and Section 415(h) of the Code) of
         which the Company is a member will apply as if the total benefits
         payable under all defined benefit plans in which the Employee has been
         a Participant were payable from one plan, and as if the total annual
         additions made to all defined contribution plans in which the Employee
         has been a Participant, were made to one plan.

    SECTION 3.21  FIVE-YEAR TERM CERTAIN PAYMENTS.

    (a)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Participant who
         retires on other than a deferred vested pension on or after
         September 1, 1993 will be entitled to receive the benefits described
         in subsection (b) below for a minimum of 60 months following the date
         of retirement.

    (b)  For any month which is prior to both the end of the 60-month period
         defined in subsection (a) above and the month following the month in
         which the Participant's death occurs, the monthly payment 

<PAGE>
                                        - 91 -

         otherwise payable to the Participant under this Plan for such month
         shall be increased to the extent necessary so that the total amount
         payable to the Participant under this Plan for such month shall not be
         less than the Participant's regular pension, as determined in
         accordance with Section 3.3, after taking into account the adjustments
         required by other provisions of this article.

              For any month which is both (i) prior to the end of the 60-month
         period defined in subsection (a) above, and (ii) after the month in
         which the Participant's death occurs, the Participant's surviving
         spouse shall be entitled to a monthly payment under this Section 3.21
         equal to the difference between the monthly payment the Participant
         would have been entitled to for such month if he had been living, as
         determined in accordance with Section 3.3 after taking into account
         the adjustments required by other provisions of this article and the
         total of all amounts otherwise payable for such months under this Plan
         on behalf 

<PAGE>
                                        - 92 -

         of the Participant to his surviving spouse or co-pensioner.

    (c)  In the event that there is no surviving spouse, such benefit will be
         paid to the person designated by the Participant as his designated
         beneficiary, and if there is no surviving beneficiary, such benefit
         will be paid to the estate of the Participant.  Any Participant may,
         in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) above and on a
         form prescribed for such purposes by the Company (i) designate a
         beneficiary to receive the payments under subsection (b) above (A) in
         the event of the waiver of the Automatic 50% Spouse Option and the Co-
         Pensioner Option, or (B) in the event that his spouse or co-pensioner 
         shall predecease him, or (ii) change such a beneficiary designation at
         any time prior to his death.  Such beneficiary designation shall be 
         deemed to be effective when it shall have been received by the Company.

    (d)  In the event that a Participant who is eligible to retire (on other
         than a deferred vested pension) 

<PAGE>
                                        - 93 -

         and who has made application for retirement during any calendar month
         and, has not revoked such application dies in the month in which his
         retirement would otherwise have occurred, the benefits provided under
         this Section 3.21 will be paid as if the Participant had survived
         until such requested retirement date.

                                      ARTICLE IV 
                              SURVIVING SPOUSE'S BENEFIT

    Section 4.1  ELIGIBILITY.  With respect to any Participant who completed at
least 15 years of continuous service and who dies and either:

    a)   at a time (i) when he is accruing continuous service, or (ii) before
         application for pension and after a break in continuous service which
         occurred under conditions of eligibility for retirement on immediate
         pension, or

    b)   after retirement on other than a deferred vested pension,

<PAGE>
                                        - 94 -

his surviving spouse, as determined pursuant to Section 4.5, will be eligible
for a monthly benefit ("surviving spouse's benefit") as set forth below.

    Section 4.2  AMOUNT OF BENEFIT.  Unless the provisions of Section 4.3
result in a higher amount, the amount of any surviving spouse's benefit payable
will be $200.00 for any month before the month in which the surviving spouse
attains the age at which widow's or widower's benefits are first provided under
a law referred to in Section 1.18 and $150.00 for any month thereafter.

    Section 4.3  CALCULATION OF BENEFIT.  Unless the provisions of Section 4.2
result in a higher amount, the amount of any surviving spouse's benefit payable
will be determined in accordance with the following:

    a)   If eligibility for such a benefit arises by reason of the death of a
         Participant covered by Section 4.1(a), the monthly amount of the
         benefit, subject to the provisions of (d) and (e) below, will be equal
         to 50% of the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 as
         though the Participant had retired on the date of his death and, in
         the case 

<PAGE>
                                        - 95 -

         of a Participant who died prior to attainment of age 62, as though he
         had been age 62 on the date of his death.

    b)   If eligibility for such a benefit arises by reason of the death of a
         Participant covered by Section 4.1(b), the monthly amount of the
         benefit, subject to the provisions of (c), (d) and (e) below, will be
         equal to 50% of the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3. 
         In addition, surviving spouses of Participants who retired on or after
         July 31, 1974 but prior to August 31, 1989 will be entitled to receive
         a supplement of $50 per month during the period in which the surviving
         spouse's benefit is payable but not later than August 31, 1999.

    c)   In the case of a Participant who dies after 60/15 retirement and prior
         to age 62 and who had elected to defer the commencement of regular
         pension until after attainment of age 62, the regular pension payable
         to the Participant will, for purposes of applying the provisions of
         (b) above, be deemed to 

<PAGE>
                                        - 96 -

         be the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 which would
         have been payable if, under the provisions of this Plan, he had been
         permitted to and had elected to receive regular pension commencing
         with the first month for which the surviving spouse's benefit is
         payable.

    d)   Commencing with the first surviving spouse's benefit payable after the
         surviving spouse attains the age at which widow's or widower's
         benefits are first provided under a law referred to in Section 1.18,
         the amount of the surviving spouse's benefit otherwise payable for any
         month will be reduced by 50% of the amount of the widow's or widower's
         benefit to which the surviving spouse is, or upon application would
         be, entitled for such month based on the law in effect at the time the
         surviving spouse's benefit first becomes payable (without regard to
         any offset or suspension imposed by such law).  If the surviving
         spouse is not eligible for such a widow's or widower's benefit for
         such month, the amount of the reduction will be equal to 50% of 

<PAGE>
                                        - 97 -

         the amount that could have become payable to the surviving spouse for
         such month, based on the Participant's wages, if the surviving spouse
         had been eligible and had applied for such a benefit.

    e)   If the surviving spouse receives, or upon application would be
         entitled to receive, any payment derived from rights acquired by the
         Participant, which would if received by the Participant have been
         subject to deduction under Section 3.9 from any regular pension
         otherwise payable to the Participant (except any such payment received
         by the surviving spouse by reason of an election by the Participant to
         receive a reduced payment), the amount of such payment not
         attributable to the contributions of the Participant will be deducted
         from the surviving spouse's benefit otherwise determined under Article
         IV.

    f)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, semi-annual
         cash payments up to $500 will be made to surviving spouses receiving
         surviving spouse's benefits as of February 1, 1994 pursuant 

<PAGE>
                                        - 98 -

         to a prior version of this Plan in effect prior to July 31, 1974.  The
         semi-annual payments will commence as of February 28, 1994 and extend
         until August 31, 1999 in the manner described in Exhibit C hereto. 
         Semi-annual cash payments up to $500 will also be made to spouses of
         pre-1974 pensioners not otherwise eligible for surviving spouses
         benefits.  The semi-annual payments will commence as of February 28,
         1994 and extend until August 31, 1999 in the manner described in
         Exhibit D.

    Section 4.4  COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION OF BENEFIT.  The first
installment of any surviving spouse's benefit will be payable for the month
following the month in which the Participant dies, and the last installment will
be payable for the month in which the surviving spouse dies; provided, however,
that a surviving spouse's benefit will not be payable for any month for which a
special payment was payable to the Participant.  In connection with an
application for a surviving spouse's benefit, the Company may require the
surviving spouse to grant any authorization necessary to receive rele-

<PAGE>
                                        - 99 -


vant records from the agency administering the law referred to in Section
4.3(d).

    Section 4.5  DETERMINATION OF STATUS AS SURVIVING SPOUSE.  A person will be
considered a surviving spouse for the purpose of this Article IV only if:

    a)   immediately after a Participant's death, such person is a widow or
         widower of such Participant within the provisions of the Social
         Security Act, except that where such Act required reference to the law
         of the District of Columbia, the applicable law will be that of the
         State of Illinois; and

    b)   with respect to a Participant who dies after retirement, such person
         was married to the Participant at the date of the Participant's
         retirement.

    Section 4.6  INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BY THE COMPANY.  The Company will
make reasonable efforts, by appropriate means or methods, to inform the
surviving spouse of an eligible Participant of the existence of this benefit.

    Section 4.7  SURVIVING SPOUSE OF PART-TIME PARTICIPANTS.  In the case of a
surviving spouse of a deceased part-time
<PAGE>


                                        -100-

Participant, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.2, the amounts set
forth in such Section 4.2 will be reduced on the same basis as is provided in
Section 3.7 for the reduction of the minimum pension of a part-time Participant,
whether or not the minimum pension was applicable to such deceased part-time
Participant.

                                       ARTICLE V
                         DETERMINATION OF CONTINUOUS SERVICE

    SECTION 5.1  CONTINUOUS SERVICE DEFINED.  "Continuous service" means
service prior to retirement calculated from the Employee's last hiring date
(this means in the case of a break in continuous service, continuous service
will be calculated from the date of reemployment following the last unremoved
break in continuous service) in accordance with the following provisions;
provided, however, that the last hiring date prior to the original effective
date of this Plan will be based on the practices in effect at the time the break
occurred:

    a)   There will be no deduction for any time lost which does not constitute
         a break in continuous service, except that in determining length of
         continuous service for pension purposes:

<PAGE>

                                        -101-

         1)   that portion of any absence which continues beyond 3 years from
              commencement of absence due to a layoff or beyond 2 years from an
              absence due to physical disability will not be creditable as
              continuous service; provided, however, that absence in excess of
              2 years due to a compensable disability incurred during the
              course of employment will be creditable as continuous service, if
              the Employee is returned to work within 30 days after final
              payment of statutory compensation for such disability or after
              the end of the period used in calculating lump sum payment, and

         2)   the period between a break in service and the date of
              reemployment which results in the removal of a break in
              accordance with (c) below will not be creditable as continuous
              service.

    b)   Continuous service will be broken by:
         1)   quit;

<PAGE>

                                        -102-

         2)   discharge, provided that if the Employee is rehired within 6
              months, the break in continuous service will be removed,

         3)   termination (if and when termination occurs pursuant to the Basic
              Agreement) due to permanent shutdown of a plant, department or
              subdivision thereof;

         4)   absence which continues for more than 3 years or absence due to
              disability which continues for more than 2 years, except that (i)
              absence in excess of 2 years due to compensable disability
              incurred during the course of employment will not break
              continuous service, provided the Employee is returned to work
              within 30 days after final payment of statutory compensation for
              such disability or after the end of the period used in
              calculating a lump sum payment; and (ii) if an Employee is absent
              on account of layoff in excess of 3 years or absence due to
              disability in excess of 2 years returns to work with the Company
              within the

<PAGE>

                                        -103-

              period during which he retains his accumulated continuous service
              in accordance with the seniority provisions of the Basic
              Agreement, the break in continuous service will be removed;

         provided, however, that continuous service will not be considered to
         be broken by absence of any Employee who subsequent to May 1, 1940
         entered the military, naval or merchant marine service of the United
         States, and who has reemployment rights under the law and complies
         with requirements of law as to reemployment and is reemployed.

    c)   Except as otherwise provided in (b)(2) and (b)(4)(ii) above, an
         Employee who on or after January 1, 1976 incurs a break in continuous
         service prior to becoming eligible for an immediate or deferred vested
         pension, and who is reemployed by the Company will, upon completion of
         1 year of continuous service following such reemployment, have such
         break in continuous service removed if the period of continuous
         service accrued prior to

<PAGE>

                                         -104

         the break is in excess of the period between the break and the date of
         reemployment.

              Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the
         foregoing, an Employee who on or after January 1, 1985 incurs a break
         in continuous service prior to becoming eligible for an immediate or
         deferred vested pension, and who is reemployed by the Company shall,
         upon completion of 1 year of continuous service following such
         reemployment, have such break in continuous service removed if the
         period between the break and the date of reemployment is less than 5
         years.

    d)   Notwithstanding (c) above, an Employee who on or after January 1, 1976
         incurs a break in service by reason of quit or discharge prior to
         becoming eligible for an immediate or deferred vested pension and who
         is reemployed by the Company within 1 year from such quit or discharge
         shall, except as otherwise provided in (b)(4) above, be deemed to have
         had such break in service removed solely for purposes of determining
         eligibility for a pension

<PAGE>

                                        -105-

         pursuant to Section 2.1 or an unreduced pension commencing at age 65
         pursuant to Section 2.8.

    e)   For purposes of eligibility and vesting only, continuous service will
         include employment with other operations of the Company and with a
         member of a controlled group or an unincorporated trade or business
         which is under common control with the Company as determined in
         accordance with Section 414(c) of the Code and the regulations issued
         thereunder.  A "controlled group of corporations" means a controlled
         group of corporations as defined in Section 1563(a) of the Code,
         determined without regard to Sections 1563(a)(4) and (e)(3)(c) of the
         Code.

    SECTION  5.2  ELAPSED TIME.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
article, this article will be interpreted and applied in conformity with the
Internal Revenue Service regulations set forth in Section 1.410(a)-7 entitled
"elapsed time."  Accordingly, in fulfillment of such purpose, the following
subparagraphs impose supplementary requirements

<PAGE>

                                        -106-

which will be followed in crediting Employees with continuous service.

    a)   Each Employee will be credited with a period of service (equivalent to
         years of continuous service) commencing no later than the Employee's
         employment commencement date and ending no earlier than the Employee's
         severance from service date.  Severance from service date will be the
         earlier of the date on which an Employee quits, is discharged (subject
         to restoration of service within 6 months if rehired as set forth in
         Section 5.1) or dies, or the second anniversary of the first date of
         absence for any other reason (subject to the 2-year period and the
         further extensions for disability and uniformed government service in
         Section 5.1(b)(4) above and for child care leave in Section 5.1(b)(5)
         above).
    b)   Continuous service will be credited as required by the service
         spanning rules.  If an Employee severs from service by reason of quit,
         discharge or retirement and the Employee then performs an hour

<PAGE>

                                        -107-

         of service within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2530.200b-2(a)(1)
         within 12 months of the severance from service date, the Employee will
         be credited with service for the period of severance for purposes of
         participation and vesting.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if
         an Employee severs from service by reason of quit, discharge or
         retirement during an absence from service of 12 months or less for any
         reason OTHER THAN quit, discharge, retirement or death and then
         performs an hour of service (as defined above) within 12 months of the
         date on which the Employee was first absent from service, the Employee
         will be credited with service for the period of severance for purposes
         of participation and vesting.

    c)   An Employee will satisfy the requirement for years of continuous
         service under this Plan as of the date the Employee has completed a
         period of service equal to such requirement.  An Employee who
         completes 1 year of continuous service as required in Section 1.14 for
         participation on the first anni-

<PAGE>

                                        -108-

         versary of his employment commencement date will have satisfied the
         service requirement for participation as of such date.

    d)   A 1-year period of severance for purposes of applying Article V hereof
         is a 12 consecutive month period beginning on the Employee's severance
         from service date during which the Employee does not perform an hour
         of service (as defined above).  Such term is used interchangeably with
         "1 year break in service."

                                      ARTICLE VI
                 REEMPLOYMENT AFTER ATTAINMENT OF PENSION ELIGIBILITY

    SECTION 6.1  APPLICABILITY OF OTHER SECTIONS.  Except as otherwise provided
in this Article VI, the provisions of all other sections of this Plan will be
applicable to any Participant who is reemployed by the Company after having been
retired and having received a pension or after having attained eligibility for a
deferred pension under this document or a prior version of this Plan.

    SECTION 6.2  EFFECT ON PENSION.  Any Participant who is receiving a pension
under this document or a prior version of

<PAGE>

                                        -109-

this Plan will upon reemployment by the Company have his pension discontinued.

    SECTION 6.3  CONTINUOUS SERVICE OF REEMPLOYED PARTICIPANT.

    a)   Any Participant who has been retired and has received a pension or who
         is eligible for a deferred vested retirement pension under this or a
         prior version of the Plan and who will be reemployed by the Company
         will be credited with his continuous service as of the date of his
         prior retirement plus his continuous service accruing after
         reemployment for the purposes of calculating any subsequent pension
         benefits to which he may become entitled; provided, however, nothing
         in this paragraph will affect the calculation of continuous service as
         provided in Section 5.1(b)(4).

    b)   If any Participant is reemployed more than 3 years after the
         Participant retired on or after September 1, 1993 or more than 3 years
         after he incurred a break in continuous service with eligibility for
         deferred vested pension and such

<PAGE>

                                        -110-

         Participant again retires or incurs a break in continuous service
         after such reemployment, then the amount of pension payable with
         respect to the period of continuous service accrued before the most
         recent prior retirement or prior break in continuous service shall be
         determined pursuant to the Basic Agreement in effect at the time of
         such prior retirement or prior break in service.

    c)   If a Participant who received a lump sum payment in accordance with
         Section 3.14 is reemployed by the Company, the continuous service with
         respect to which he received such lump sum payment is to be used in
         calculating any subsequent pension benefit to which he may become
         entitled only if, within 5 years of such reemployment, or if sooner
         within a period of 5 consecutive 1-year breaks in continuous service,
         the Participant repays an amount equal to the lump sum payment
         (reduced by an amount determined by multiplying the regular pension
         which had been settled by such lump sum payment by the number of
         months between occurrence of the break in con-

<PAGE>

                                        -111-

         tinuous service and reemployment) plus interest accrued at the rate
         established by law.  At the time of reemployment, the Participant will
         be informed of his right to make repayment under the conditions
         described above.

    SECTION 6.4  SPECIAL PENSION ELIGIBILITY AFTER REEMPLOYMENT.


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, any Participant
who has been rehired and is receiving a pension pursuant to the provisions of
this Plan for 70/80 retirement or similar provisions of a prior version of this
Plan and is subsequently reemployed by the Company will upon ceasing work after
reemployment and prior to age 62 by reason of a permanent shutdown of a plant,
department or subdivision thereof or by reason of layoff or physical disability
be eligible to retire and will upon his retirement be eligible for a pension
commencing with the month following the month in which retirement occurs
("reinstated 70/80 retirement pension"); provided, however, that such
Participant will not be eligible under the provisions of this Article VI to
retire during a period of absence from work due to a physical dis-

<PAGE>

                                        -112-

ability until such disability continues for a period of 6 consecutive full
calendar months.

    SECTION 6.5  SPECIAL RULES AS TO AMOUNT OF PENSION.  Special payment will
not be made in any case where a special payment was made to the Participant for
a prior retirement under this document or any prior version of this Plan.

    SECTION 6.6  AMOUNT OF REINSTATED 70/80 RETIREMENT PENSION.  The amount of
regular pension for reinstated 70/80 retirement will be determined the same as a
regular pension for 70/80 retirement.

                                     ARTICLE VII
                                  APPEALS PROCEDURE

    SECTION 7.1  DISPUTES AS TO ELIGIBILITY OR AMOUNT.

    a)   If any difference arises between the Company and any Participant who
         is an Employee covered by the Basic Agreement and who is an applicant
         for a pension, or to whom a pension is payable, as to such
         Participant's right to a pension or the amount of his pension and
         agreement cannot be reached between the Company and a representative
         of the Union, such question will be referred to the

<PAGE>

                                        -113-

         Arbitrator established under the Basic Agreement, provided, however,
         that the President of the Union (or his designee) has given written
         approval of such referral.  The Arbitrator will have authority only to
         decide the questions pursuant to the provisions of this Plan
         applicable to the question but it will not have authority in any way
         to alter, add to or subtract from any of such provisions.  The
         decision of the Arbitrator on any such question will be binding on the
         Company, the Union and the Participant.  If any difference arises
         between the Company and any person who is or claims to be a co-
pensioner or a surviving spouse of an Employee covered by the Basic Agreement,
as to such person's right to a benefit under this Plan or the amount of such
benefit, such difference will be resolved by the Company and a representative of
the Union.  If such difference is not so resolved, it may, by agreement of the
Company and the Union, be referred to the Arbitrator described above, which will
have authority as described above with respect to such

<PAGE>

                                        -114-

         difference, and if it is so referred, the decision of the Arbitrator
         will be binding on the Company, the Union and such person.

    b)   1)   If any difference arises between the Company and any Participant,
              who is not an Employee covered by the Basic Agreement, who is an
              applicant for a pension or to whom a pension is payable, as to
              such Participant's right to a pension and agreement cannot be
              reached between the Company and the Participant, the Participant
              or his authorized representative will file a claim for a pension
              in the manner and on the forms provided by the Committee.  The
              Committee or its authorized representatives will decide on the
              merits after receipt of the claim and the Participant and his
              authorized representative, if any, will be notified in writing of
              the decision.

         2)   If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the notice of the
              decision will be furnished within 60 days after receipt of the
              claim by

<PAGE>

                                       - 115 -


              the Committee.  Such notice will be written in a manner
              calculated to be understood by the claimant and will include:

              i)   the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

              ii)  specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which
                   the denial is based;

              iii) a description of any additional material or information
                   necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an
                   explanation of why such material or information is
                   necessary; and

              iv)  an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure.

              If notice of denial of a claim is not furnished within the 60
              days referred to above after receipt of the claim by the
              Committee and the claim has not been granted, the claim will be
              deemed denied for purposes of proceeding to review as described
              in paragraph (3) below.

<PAGE>

                                       - 116 -


         3)   A claimant whose claim for benefits is denied in whole or in part
              or his authorized representative may:

              i)   request a review upon written application to the Committee
                   within 60 days after receipt by the claimant of written
                   notice of the denial of his claim or within 120 days of
                   receipt of his claim by the Committee if there is no notice
                   of denial;

              ii)  review pertinent documents in the Company's offices; and

              iii) submit positions on issues and comments in writing.

              The Committee or its authorized representative will promptly
              review each denial of a claim upon which an application for
              review is submitted.  Such review will be completed within 60
              days after receipt of the request for review, unless special
              circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in
              which case a decision will be rendered as soon as

<PAGE>

                                       - 117 -


              possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of a timely
              request for review.  The decision on review will be in writing in
              a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and
              specific references to the pertinent plan provisions on which the
              decision is based.

    SECTION 7.2  DISPUTES AS TO PERMANENT INCAPACITY.  If any difference arises
between the Company and any Participant as to whether such Participant is or
continues to be permanently incapacitated within the meaning of Section 2.5,
such difference will be resolved as follows:

    a)   the Participant will be examined by a physician appointed for the
         purpose by the Company and by a physician appointed for the purpose by
         a duly authorized representative of the Union if the Participant is an
         Employee in the bargaining unit represented by the Union.  Otherwise,
         a Participant may select a physician to examine him after he has been
         examined by a physician appointed by the Company;

<PAGE>

                                       - 118 -


    b)   if they disagree concerning whether the Participant is permanently
         incapacitated, the question will be submitted to a third physician
         selected by such two physicians.  The medical opinion of the third
         physician, after examination of the Participant and consultation with
         the other two physicians, will decide such question;

    c)   the fees and expenses of the third physician will be shared equally by
         the Company and the Union, or the Participant if he is not an employee
         in the bargaining unit represented by the Union.

                                     ARTICLE VIII
                                 TRUST AND FINANCING

    SECTION 8.1  THE TRUST.  For purposes of supplying the benefits herein
provided, the Company is utilizing the Trust identified in Section 1.20.
Contributions of the Company are deposited in the Trust Fund administered by the
Trustee identified in Section 1.21.  Such Trustee and any successor trustee
appointed by the Board of Directors will have the rights, powers and duties as
set forth in the Trust, as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

                                       - 119 -


    SECTION  8.2  CONTRIBUTIONS.  Contributions of the Company to the Trust
Fund will be made in such amounts and at such times as the Company will
determine.  The Company intends to contribute annually at least such amounts as
are actuarially determined to be required to fund the Plan as prescribed by
Section 412 of the Code.  Such contributions will be made in accordance with a
funding policy and method to be established by the Company consistent with the
objectives of the Plan and in conformity with ERISA.

                                      ARTICLE IX
                                    ADMINISTRATION

    SECTION 9.1  FIDUCIARIES.  The various responsibilities assigned by the
Company to Fiduciaries pursuant to this Plan are allocated to each Fiduciary
separately and no responsibility pursuant to this Plan or ERISA will be shared
with another Fiduciary unless the Plan specifically provides for sharing.  The
Company will have the sole responsibility for making contributions to provide
benefits under the Plan and will have the sole authority to appoint and remove
the Trustee and the members of the Committee and to amend or terminate the Plan.
The Committee will have the sole responsibility for the

<PAGE>

                                       - 120 -


administration of this Plan.  The Trustee will have the sole responsibility for
the administration of the Trust and the management of assets held in the Trust
Fund in accordance with the terms of the Trust except as to assets for which
another investment manager is appointed.  Each Fiduciary may rely upon any
direction, information or action of another Fiduciary furnished or taken
pursuant to this Plan as being proper without further inquiry.  Each Fiduciary
will be responsible for the proper exercise of its own powers, duties,
responsibilities and obligations under this Plan and will not be responsible for
any act or failure to act of another Fiduciary.

    SECTION  9.2  APPOINTMENT OF COMMITTEE.  This Plan will be administered by
an administrative committee (the "Committee") consisting of 6 persons who will
be appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Board of Directors
will have full power to determine the period during which any Committee member
will serve and in its discretion may remove any member of the Committee at any
time without assigning any reason for such removal.  The members of the
Committee may be Participants.  Any member of the Committee will automatically
cease to be a member of the Committee on termination of his employ-

<PAGE>

                                       - 121 -


ment.  An officer of the Company will certify to the Trustee the names of the
members of the Committee and thereafter any change in its membership.

    SECTION 9.3  QUORUM.  The action of a majority of the members of the
Committee at the time acting hereunder, and any instrument executed by a
majority of such members of the Committee, will be considered the action or
instrument of the Committee.  Action may be taken by the Committee at a meeting
or in writing without a meeting.

    No member of the Committee, however, will vote or decide upon any matter
relating solely to himself or to any of his rights or benefits under the Plan.

    The Committee may authorize any one or more of its members to execute any
document or documents on behalf of the Committee, in which event the Committee
will notify the Trustee in writing of such action and of the name or names of
its members so designated.  The Trustee thereafter may accept and rely upon any
document executed by such member or members as representing action by the
Committee, until the Committee files with the Trustee a written revocation of
such designation.

<PAGE>

                                       - 122 -


    SECTION 9.4  POWERS AND DUTIES.  The Committee will be charged with the
administration of this Plan and its duties will include the interpretation of
the provisions of the Plan, the adoption of any rules and regulations which may
become necessary or desirable in the operation of the Plan, the determination of
how and when benefits should be paid, the keeping of individual accounts of each
Participant in the Plan, the making of such determinations and the taking of
such actions as are expressly authorized or directed in the Plan, and the taking
of such other actions as may be required for the proper administration of the
Plan in accordance with the terms hereof.

    The Plan will be administered in accordance with ERISA and in conformity
with regulations and rulings issued pursuant to such laws.  Within the scope of
authority conferred upon it by this Plan and consistent with the provisions of
ERISA, the Committee will make all decisions as to the facts bearing upon the
right of any person to benefits and the application of any term of the Plan or
any rule or regulation of the Committee to any case.

<PAGE>

                                       - 123 -



    The Committee may employ such accountants, counsel, specialists, and other
persons as it deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration
of the Plan.  Such persons may be acting in a similar capacity for, or may be
employees of, the Company.  To the extent permitted by ERISA, the Committee will
be entitled to rely upon, and will be fully protected in any action taken by it
in good faith reliance upon and in accordance with, any opinions or reports
furnished to it by any such accountant, counsel, or other specialist.

    SECTION 9.5  IMMUNITY OF COMMITTEE.  To the extent permitted by ERISA, each
member of the Committee, whether or not then in office, will be held harmless
and indemnified by the Company against all claims and liabilities and all
expenses reasonably incurred or imposed upon him in connection with or resulting
from any action, suit or proceeding, or settlement or compromise thereof
approved by the Company, to which he may be made a party by reason of any action
or alleged action, either of omission or commission, performed by him while
acting as a member of the Committee, except in relation to matters as to which
recovery shall be had against

<PAGE>

                                       - 124 -


him by reason of a final adjudication in such action, suit or proceeding finding
him guilty of willful misconduct or lack of good faith.  Plan assets will not be
used as a source for any compensation paid to members of the Committee by reason
of their service on the Committee.  All reasonable expenses of administering the
Plan will be paid from the Trust Fund unless paid by the Company.  Members will
not be required individually to furnish bonds or other security for faithful
performance of their duties.  The Company will furnish bonding as required by
ERISA.

    SECTION 9.6  CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES.  Differences between the Company
and any Participant shall be resolved pursuant to the provisions of Article VII.

                                      ARTICLE X
                                  GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION  10.1  PERMANENCY OF THE PLAN.  This Plan is intended to be permanent;
however by a resolution of the Board of Directors or a writing executed by any
two officers of the Company, this Plan may be terminated, at any time, with
respect to all or a portion of the covered Participants.  In that event the
Company shall cause the Trust Fund to be

<PAGE>

                                       - 125 -


liquidated as provided in ERISA.  In the event that the Company shall cease to
exist, the Plan will be terminated unless it is adopted by a successor employer.

    Upon the termination or partial termination of the Plan the rights of all
affected Employees to benefits accrued to the date of such termination or
partial termination, to the extent funded as of such date, are nonforfeitable.
In the event of termination of the Plan, the Committee will direct the Trustee
to make provision for the expenses of the Plan and the Trust Fund and then to
allocate the assets in the Trust Fund (to the extent such assets are sufficient)
in accordance with Section 4044 of ERISA.  Any assets remaining after the
provision for expenses and allocations required by ERISA will be returned to the
Company.

    It is the express intention of the Plan that the foregoing allocation of
assets upon termination be accomplished in accordance with the provisions of
Section 4044 of ERISA and that the provisions of ERISA be controlling in the
event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Plan and the provisions of
ERISA.

<PAGE>

                                       - 126 -


    To the extent that no discrimination in value results, any distribution
after termination of the Plan may be made, in whole or in part, in cash, in
securities or other assets in kind, or in nontransferable annuity contracts, as
the Committee in its discretion may determine.  In making such distribution, any
and all determinations, divisions, appraisals, apportionments, and allotments so
made will be final and conclusive and not subject to question by any person.

    SECTION 10.2  AMENDMENT OF PLAN.  This Plan may be amended, retroactively
or otherwise, at any time and from time to time by resolution of the Board of
Directors or by an instrument in writing executed by any two officers of the
Company, provided, however, that:

    a)   no amendment may be made prior to the satisfaction of all expenses of
         the Plan and expenses of the Trust attributable to this Plan and of
         all liabilities with respect to Participants, co-pensioners, or
         surviving spouses which would permit any part of the Trust Fund
         attributable to the Plan to be used for or diverted to any purpose
         other than for the

<PAGE>

                                       - 127 -


         exclusive benefit of such persons and the payment of administration
         expenses of the Plan and of the Trust attributable to this Plan; and

    b)   no amendment will deprive any person of nonforfeitable rights to
         benefits accrued to the date of such amendment.  If any amendment is
         made which affects the vesting schedule of benefits under the Plan,
         each Participant who has 5 or more years of service may elect, within
         a reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment, to have his
         nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to
         such amendment.  The period during which the election may be made will
         commence with the date the amendment is adopted and will end on the
         later of:

         1)   60 days after the amendment is adopted;

         2)   60 days after the amendment is effective; or

         3)   60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the
              amendment by the Committee.

<PAGE>

                                       - 128 -


    SECTION 10.3  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF PLAN.  This Plan may not be merged
or consolidated with, nor its assets or liabilities transferred to, another plan
unless provisions are made so that each Participant would immediately thereafter
be entitled to receive a benefit at least as great as the benefit he would have
been entitled to receive from this Plan immediately before the transaction,
assuming for purposes of this test that this Plan had terminated immediately
before and the successor plan had terminated immediately after such transaction.

    SECTION 10.4  NO INTEREST IN TRUST FUND.  No Participant prior to his
retirement under conditions of eligibility for pension benefits will have any
right or interest in or to any portion of any funds which may be paid into any
pension Trust or Trusts heretofore or hereafter established for the purpose of
paying pensions and no Participant or co-pensioner will have any right to
pension benefits except to the extent provided in this Plan.  Employment rights
will not be affected by reason of this Plan.

    SECTION 10.5  NO CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT.  Nothing contained in this Plan
may be construed as a contract of employ-

<PAGE>

                                       - 129 -


ment between the Company and any Employee, or as a right of any Employee to be
continued in the employment of the Company, or as a limitation of the right of
the Company to discharge any of its Employees, with or without cause.

    SECTION 10.6  NO DIVERSION OF TRUST FUND.  It will be impossible at any
time prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to Participants,
their co-pensioners, or surviving spouses for any part of the Trust Fund to be
(within the taxable year or thereafter) used for, or diverted to, purposes other
than for the exclusive benefit of Participants, their co-pensioners, or
surviving spouses.  All forfeitures arising under the Plan will be applied to
reduce the Company's contributions.  No such forfeitures will be applied to
increase the benefits any Participant, co-pensioner, or surviving spouse would
otherwise receive under the Plan.

    SECTION  10.7  ALIENATION OF BENEFITS PROHIBITED.  No benefit payable under
this Plan will be subject to alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge,
attachment, garnishment, execution, or encumbrance of any kind, and any attempt
to accomplish the same will be void.

<PAGE>

<PAGE>


                                       - 130 -

    If the Committee finds that any person (Participant, co-pensioner or
surviving spouse) to whom any benefit payment is due or will become due has
become physically or mentally unable to handle his own affairs, or is a minor,
the Committee in its sole discretion may direct that any benefit due him, unless
claim has been made therefor by a duly appointed legal representative, be paid
to his spouse, a child, a parent or other blood relative or a person with whom
he resides, and  such payment will be a complete discharge of all liability
under this Plan.

    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company will
comply with any Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as such term is defined in
the Code, that creates a right in any person with respect to the benefit payable
to a Participant under the Plan provided that the Order states:  (i) the name
and last known mailing address of the Participant or former Participant and each
person to whom payment is to be made; (ii) the amount of payment to be made
under the Order, or either the percentage of the Participant's benefit to be
paid or a formula for calculating such percentage; (iii) the number of payments
to be made or the period of

<PAGE>

                                       - 131 -

payment under the Order; and (iv) the name of the plan to which the Order
applies.  An order of a court will not be considered a Qualified Domestic
Relations Order and will not be given effect if it purports to require that this
Plan pay any type or form of benefit or any option not otherwise provided under
the Plan, or any increased benefit, taking into account the actuarial equivalent
values of benefits payable under the Plan, or if it orders payments which are
already required by a prior Order to be paid to a different person.

    SECTION  10.8  WRITTEN COMMUNICATIONS.  Any notice, request, instruction,
or other communication to be given or made hereunder will be in writing and
either personally delivered or mailed fully postpaid and properly addressed to
such address at the last address for notice shown on the Committee's records.

    SECTION 10.9   NAME AND ADDRESS CHANGES.  Each person entitled to a benefit
hereunder will at all times be responsible for notifying the Committee of any
change in his name or address.  If any benefit check (which was mailed to the
last address of the payee shown on the Committee's records) is

<PAGE>

                                       - 132 -

returned unclaimed, further payments will be discontinued until the Committee
directs otherwise.

    SECTION 10.10  IDENTITY OF PAYEE.  If at any time any doubt exists as to
the identity of any person entitled to payment of any benefit hereunder or as to
the amount or time of any such payment, the Committee will direct that such sum
be held in the Trust until a further order of the Committee or a final order of
a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with any lawful procedure.

    SECTION 10.11  EVIDENCE CONCLUSIVE.  The Company, the Committee, and any
person or persons involved in the administration of the Plan will be entitled to
rely upon any certification, statement, or representation made or evidence
furnished by any person with respect to his age or other facts required to be
determined under any of the provisions of the Plan, and will not be liable on
account of the payment of any monies or the doing of any act or failure to act
in reliance thereon.  Nothing herein contained will be construed to prevent the
Company or the Committee from contesting any such certification, statement,
representation, or evidence or to relieve any person from the duty of submitting
satisfactory

<PAGE>

                                       - 133 -

proof of his age or such other fact.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company
shall have the right to correct any error when it becomes known and to make any
adjustment in future pension payments under this Plan to recoup any overpayments
previously made due to such error.  This provision shall not prevent the Company
from taking any other action available to it to recover amounts erroneously paid
under the Plan.

    SECTION 10.12  INDIVIDUAL LIABILITY.  To the extent permitted by law, it is
declared to be the express purpose and intention of the Plan that no liability
whatever will attach to or be incurred by the stockholders, officers, Committee
members, employees or directors of the Company under or by reason of any of the
terms or conditions of this Plan.

    SECTION 10.13  DEDUCTIONS FOR INSURANCE PREMIUMS.  Upon authorization by a
Participant, on a form approved by the Company, the amount of premium payable by
him for coverage through a Health Maintenance Organization ("HMO") or for
medical benefits coverage, as provided under an insurance agreement between the
Company and the Union, or the amount of any overpayments made to the Participant
by the Company or its

<PAGE>

                                       - 134 -

insurer in the course of paying any insurance benefits, supplemental
unemployment benefits or extended vacation benefits provided by any agreement
between the Company and the Union, will be deducted from any pension payable
under this Plan to the extent permitted by law.

    SECTION 10.14  NUMBER AND GENDER.  Words in the singular set forth in this
Plan will include, and be read as being in, the feminine gender also.  Words in
the masculine gender set forth in this Plan will be read and construed as being
in the plural wherever the context requires.

                                       ARTICLE
                            HOSPITAL-MEDICAL BENEFITS FOR
                      ELIGIBLE PENSIONERS AND SURVIVING SPOUSES

    SECTION 11.1   ALLOCATION OF FUNDS TO SEPARATE ACCOUNT.  The Plan provides
for the payment of benefits for sickness, hospitalization, and medical expenses
("Section 401(h) benefits") of Participants who have retired, and the spouses
and eligible dependents of such Participants ("medical expense beneficiaries").
The Committee will cause to be allocated to a separate account, which will be
maintained by the Trustee for the purposes set forth in this Article XI (but
which need not be invested separately from other funds held by the

<PAGE>

                                       - 135 -

Trustee under the Plan for retirement benefits), a portion of the Trust Fund not
to exceed the amount of accrued liability for Section 401(h) benefits as
determined by an "enrolled actuary" (within the meaning of ERISA).  Such
allocated portion of the Trust Fund will be used to provide funds for payment of
the accrued liability, in whole or in part, for Section 401(h) benefits of
medical expense beneficiaries but in no event will the amounts so transferred at
any time reduce the Trust Fund (remaining after setting aside such separate
account) below an amount which is 110% of a sum required to fully fund all
accrued retirement benefits under the Plan.  The Committee may provide for
further allocations to such separate account, subject to the same conditions, as
of a convenient date in each year following the initial allocation.
Contributions to fund Section 401(h) benefits hereunder may be made by the
Company from time to time, provided that such contributions meet the
requirements of Section 11.5.

    SECTION 11.2   METHOD OF ALLOCATION.  The portion or portions of the Trust
Fund that may be allocated to a separate account each year as provided in
Section 11.1 will not exceed such amount as an enrolled actuary (using such
factors as

<PAGE>

                                       - 136 -

expected claims, earnings and mortality assumptions) determines to be necessary
to provide for the payment of Section 401(h) benefits of medical beneficiaries
during such year and, in addition, the Committee may allocate such amounts as
may be required to provide funds to pay existing determined accrued liabilities
for such benefits, in whole or in part.

    SECTION 11.3   BENEFITS PAYABLE.  The Section 401(h) benefits (and the
amounts thereof) which are to be paid pursuant to this Article XI are specified
in the Program of Hospital-Medical Benefits for Eligible Pensioners and
Surviving Spouses of Acme Steel Company Riverdale Plant effective January 1,
1981, as the same may be amended and/or supplemented from time to time (or any
similar program which supersedes such Program, as so amended and/or
supplemented).  Nothing herein will be construed as guaranteeing that any
medical benefits will continue to be provided hereunder or under such Program in
the future or under the same terms and conditions as such medical benefits
currently are provided under the Program, and the Company has reserved the right
to amend the Program as provided for therein, including the right to amend the
coverages thereunder, the eligibility therefor

<PAGE>

                                       - 137 -

and the manner in which the cost thereof is shared by the Company, the
Participants and their dependents.

    SECTION 11.4   DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this Article XI the following
terms have the following meanings:
    a)   "Dependents" means any of the following individuals:
         1)   the spouse of a pensioner;
         2)   unmarried children under 19 years of age, meeting any of the
              following categories:
              i)   a blood descendent of the first degree;
              ii)  a legally adopted child (including a child living with the
                   adopting parents during a period of probation);
              iii) a stepchild residing in the pensioner's household; or
              iv)  a child permanently residing in the household of which the
                   pensioner is the head and is actually being supported solely
                   by such pensioner, provided the pensioner is related to the
                   child by

<PAGE>

                                       - 138 -

                   blood or marriage or is the child's legal guardian;
         3)   children after attainment of age 19 but not beyond attainment of
              age 25, if, in addition to otherwise meeting the definition of
              dependent child as contained in (2) above, such child is a full-
              time student; or
         4)   children after attainment of age 19, if, in addition to otherwise
              meeting the definition of dependent children as contained in (2)
              above, such child is incapable of self-support because of a
              disabling illness or injury that commenced prior to age 19.
    b)   "Medical expense" means expenses for medical care as defined in
         Section 213(d)(1) of the Code.

    SECTION 11.5   ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.  The following requirements shall
apply to the separate account established to provide for the payment of Section
401(h) benefits of medical expense beneficiaries:
    a)   Contributions to fund Section 401(h) benefits hereunder may be made by
         the Company from time to

<PAGE>

                                       - 139 -

         time, provided that (i) such contributions are reasonable and
         ascertainable, and (ii) the aggregate of contributions (made after the
         date on which the Plan first includes Section 401(h) benefits) to
         provide Section 401(h) benefits provided for under the Plan will not
         exceed 25% of the aggregate contributions to the Plan (made after such
         date) other than contributions to fund past service credits.  At the
         time the Company makes a contribution to the Plan, it will designate
         that portion of such contribution allocable to the funding of medical
         benefits.  Any benefits provided directly by the Company will be
         considered as provided under the Plan and as contributions to the Plan
         to provide medical benefits hereunder except to the extent such
         amounts may be considered as interest-free loans by the Company to the
         Plan in accordance with Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 80-26
         (which Exemption would permit the Plan to repay the Company such
         amounts paid on behalf of the Plan as interest-free loans).

<PAGE>

                                       - 140 -

    b)   It shall be impossible, at any time prior to the satisfaction of all
         liabilities under the Plan to provide Section 401(h) benefits of
         medical expense beneficiaries, for any part of the corpus or income of
         such separate account to be (within the taxable year or thereafter)
         used for, or diverted to, any purpose other than the providing of such
         benefits and the payment of expenses attributable to the
         administration of such benefits.

    c)   Upon the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan to provide
         Section 401(h) benefits, any amounts remaining in such separate
         account will revert to the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it
         is intended that no amount transferred to the separate account
         hereunder to provide medical benefits will revert to the Company
         (subject to the permitted repayment of any amounts which are
         considered as interest-free loans under Prohibited Transaction
         Exemption 80-26).  Accordingly, if amounts are transferred to the
         separate account pursuant to Section 11.1 in excess of the medical

<PAGE>

                                       - 141 -

         benefits currently payable from such account, as long as any such
         transferred amounts are held in such separate account the medical
         benefit liabilities under the Plan and such separate account may not
         be terminated until all such transferred amounts have been distributed
         to provide medical benefits.

              During such periods of time that the separate account contains
         both transferred amounts under Section 11.1 and contributions under
         Section 11.5(1), all payments from the separate account will be
         considered as distribution of amounts transferred under Section 11.1
         and earnings thereon before any such distributions are considered as
         distributions of contributions made under Section 11.5(1).

    d)   At no time will the value of the assets of such separate account
         exceed 25% of the value of the

<PAGE>

                                       - 142 -

         aggregate assets held in the Trust Fund established for the Plan.

<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT A
                                TABLES OF PERCENTAGES
    This Table of Percentages will be used in calculating the amounts payable
if one of the following options is applicable:  the Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage
(50%), the Automatic 50% Spouse Option, the 50% Co-Pensioner Option, or the 100%
Co-Pensioner Option.


                                     Participant's Age

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Difference between
Participant's Age
and Spouse's or
Co-Pensioner's Age                      50% Options

                        51      52      55      58      61      64
Participant             and     to      to      to      to      and
Older                   Under   54      57      60      63      Over
<S>                     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
20 or more years        71%     72%     73%     73%     74%     74%
17, 18 or 19 years      71%     72%     73%     74%     75%     75%
14, 15 or 16 years      72%     73%     74%     75%     76%     76%
11, 12 or 13 years      73%     74%     75%     77%     77%     78%
 3,  9 or 10 years      74%     75%     77%     78%     79%     80%
 5,  6 or  7 years      75%     76%     78%     79%     81%     82%
 2,  3 or  4 years      76%     77%     79%     81%     82%     83%
less than  2 years      77%     79%     81%     83%     84%     85%

Participant
Younger
less than 2 years       77%     79%     81%     83%     84%     85%
 2,  3 or  4 years      79%     80%     82%     84%     86%     87%
 5,  6 or  7 years      80%     82%     84%     86%     88%     89%
 8,  9 or 10 years      82%     84%     86%     88%     90%     91%

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                     Participant's Age

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Difference between
Participant's Age
and Spouse's or
Co-Pensioner's Age                      50% Options
<S>                     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
11, 12 or 13 years      84%     85%     88%     90%     92%     93%
14, 15 or 16 years      86%     87%     89%     91%     93%     94%
17, 18 or 19 years      87%     89%     91%     93%     95%     96%
20 or more years        89%     91%     93%     94%     96%     96%

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                     Participant's Age

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Difference between
Participant's Age
and Spouse's or
Co-Pensioner's Age                      100% Options
                        51      52      55      58      61      64
Participant             and     to      to      to      to      and
Older                   Under   54      57      60      63      Over
<S>                     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
20 or more years        56%     57%     58%     58%     58%     58%
17, 18 or 19 years      56%     58%     59%     60%     60%     60%
14, 15 or 16 years      57%     59%     60%     61%     62%     62%
11, 12 or 13 years      58%     60%     62%     63%     64%     64%
 3,  9 or 10 years      59%     61%     63%     65%     66%     66%
 5,  6 or  7 years      60%     62%     65%     67%     68%     69%
 2,  3 or  4 years      62%     64%     67%     69%     71%     72%
less than  2 years      64%     66%     69%     71%     73%     75%

Participant
Younger
less than  2 years      64%     66%     69%     71%     73%     75%
 2,  3 or  4 years      66%     68%     71%     74%     76%     78%
 5,  6 or  7 years      68%     70%     73%     76%     79%     81%
 8,  9 or 10 years      70%     73%     76%     79%     82%     84%
11, 12 or 13 years      73%     75%     79%     82%     85%     87%
14, 15 or 16 years      75%     78%     81%     84%     87%     90%
17, 18 or 19 years      78%     81%     84%     87%     90%     92%
20 or more years        80%     83%     87%     89%     92%     93%

</TABLE>

NOTES:        Participant's age and spouse's or co-pensioner's age rounded to
              the nearest whole year; e.g., age 51 years, six months becomes
              52.  Age differential is net difference between participant's and
              spouse's or co-pensioner's ages as rounded.

              If the named co-pensioner is any person other than the
              pensioner's spouse, it may, in compliance with Internal Revenue
              Service regulations, be necessary to modify the amount payable to
              the pensioner and co-pensioner so as to provide that the present

<PAGE>

              value of the benefit payable to the pensioner is more than 50% of
              the present value of the pension that would have been payable to
              the pensioner had he not elected a survivor option.

<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT B

                       SPECIAL RULES REGARDING ALLOWED SERVICE

    Any Participant covered by the September 1, 1993 Pension Agreement between
Acme Steel Company and the United Steelworkers of America who retires on or
after September 1, 1993, and who incurred 1 or more breaks in continuous service
prior to such date will, to the extent and under the conditions specifically set
forth below, be credited, for pension purposes only, with service (hereinafter
referred to as allowed service) for a period of employment with the Company
prior to such break.

A.  Allowed service will be credited in accordance with C, D, E or F below only
    upon retirement or death of the employee.

B.  Allowed service will be credited in accordance with C, D, E or F below:

    1.   To determine the amount of (as distinct from eligibility for) any
         benefit provided pursuant to the Pension Agreement, and

    2.   To determine eligibility for only

         (a)  Normal Retirement provided the Participant has attained age 65
              and the sum of the Participant's allowed and continuous service
              is 15 or more years;
         (b)  62/15 Retirement;
         (c)  Permanent Incapacity Retirement;
         (d)  70/80 Retirement;
         (e)  Deferred Vested Pension, provided the Participant has attained
              age 40 and the sum of the Participant's allowed and continuous
              service is 15 or more years if the final break in continuous
              service occurred for reasons other than quit or discharged; or
         (f)  Surviving Spouse's Benefit.

<PAGE>



C.  For the purposes of A and B above, allowed service will be credited for a
    period of employment prior to a break in continuous service, excluding any
    period between the last date worked and the date such a break occurs, if
    the Participant either:

    1.   Had 1 or more years of continuous service prior to such break and
         either:

         (a)  incurred such break for any reason other than discharge and has
              30 or more years of continuous service since his last hiring
              date; or

         (b)  incurred such break by reason of a quit and was reemployed within
              6 months after such break; or

         (c)  incurred such break by reason of a quit to return to school and
              worked as required for the Company during such summer vacation
              from school and was available for work immediately upon
              graduation; or

         (d)  incurred such break by reason of a quit and has 15 or more years
              of continuous service since his last hiring date, and the length
              of continuous service prior to such break was at least 2 times
              the length of the period between such break and his last hiring
              date; or

    2.   Incurred such break in continuous service by reason of absence due to
         layoff or disability and:

         (a)  had 2 or more years of continuous service prior to the
              commencement of the absence that resulted in such break; and

         (b)  the length of continuous service prior to such break was at least
              2 times the length of the period between such break and his last
              hiring date; and


<PAGE>

         (c)  had 15 or more years of continuous service since his last hiring
              date; or

    3.   Incurred a break in continuous service by reason of payment of
         severance allowance and the length of continuous service on which such
         severance allowance was computed was at least 2 times the length of
         the period between such break and his last hiring date.

D.  For the purposes of A and B above, allowed service will be credited for
    continuous service accrued prior to a break in such service by reason of
    absence due to layoff or disability if the Participant incurred such break
    prior to January 1, 1960 and the period of such absence but in no case more
    than 5 years.

E.  For the purposes of A and B above, if a Participant who worked at least 1
    day in 1993 prior to September 1 had a break in continuous service due to
    layoff which continued in excess of 2 years but such break was removed due
    to the Participant's recall to work with the Company under a prior Pension
    Agreement with the period during which he retains his accumulated
    continuous service in accordance with the seniority provisions of the Basic
    Agreement (including any service accumulation under the Basic Agreement
    exclusively for purposes of recall), the period from the break in service
    until the earlier of (i) the date the Participant returned to work or (ii)
    5 years from the date last worked will be credited as allowed service.

F.  If the Participant had 2 or more breaks in continuous service, only the
    longest single period which meets the criteria for allowed service set
    forth in C, D, or E above will be credited as allowed service.

G.  In the case of a Participant whose pension is determined in accordance with
    Sections 3.3(a) or (f) of the Plan the amount determined under that
    provision will be increased by an amount equal to the Participant's
    Enriched Benefit


<PAGE>

    Unit multiplied by each year (and fractions thereof calculated to the
    nearest month) of allowed service.

H.  The increased amount determined under G above will be used in the
    determination of regular pension in accordance with Section 3.3 of the
    Plan.

    In view of the expanded provisions contained in the January 1, 1976 Pension
Agreement for removing breaks in continuous service, the foregoing is limited to
breaks in continuous service that occurred prior to January 1, 1976 except with
respect to E above which also includes breaks in continuous service that
occurred on or after January 1, 1976.


<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT C

                        PAYMENTS TO PRE-1974 SURVIVING SPOUSES

    The Company will make a cash payment to certain surviving spouses as
described below:

    1.   For purposes of this Exhibit C, the term "Covered Person" shall mean a
person eligible for a Surviving Spouse Benefit pursuant to a Pension Agreement
in effect prior to July 31, 1974.

    2.   The total cash payment of a Covered Person shall be up to $6,000.

    3.   The cash payment provided for under this Exhibit C shall be made to
Covered Persons whose identity and location are known or made known to the
Company in 12 equal installments due and payable as follows:

    First Installment            -           February 28, 1994
    Second Installment           -           August   31, 1994
    Third Installment            -           February 28, 1995
    Fourth Installment           -           August   31, 1995
    Fifth Installment            -           February 28, 1996
    Sixth Installment            -           August   31, 1996
    Seventh Installment          -           February 28, 1997
    Eighth Installment           -           August   31, 1997
    Ninth Installment            -           February 28, 1998
    Tenth Installment            -           August   31, 1998
    Eleventh Installment         -           February 28, 1999
    Twelfth Installment          -           August   31, 1999

No payment shall be made to a Covered Person if the pensioner is not deceased as
of the payment date.  Moreover, if the pensioner died within the 6-month period
preceding a payment date, the payment for such payment date will be prorated
based upon the month in which death occurred in such 6-month period (I.E., if
death occurred in January 1994, the February 28, 1994 payment shall be one-sixth
of the full amount; if death occurred in June 1994, the August 31, 1994 payment
shall be one-third of the full amount; etc.).



<PAGE>


    4.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated herein, no installment
payment shall be made hereunder with respect to a Covered Person who dies prior
to the date such payment is due and payable.


<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT D

                        PAYMENTS TO CERTAIN SURVIVING SPOUSES

    The Company will make a cash payment to certain surviving spouses as
described below:

    1.   For purposes of this Exhibit D, the term "Covered Person" shall mean a
person who would qualify as a surviving spouse, as described in Sections 4.1 and
4.5 of the Plan effective September 1, 1993, with respect to a pensioner who
retired prior to August 1, 1974 on other than a deferred vested pension, and who
is deceased or dies on or before August 31, 1999; provided, however, that such
person is not otherwise eligible to receive a Surviving Spouse's Benefit
pursuant to the applicable terms of the Plan.

    2.   The total cash payment of a Covered Person shall be up to $6,000.

    3.   The cash payment provided for under this Exhibit D shall be made to
Covered Persons whose identity and location are known or made known to the
Company in 12 equal installments due and payable as follows:

    First Installment            -               February 28, 1994
    Second Installment           -               August   31, 1994
    Third Installment            -               February 28, 1995
    Fourth Installment           -               August   31, 1995
    Fifth Installment            -               February 28, 1996
    Sixth Installment            -               August   31, 1996
    Seventh Installment          -               February 28, 1997
    Eighth Installment           -               August   31, 1997
    Ninth Installment            -               February 28, 1998
    Tenth Installment            -               August   31, 1998
    Eleventh Installment         -               February 28, 1999
    Twelfth Installment          -               August   31, 1999

No payment shall be made to a Covered Person if the pensioner is not deceased as
of the payment date.  Moreover, if the pensioner died within the 6-month period
preceding a payment date, the payment for such payment date will be prorated
based upon the month in which death occurred in such 6-month period (I.E., if
death occurred in January 1994, the February 28, 1994 payment shall be one-sixth
of the full amount; if death


<PAGE>

occurred in June 1994, the August 31, 1994 payment shall be one-third of the
full amount; etc.).

    4.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated herein, no installment
payment shall be made hereunder with respect to a Covered Person who dies prior
to the date such payment is due and payable.

    5.   The Company shall make a good faith effort to identify and determine
the current address of all Covered Persons who may be entitled to payments
hereunder.  Nothing herein, however, shall require the Company to incur any
costs or expenses which are unreasonable in connection with its efforts to so
identify and locate such individuals.  If the Company becomes aware of the
identity and location of any Covered Person, the Company shall promptly make
such installment payments to such person if then living; provided, however, that
the Company shall have no obligation hereunder with respect to any payment due
hereunder if the Company, after making a good faith effort to do so, is unable
to determine the identity and current address of such person prior to the
termination of the Basic Labor Agreement.

    6.   Application for this payment shall be made on a form specified by the
Company.  The surviving spouse must also provide certified copies of the
participant's birth certificate, the spouse's birth certificate, marriage
license, and a copy of a letter from the Social Security Administration showing
eligibility for widow or widower's benefits.  The Company may request other
reasonable proofs in lieu of or in addition to the aforementioned items in order
to determine eligibility for benefits.


<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT E

                            Special Rules with Respect to
                               RULE-OF-65 RETIREMENT

                                       PREAMBLE

    The Employment and Income Security Program was established by the Company
and the Union in recognition of their desire to provide increased economic
protection for long-service employees who are involuntarily displaced from their
jobs.  The parties agree that the method of achieving this objective is to
facilitate the placement of such employees in suitable long-term jobs and, when
such jobs are not available, to reduce the adverse economic consequences to such
employees by providing eligible employees with extended SUB and rule-of-65
pensions as outlined herein.

    Through the Employment and Income Security Program, the parties
specifically provide that employees who have at least 20 years of continuous
service as of their last day worked and who are laid off and are not placed in
suitable long-term jobs may receive additional income protection in the form of
extended SUB and insurance benefits.  The parties also provide that employees
who have at least 20 years of continuous service as of their last day worked and
who are disabled may receive additional insurance protection in the form of
extended S&A and insurance benefits.  In addition, the parties provide eligible
employees who are not offered suitable long-term employment with a pension under
rule-of-65 retirement plus a monthly supplement.

    Pursuant thereto the parties have provided the rules set forth in this
Exhibit E in a manner which will best enhance the employment and income security
of eligible employees.  Except as expressly provided herein, the application of
these rules shall not interfere with, limit or in any way adversely affect the
rights or obligations of any employee or the Company under any other existing
agreement.

I.  Definition of Suitable Long-Term Employment

    A.   A job offered by the Company will constitute an offer of suitable
         long-term employment (hereinafter "SLTE") if:


<PAGE>

         1.   The employee is physically qualified to perform the job, and

         2.   The employee has the ability and skills required to perform the
              job or has the ability to absorb such training for the job as is
              to be offered and as is necessary to enable the employee to
              perform the job satisfactorily, and

         3.   The job offered is not a temporary job or a job known to be of
              limited duration, and

         4.   The job offered is not in a salaried or plant protection
              bargaining unit unless the employee has had significant work
              experience with the Company of a technical, plant protection or
              clerical nature during the 5-year period preceding his last day
              worked, and

         5.   Subject to paragraph B below, the job offered is in a bargaining
              unit represented by the Union, and

         6.   Except as may be provided pursuant to paragraph B below, the job
              offered is at the employee's home plant, including a job which
              the employee is not required to accept under applicable seniority
              agreements or practices, provided there is no employee with a
              greater right to such job under applicable seniority agreements
              or practices who desires assignment to such job.  Where an
              applicable seniority agreement or practice permits an employee to
              elect layoff in lieu of assignment to the job offered, such fact
              shall not preclude the job offered from being SLTE.

    B.   1.   The parties recognize that situations may arise in the future
              when the Company will not be able to offer SLTE to employees in
              accordance with paragraph A above.  In such instance, the Company
              and the Union will discuss the terms and conditions for a
              procedure for providing offers of SLTE at other employment
              locations or in other employee groups in a manner consistent with


<PAGE>

 understandings and procedures then prevailing in agreements between the United
Steelworkers of America and the Coordinating Committee Steel Companies.

         2.   In the event that the Company and the Union cannot reach
              agreement concerning such matters, the dispute shall be submitted
              for resolution to the arbitrator selected in accordance with the
              procedure set forth in the Basic Agreement at the request of
              either the Company or the International Union.

              In resolving any such dispute, the arbitrator may take into
              consideration such factors as:

              a.   The nature of the operations and jobs involved;

              b.   The prospects for long-term employment;

              c.   The problems that employees are likely to encounter if they
                   were to accept employment;

              d.   The cost to the Company if it cannot make offers of SLTE at
                   the employment locations in question;

              e.   The existence of other employment alternatives.

              In resolving such dispute, the arbitrator may take into account
              the distance between the employee's home plant and a proposed
              employment location but the fact that such distance may be
              greater or lesser than the distances between employment locations
              identified in similar arrangement agreed to by the United
              Steelworkers with any of the Coordinating Committee Steel
              Companies shall not be considered by the arbitrator as being
              determinative of the issue.  Finally, the proposals made by each
              party with respect to any matter coming before the arbitrator and
              the discussions had with respect thereto shall not be used, or
              referred to, in any way during


<PAGE>

              or in connection with the arbitration of any dispute under this
              provision.

    C.   The Company may offer SLTE to an employee who is eligible or could
         become eligible for 70/80 retirement and who had at least 20 years of
         continuous service as of his last day worked.  The employee may elect
         to accept or refuse such offer.  If he accepts such offer, he will be
         treated the same as if he had been otherwise eligible for a rule-of-65
         retirement, except that any elections provided would be for a 70/80
         retirement rather than a rule-of-65 retirement if he has at the time
         of retirement attained the age and service which would qualify him for
         a 70/80 retirement.  If he refuses such offer, the refusal will have
         no effect upon his eligibility or potential eligibility for a 70/80
         retirement.

II. Offer and Acceptance of SLTE

    A.   The Company may offer SLTE to an employee who is otherwise eligible or
         could become eligible for a rule-of-65 retirement at any time prior to
         the date on which the employee incurs a break in continuous service.

    B.   A refusal by an employee who is otherwise eligible or could become
         eligible for a rule-of-65 retirement to accept an offer of SLTE will
         result in his ineligibility for rule-of-65 retirement in connection
         with his last separation from active employment prior to such refusal,
         except as follows:

         An employee may refuse an offer of SLTE at his home plant during his
         grace period if the employee has a right under an applicable local
         seniority agreement or practice established prior to January 1, 1978
         which permits the employee to elect layoff in lieu of assignment to
         the job offered.  The employee's grace period shall be the period of
         weeks following the employee's last day worked that is equal to the
         number of credit units in excess of 52 credited to him under the SUB
         Plan as of his last day worked.

    C.   In order to assist the employee in understanding the implications of
         his decision to accept or


<PAGE>

         reject an offer of SLTE, the Company will provide an employee receiving
         such an offer with a written explanation of his rights and obligations
         in connection with such offer, including the number of days in which
         the employee must respond to such offer pursuant to paragraph D below.
         A copy of this written explanation shall be furnished to the
         appropriate Union representative.

         At the request of the employee or the appropriate Union
         representative, the appropriate Union representative may be present at
         and participate in any discussion relating to such offer; provided,
         however, that this provision shall not extend the time periods
         provided in paragraph D below.

    D.   An employee who is offered SLTE will be required to respond by
         accepting or rejecting such offer within 3 days following the receipt
         by the employee of such offer; provided, however, that where a longer
         period has been established by local practice for responding to offers
         of work, such acceptance or rejection shall be made within the shorter
         of the period established by such local practice or 7 calendar days
         following receipt by the employee of the offer.

III.     Additional SUB Credit Units

    If an employee who would be eligible for a rule-of-65 retirement except for
    the fact that the Company has not yet determined whether he will be offered
    SLTE exhausts his SUB credit units, the Company shall grant him additional
    credit units to provide SUB Weekly Benefits for which he may otherwise be
    eligible for whatever period of time that it may require to offer him SLTE
    or to determine not to offer him SLTE, and the Company shall continue his
    insurance coverage, other than S&A coverage, for the same period.


<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT F

                        COVERAGE OF PLANT PROTECTION OFFICERS

    The Company and the United Plant Guard Workers of America and its Local 227
(referred to in this Exhibit F as the "Union") have reached the following
agreement.

    The same Pension Plan and Insurance Program, as they may from time to time
    be amended, that are in effect for production and maintenance employees
    represented by the Union Steelworkers of America at the Company's Plant in
    Chicago, Illinois (subject to all the terms and conditions of such Plan and
    Program, including the same effective dates) shall be in effect for all
    employees in the collective bargaining unit defined in the Agreement dated
    November 1, 1993, between the Company and the Union.


<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT G

                               MODEL AMENDMENT REQUIRED
                                          BY
                                IRC SECTION 401(A)(17)

                                        PART I

         In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in the plan, and
    notwithstanding any other provision of the plan to the contrary, for plan
    years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual compensation of
    each employee taken into account under the plan shall not exceed the OBRA
    '93 annual compensation limit.  The OBRA '93 annual compensation limit is
    $150,000, as adjusted by the Commissioner for increases in the cost of
    living in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Internal Revenue
    Code.  The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies
    to any period, not exceeding 12 months, over which compensation is
    determined (determination period) beginning in such calendar year.  If a
    determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the OBRA '93 annual
    compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which
    is the number of months in the determination period, and the denominator of
    which is 12.

         For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, any reference in
    this plan to the limitation under section 401(a)(17) of the Code shall mean
    the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit set forth in this provision.

         If compensation for any prior determination period is taken into
    account in determining an employee's benefits accruing in the current plan
    year, the compensation for that prior determination period is subject to
    the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit in effect for that prior
    determination period.  For this purpose, for determination periods
    beginning before the first day of the first plan year beginning on or after
    January 1, 1994, the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit is $150,000.

                                       PART II


<PAGE>

         Unless otherwise provided under the plan, each section 401(a)(17)
    employee's accrued benefit under this plan will be the greater of the
    accrued benefit determined for the employee under 1 or 2 below:

              1.   the employee's accrued benefit determined with respect to
                   the benefit formula applicable for the plan year beginning
                   on or after January 1, 1994, as applied to the employee's
                   total years of service taken into account under the plan for
                   the purposes of benefit accruals, or

              2.   the sum of:

                   (a)  the employee's accrued benefit as of the last day of
              the last plan year beginning before January 1, 1994, frozen in
              accordance with section 1.401(a)(4)-13 of the regulations, and

                   (b)  the employee's accrued benefit determined under the
              benefit formula applicable for the plan year beginning on or
              after January 1, 1994, as applied to the employee's years of
              service credited to the employee for plan years beginning on or
              after January 1, 1994, for purposes of benefit accruals.

         A section 401(a)(17) employee means an employee whose current accrued
    benefit as of a date on or after the first day of the first plan year
    beginning on or after January 1, 1994, is based on compensation for a year
    beginning prior to the first day of the first plan year beginning on or
    after January 1, 1994, that exceeded $150,000.

                                       PART III

         If this plan satisfies the requirements of section 1.401(a)(4)-13(d)
    of the regulations for a fresh-start as of the last day of the last plan
    year beginning before January 1, 1994, then, notwithstanding any other
    provisions of the plan, any section 401(a)(17) employee's accrued benefit,
    frozen in accordance with section 1.401(a)(14-13 of the regulations as of a
    fresh-start 


<PAGE>

    date, is adjusted to reflect increases in the employee's
    compensation after the fresh-start date.  However, this adjustment may be
    made only if the adjustment will not cause the plan to fail to satisfy the
    consistency requirement of section 1.401(a)(4)-13(c), as modified by
    section 1.401(a)(17)-1(e) of the proposed regulations.

         In determining a section 401(a)(17) employee's accrued benefit in any
    plan year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the portion of the
    employee's frozen accrued benefit attributable to plan years beginning
    before January 1, 1994, will be determined in accordance with Method A for
    statutory section 401(a)(17) employees and Method B for section 401(a)(17)
    employees other than statutory section 401(a)(17) employees.

         A statutory section 401(a)(17) employee means an employee whose
    current accrued benefit as of a date on or after January 1, 1994, is based
    on compensation for a year beginning prior to January 1, 1989, that
    exceeded $200,000.

         A section 401(A)(17) employee means an employee whose current accrued
    benefit as of a date on or after January 1, 1994, is based on compensation
    for a year beginning prior to January 1, 1994, that exceeded $150,000.

    Method A (statutory section 401(a)(17) employees):

    Step 1:   Determine each statutory section 401(a)(17) employee's accrued
              benefit as of the last day of the last plan year beginning before
              January 1, 1989, frozen in accordance with section 1.401(a)(4)-13
              of the regulations.

    Step 2:   Adjust the amount in step 1 up through the last day of the last
              plan year beginning before the first plan year beginning on or
              after January 1, 1994, under the method provided under the plan
              for increasing the amount in step 1 to take into account
              increases in compensation in plan years beginning on or after
              January 1, 1989.  However, if the plan does not provide for such
              increases, the amount in step 2 shall be equal to the amount in
              step 1.


<PAGE>

    Step 3:   Determine the statutory section 401(a)(17) employee's accrued
              benefit as of the last day of the last plan year beginning before
              January 1, 1994, frozen in accordance with section 1.401(a)(4)-13
              of the regulations.

    Step 4:   Subtract the amount determined in step 2 from the amount
              determined in step 3.

    Step 5:   Adjust the amount in step 4 by multiplying it by the following
              fraction (not less than 1).  The numerator of the fraction is the
              statutory section 401(a)(17) employee's average compensation
              determined for the current year (as limited by section
              401(a)(17)), using the same definition and compensation formula
              in effect as of the last day of the last plan year beginning
              before January 1, 1994.  The denominator of the fraction is the
              employee's average compensation for the last day of the last plan
              year beginning before January 1, 1994, using the definition and
              compensation formula in effect as of the last day of the last
              plan year beginning before January 1, 1994.

    Step 6:   Adjust the amount in step 1 by multiplying it by the following
              fraction (not less than 1).  The numerator of the fraction is the
              statutory section 401(a)(17) employee's average compensation for
              the current year (as limited by section 401(a)(17)), using the
              same definition of compensation and compensation formula in
              effect as of the last day of the last plan year beginning before
              January 1, 1989.  The denominator of the fraction is the
              employee's average compensation for the last day of the last plan
              year beginning before January 1, 1989, using the definition and
              compensation formula in effect as of the last day of the last
              plan year beginning before January 1, 1989.

    Step 7:   Add the amounts determined in step 5, and the greater of steps 6
              or 2.

       Method B (section 401(a)(17) employees other


<PAGE>

       than statutory section 401(a)(17) employees):

    Step 1:   Determine the accrued benefit of each section 401(a)(17) employee
              other than statutory section 401(a)(17) employees as of the last
              day of the plan year beginning before January 1, 1994, frozen in
              accordance with section 1.401(a)(4)-13 of the regulations.

    Step 2:   Adjust the amount in step 1 by multiplying it by the following
              fraction (not less than 1).  The numerator of the fraction is the
              average compensation of the section 401(a)(17) employee who is
              not a statutory section 401(a)(17) employee determined for the
              current year (as limited by section 401(a)(17), using the same
              definition and compensation formula in effect as of the last day
              of the last plan year beginning before January 1, 1994.  The
              denominator of the fraction is the employee's average
              compensation for the last day of the last plan year beginning
              before January 1, 1994, using the definition and compensation
              formula in effect as of the last day of the last plan year
              beginning before January 1, 1994.

<PAGE>



                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.31











                 APPENDIX C TO THE CONSOLIDATED PENSION PLAN
             FOR ACME STEEL COMPANY SALARIED AND HOURLY EMPLOYEES





                          EFFECTIVE DECEMBER 31, 1993

<PAGE>

NOTE:     The name of the Plan  was changed as of July 31, 1994  to Consolidated
          Pension Plan for Acme Salaried and Hourly Employees.

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2

     Section 1.1  Average Annual Earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
     Section 1.2  Average Monthly Earnings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2
     Section 1.3  Basic Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
     Section 1.4  Board of Directors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
     Section 1.5  Code  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
     Section 1.6  Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
     Section 1.7  Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
     Section 1.8  Continuous Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
     Section 1.9  Earnings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
     Section 1.10 Effective Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
     Section 1.11 Eligible for Public Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
     Section 1.12 Employee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
     Section 1.13 ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
     Section 1.14 Fiduciary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
     Section 1.15 Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
     Section 1.16 Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
     Section 1.17 Plan Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
     Section 1.18 Public Pension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
     Section 1.19 Retirement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
     Section 1.20 Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
     Section 1.21 Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
     Section 1.22 Trust Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
     Section 1.23 Union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

ARTICLE II
ELIGIBILITY FOR PENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

     Section 2.1  Normal Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
     Section 2.2  62/15 Retirement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
     Section 2.3  30 Year Retirement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
     Section 2.4  60/15 Retirement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
     Section 2.5  Permanent Incapacity Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
     Section 2.6  70/80 Retirement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
     Section 2.7  Rule of 65 Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

<PAGE>

                                        - ii -
     Section 2.8  Deferred Vested Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
     Section 2.9  Sickness or Accident Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

ARTICLE III
AMOUNT OF PENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

     Section 3.1  Types of Pension Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
     Section 3.2  Special Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
     Section 3.3  Regular Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
     Section 3.4  Increased Pension - Permanent 
                  Incapacity or 70/80 Retirement Pension  . . . . . . . . . . 32
     Section 3.5  Increased Pension - Rule of 65 
                  Retirement Pension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
     Section 3.6  Increased Pension - 62/15 or 30 
                  Year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
     Section 3.7  Regular Pension - Part-time 
                  Participants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
     Section 3.8  Deduction for Public Pension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
     Section 3.9  Deduction for Other Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
     Section 3.10 Deduction for Severance Allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
     Section 3.11 Deduction for Disability Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
     Section 3.12 Pension Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
     Section 3.13 Commencement and Termination 
                  of Regular Pension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
     Section 3.14 Lump Sum Payment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
     Section 3.15 Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
     Section 3.16 Pre-Retirement Survivor 
                  Annuity Coverage  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
     Section 3.17 Automatic 50% Spouse Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
     Section 3.18 Co-Pensioner Options  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
     Section 3.19 Minimum Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
     Section 3.20 Limitation on Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
     Section 3.21 Five-Year Term Certain Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

ARTICLE IV
SURVIVING SPOUSE'S BENEFIT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

     Section 4.1  Eligibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
     Section 4.2  Amount of Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
     Section 4.3  Calculation of Benefit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

<PAGE>

                                       - iii -

     Section 4.4  Commencement and Termination of 
                  Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
     Section 4.5  Determination of Status as 
                  Surviving Spouse  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
     Section 4.6  Information to be Provided 
                  by the Company  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
     Section 4.7  Surviving Spouse of Part-Time 
                  Participants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

ARTICLE V
DETERMINATION OF CONTINUOUS SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

     Section 5.1  Continuous Service Defined  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
     Section 5.2  Elapsed Time  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  104

ARTICLE VI
REEMPLOYMENT AFTER ATTAINMENT OF PENSION 
ELIGIBILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  107

     Section 6.1  Applicability of Other Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . .  107
     Section 6.2  Effect on Pension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  107
     Section 6.3  Continuous Service  of Reemployed                           
                  Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  108
     Section 6.4  Special Pension Eligibility after               
                  Reemployment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  110
     Section 6.5  Special Rules as to Amount 
                  of Pension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  111
     Section 6.6  Amount of Reinstated 70/80 
                  Retirement Pension  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  111

ARTICLE VII
APPEALS PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  111

     Section 7.1  Disputes as to Eligibility 
                  or Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  111
     Section 7.2  Disputes as to Permanent 
                  Incapacity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  116

ARTICLE VIII
TRUST AND FINANCING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  117

<PAGE>

                                        - iv -

     Section 8.1  The Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  117
     Section 8.2 Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  118

ARTICLE IX
ADMINISTRATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  118

     Section 9.1  Fiduciaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  118
     Section 9.2  Appointment of Committee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  119
     Section 9.3  Quorum  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  120
     Section 9.4  Powers and Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  121
     Section 9.5  Immunity of Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  122
     Section 9.6  Claims and Review Procedures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  123

ARTICLE X
GENERAL PROVISIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  123

     Section 10.1  Permanency of the Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  123
     Section 10.2  Amendment of Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  125
     Section 10.3  Merger or Consolidation of Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . .  127
     Section 10.4  No Interest in Trust Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  127
     Section 10.5  No Contract of Employment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  127
     Section 10.6  No Diversion of Trust Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  128
     Section 10.7  Alienation of Benefits Prohibited  . . . . . . . . . . .  128
     Section 10.8  Written Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  130
     Section 10.9  Name and Address Changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  130
     Section 10.10 Identity of Payee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  131
     Section 10.11 Evidence Conclusive  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  131
     Section 10.12 Individual Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  132
     Section 10.13 Deductions for Insurance Premiums  . . . . . . . . . . .  132
     Section 10.14 Number and Gender  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  133

ARTICLE XI
HOSPITAL-MEDICAL BENEFITS FOR
ELIGIBLE PENSIONERS AND SURVIVING SPOUSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  133

     Section 11.1  Allocation of Funds to 
                   Separate Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  133
     Section 11.2  Method of Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  134

<PAGE>

                                        - v -


     Section 11.3  Benefits Payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  135
     Section 11.4  Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  136
     Section 11.5  Additional Requirements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  137

EXHIBIT A
Tables of Percentages

EXHIBIT B
Special Rules Regarding Allowed Service

EXHIBIT C
Payments to Pre-1974 Surviving Spouses

EXHIBIT D
Payments to Certain Surviving Spouses

EXHIBIT E
Special Rules with Respect toRule-of-65 Retirement

EXHIBIT F
Coverage of Plant Protection Officers

EXHIBIT G
MODEL AMENDMENT REQUIRED
BY IRC SECTION 401(a)(17)

<PAGE>

                     APPENDIX C TO THE CONSOLIDATED PENSION PLAN
                 FOR ACME STEEL COMPANY SALARIED AND HOURLY EMPLOYEES

                             EFFECTIVE DECEMBER 31, 1993


     The  Acme Steel Company Chicago Plant Hourly Employees' Pension  Plan,
    originally effective  January 1, 1966 and amended and restated from time to
    time thereafter, and amended and restated effective September 1, 1993,
    is hereby merged into the Consolidated Pension Plan for Acme Steel
    Company Salaried and Hourly Employees effective  December 31, 1993 as 
    Appendix C.  The Plan is intended to meet the requirements for 
    income tax qualification as a defined benefit pension plan under Section
    401(a) and related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
    amended.  Appendix C as presently constituted shall govern the benefits
    to be provided to hourly employees at the Company's Chicago Plant who
    retire  or  terminate  employment on or after December 31, 1993. 
    Benefits of such employees who retired  or terminated  employment
    prior to December 31, 1993 shall be governed by the  terms of  the Acme 
    Steel Company Chicago  Plant Hourly  Employees Pension  Plan in  effect on 
    the date  of their retirement or termination of employment, subject to any
    changes in benefits made applicable to them after such date.

<PAGE>

                                        - 2 -

                                      ARTICLE I
                                     DEFINITIONS

     SECTION 1.1  AVERAGE ANNUAL EARNINGS.   The term "Average Annual  Earnings"
means the average of  the gross earnings (as  the term "earnings" is      
defined in Section 1.9(b) and as modified by Sections 1.9(c) and (d)) of a
Participant  for the years 1989, 1990, 1991 and 1992.

     SECTION 1.2  AVERAGE MONTHLY EARNINGS.  The term "Average Monthly Earnings"
means the  average of the monthly earnings (as the term "earnings" is defined in
Section 1.9(a) and as modified by Sections 1.9(c) and (d)) of a Participant for
services  rendered which  are  paid by  the  Company during  the  last 120  full
calendar months of continuous service prior to retirement determined as follows:

     a)   The  Participant's  earnings  will  be  calculated  for  each  of  the
          calculation  years  during  the  last  120  full  calendar  months  of
          continuous service  prior to  retirement, I.E., the  first calculation
          year will be the first 12 out  of the last 120 full calendar months of
          continuous service  prior to  retirement, the second  calculation year
          will  be the second 12

<PAGE>

                                        - 3 -

          out of such 120 months and so forth through the tenth  calculation
          year  which will  be the  last 12  out of  such 120 months.

     b)   There  will  then  be  selected  from  such  10  calculation  years  a
          "calculation period" which will be the 5 consecutive calculation years
          in which the Participant's aggregated earnings were the highest.

     c)   Earnings during the calculation  period will be divided by  60, except
          that  if during the calculation period the Participant has been absent
          from work without  pay because of disability or layoff, the divisor of
          60 will  be  reduced by  the  greater of  the  aggregate of  the  full
          calendar months of such absence:
          1)   in excess of 3 in each separate period, or
          2)   in excess of 6;
          provided, however that in the case of permanent incapacity  retirement
          before making  the foregoing reduction,  if the calculation  period is
          the  last 5  calculation  years prior  to  retirement, there  will  be
          deducted each full calendar month that the

<PAGE>

                                        - 4 -

         Participant has been absent without pay because  of total  disability 
         during the  last 6  calendar months of such period.   Months deducted 
         under the  preceding sentence will not be counted as months of absence 
         under 1) or 2) above.

     SECTION 1.3   BASIC AGREEMENT.  The term "Basic  Agreement" means the labor
agreement between  the Company and  the Union  covering rates of  pay, hours  of
work,  and other  basic  terms and  conditions  of employment  at the  Company's
Chicago,  Illinois  operations,   which  is   in  effect  from   time  to   time
simultaneously  with this  Plan,  and  when used  with  respect to  an  Employee
represented  by the  United Steelworkers  of America  means the  Basic Agreement
applicable to  him.  The term  "Basic Agreement" also means  the labor agreement
between the Company and the United Plant Guard Workers of America covering rates
of pay, hours of work, and other basic terms and conditions of employment at the
Company's Chicago,  Illinois operations, which  is in effect from  time to time,
and when used with  respect to an Employee represented by the United Plant Guard
Workers of America means the Basic Agreement applicable to him.

<PAGE>

                                        - 5 -

     SECTION 1.4  BOARD  OF DIRECTORS.  The term "Board of  Directors" means the
board of directors of the Company.

     SECTION 1.5   CODE.  The  term "Code"  means the Internal  Revenue Code of
1986, as amended.

     SECTION 1.6  COMMITTEE.  The term "Committee" means the committee appointed
to administer the Plan as provided in Article IX hereof.

     SECTION 1.7   COMPANY.   The term  "Company" means  Acme Steel  Company, a
Delaware corporation, or the successor or successors thereto.

     SECTION 1.8   CONTINUOUS  SERVICE.   The  term "continuous  service" means
service that continues in the manner described in Article V.

     SECTION 1.9  EARNINGS.   (a)   The term "earnings" for  the purpose of  the
term "average  monthly earnings" in Section 1.2 and as used  in Sections 3.3(a)
and  (b) means the Participant's  earnings (which includes  the amount resulting
from a Cost-of-Living Adjustment provision only to the extent of the first Cost-
of-Living Adjustment  which was included in the  base hourly rates subsequent to
April 30,  1974), plus  any  elective  deferrals  of  a  Participant  which  are
contributed to a plan 

<PAGE>

                                        - 6 -

maintained by the Company which meets  the requirements of Section 401(k) of the
Code, and less any inflation recognition payments, Profit-Sharing  payments,  
signing and  lump  sum payments  (other than  lump  sum wage grievance 
settlements), suggestion awards,  severance pay, tuition reimbursement and 
premium reimbursement payments.

     (b)    The term  "earnings"  for  the purpose  of  the  term "annual  gross
earnings"  in  Sections 3.3(a), (b)  and  (d)  means  a Participant's  earnings
calculated  in  accordance with  subSection (a)  above, including  all  amounts
resulting from a  Cost-of-Living Adjustment  provision both prior  to and  after
April 30, 1974.

     (c)   If a Participant  has served as a member  of the Grievance Committee,
Safety  Committee, or  Job Classification  Committee (not  to exceed  the number
specified in the Basic Agreement at any  time at the plant) as identified in the
Basic  Agreement,  or  as  a  President,  Vice  President, Recording  Secretary,
Financial Secretary and/or Treasurer of a local of the Union, or shall have been
absent from  work because of leave of absence  granted upon the request of the
Union to  any Participant who shall be appointed  or elected to any other

<PAGE>

                                        - 7 -

office in the Union at the plant and for  that reason shall have been absent 
from work in  accordance with  the terms of  the Basic  Agreement during  that 
period, his earnings for  each month in  which he so served,  for purposes of  
computing his "average monthly earnings" in (a)  above and his "annual gross 
earnings"  in (b) above will be adjusted  so as to be fairly representative of 
his normal earnings had he not been so absent.

     (d)  For purposes of this Plan, earnings taken into account during any plan
year commencing prior to January 1, 1994 will not exceed $200,000 or such amount
as may be  determined by the Secretary of the Treasury  for such plan year.  For
any plan  year  commencing on  or  after January 1,  1994,  earnings taken  into
account during the plan year will not exceed $150,000 (as provided in Exhibit G)
or  such amount as may be  determined by the Secretary of  the Treasury for such
plan year.  This limitation on earnings that may be considered for Plan purposes
will be applied by taking into  account the earnings paid by the Company  to all
members of the Participant's family to the extent required by Section 401(a)(17)
and Section 414(q) of  the Code.  If the limitation

<PAGE>

                                        - 8 -

is exceeded, the limitation will be  prorated among  the affected  individuals
in  proportion  to each  such individual's earnings prior to the application of 
this limitation.

     SECTION 1.10  EFFECTIVE DATE.  The term "Effective Date" means September 1,
1993, although  the Plan was  originally effective January 1, 1966  and has been
amended and restated from time to time thereafter.

     SECTION 1.11  ELIGIBLE FOR PUBLIC PENSION.  The phrase "Eligible for Public
Pension" is used with respect to  a Participant when he is eligible to  receive,
or would upon application be eligible to  receive, a Public Pension or would  be
so eligible except for an offset or suspension imposed by law.

     SECTION 1.12   EMPLOYEE.  The term "Employee" means  any employee who, from
time to time during the  period in which this  Plan is effective, is covered  by
the Basic Agreement and,  in addition, all other  persons on the payroll of  the
Company's  Chicago, Illinois  operations who are  paid wages based  on an hourly
rate, excluding any person paid on a salaried basis.
     The term "Employee" does not include leased employees, provided that leased
employees do not constitute 20% or more
<PAGE>


                                        - 9 -
of the Company's non-highly compensated employees within the meaning of Section
414(q) of the Code; however, leased employees will be taken into account in
determining whether the Plan meets applicable coverage and nondiscrimination
tests under the Code.

    SECTION 1.13  ERISA. The term "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended.

    SECTION 1.14  FIDUCIARY. The term "Fiduciary" includes the Company, the
Trustee and the Committee, and the use of the term is intended to be consistent
with the definition of "fiduciary" in ERISA and in regulations and official
governmental interpretations issued pursuant to ERISA.

    SECTION 1.15  PARTICIPANT. The term "Participant" means any Employee who
has had at least one year of continuous service and has attained age 21 and
who,from time to time during the period in which this Plan is effective, is
accruing continuous service; and, where  so indicated, the term "Participant"
also meansany person who  is no longer  accruing continuous service but who had
attained pension eligibility under this Plan at the date he or she ceased to
accrue continuous service, including a person who is retired and is

<PAGE>

                                        - 10 -
receiving or is entitled to receive pension benefits under this Plan. The term
"Participant" also refers to any former hourly employee of Interlake, Inc. at
its Chicago, Illinois operation who was entitled to pension benefits under this
Plan prior to May 29, 1986, but does not include any former hourly employees of
Interlake, Inc. at its Toledo, Ohio or Beverly, Ohio operations.

    SECTION 1.16  PLAN. The term "Plan" means this Acme Steel Company Chicago
Plant Hourly Employees' Pension Plan, as amended from time to time.

    SECTION 1.17  PLAN YEAR. The term "Plan Year" means the calendar year,
January 1 through December 31 of each year.

    SECTION 1.18  PUBLIC PENSION.  The term "Public Pension" means a benefit in
the nature of an annuity, pension or payment of similar kind (i) under Title II
of the Social Security Act or its successor (the "Social Security Act") or (ii)
under the Railroad Retirement Act or its successor, or under a provision of law
hereafter established, if for such benefit the Company has contributed directly
or indirectly by tax or otherwise with respect to employment of the 
Participant.

<PAGE>

                                        - 11 -
    SECTION 1.19  RETIREMENT. The term "Retirement" means, and for purposes of
this Plan retirement shall be considered to occur:

    a)   in the case of a Participant who applies for a pension prior to a
         break in continuous service, on the date he specifies as the date he
         wishes to retire, which will be a date on or after the latest of:

         1)   the date of his request for retirement;

         2)   the date of his attainment of eligibility for a pension under
              this Plan; or

         3)   the last day for which he earned wages from the Company,
         but not later than the last day of his continuous service; or

    b)   in the case of a Participant who applies for a pension after a break
         in continuous service, on the last day of his continuous service,
         provided that on such last day he was eligible for an immediate or
         deferred pension under this Plan.



<PAGE>

                                        - 12 -
    SECTION 1.20  TRUST. The term "Trust" means the trust agreement pursuant to
which the assets utilized to finance the benefits payable under this Plan
areheld and administered.

    Section 1.21  TRUSTEE. The term "Trustee" means the corporation or
individuals or any successor trustee duly appointed by the Board of Directors to
administer the Trust Fund in accordance with the Trust.

    SECTION 1.22  TRUST FUND. The term "Trust Fund" means all property held by
the Trustee which the Company deposits pursuant to the Trust to finance the
payment of benefits and defray administrative expenses and includes the income
earned on such property.

    SECTION 1.23  UNION. The term "Union" means the United Steelworkers of
America with respect to Employees in the bargaining unit represented by the
United Steelworkers of America or the United Plant Guard Workers of America with
respect to Employees in the bargaining unit represented by the United Plant
Guard Workers of America.

<PAGE>

                                        - 13 -

                                      ARTICLE II
                               ELIGIBILITY FOR PENSION

    SECTION 2.1  NORMAL RETIREMENT. Any Participant who has completed at least
5 years of continuous service and who has attained age 65 will be eligible to
retire and will, upon his retirement, be eligible for a normal retirement
pension.

    SECTION 2.2  62/15 RETIREMENT. Any Participant who has not attained age 65
but who has completed at least 15 years of continuous service and has attained
age 62 will be eligible to retire and will, upon his retirement, be eligible for
a 62/15 retirement pension.

    SECTION 2.3  30 YEAR RETIREMENT. Any Participant who has not attained age
62 but who has completed at least 30 years of continuous service will be
eligible to retire and will, upon his retirement, be eligible to receive a 30-
year retirement pension.

    SECTION 2.4  60/15 RETIREMENT. Any Participant who has completed at least
15 but less than 30 years of continuous service and who has attained age 60 but
not age 62 will be eligible to retire and will, upon his retirement, be eligible
to receive a 60/15 retirement pension.

<PAGE>

                                        - 14 -
    Section 2.5  PERMANENT INCAPACITY RETIREMENT. Any Participant who has
completed at least 15 years of continuous service and who has become permanently
incapacitated will be eligible to retire and will, upon his retirement, be
eligible to receive a permanent incapacity retirement pension. For purposes of
this Plan, a Participant will be considered to be "permanently incapacitated"
only (i) if he has been totally disabled by bodily injury or disease so as to be
prevented thereby from engaging in any employment of the type covered by the
Basic Agreement, and (ii) after such total disability has continued for a period
of 5 consecutive months and, in the opinion of a qualified physician, it will be
permanent and continuous during the remainder of his life. Incapacity
contracted, suffered or incurred while the Participant was engaged in, or
resulted from his having engaged in, a criminal enterprise, or resulting from
future service in the armed forces and which prevents him from returning to
employment with the Company for which he receives a military pension, will not
entitle a Participant to a pension under this paragraph. Such pension shall be
discontinued if the Participant ceases to be permanently incapacitated prior to
age 62. The

<PAGE>

                                        - 15 -
Plan Administrator may require verification of the permanency of incapacity by
medical examination prior to age 62 at any reasonable time.

    SECTION 2.6  70/80 RETIREMENT. Any Participant who has not attained age 62
but who has completed at least 15 years of continuous service and either (i) has
attained age 55 and whose combined age and years of continuous service equal 70
or more, or (ii) whose combined age and years of continuous service equal 80 or
more and:

    a)   whose continuous service is broken by reason of a permanent shutdown
         of a plant, department or subdivision thereof or by reason of a layoff
         or physical disability, or

    b)   whose continuous service is not broken and who is absent from work by
         reason of:

         1)   a layoff resulting from his election to be placed on layoff
              status pursuant to the provisions of the Basic Agreement
              applicable in the event of a permanent shutdown, or

         2)   a physical disability or a layoff other than a layoff resulting
              from an election referred to

<PAGE>

                                        - 16 -
              above and whose return to active employment is declared unlikely
              by the Company, or

    c)   whose continuous service is not broken and who, while on layoff status
         by reason of his election to be placed on such status pursuant to the
         provisions of the Basic Agreement applicable in the event of a
         permanent shutdown, accepts a job with the Company and, prior to the
         expiration of 90 consecutive calendar days from the first day worked
         on such job, elects to retire,
will be eligible to retire and will, upon his retirement, be eligible for a
70/80 retirement pension.

    Section 2.7  RULE OF 65 RETIREMENT. Any Participant (i) who has completed
at least 20 years of continuous service as of his last day worked, (ii) who has
not attained age 55, and (iii) whose combined age and years of continuous
service equal 65 or more but less than 80, and

    a)   whose continuous service is broken by reason of a layoff or
         disability, or

    b)   whose continuous service is not broken and who is absent from work by
         reason of a layoff resulting

<PAGE>

                                        - 17 -
         from his election to be placed on layoff  status pursuant to the
         provisions of the Basic Agreement applicable in  the event of a
         permanent shutdown, or

    c)   whose continuous service is not broken and who is absent from work by
         reason of a physical disability or a layoff other than a layoff
         resulting from an election referred to above and whose return to
         active employment is declared unlikely by the Company,
and who has not  been offered suitable long-term employment, as defined in
Exhibit E hereto, will be eligible to retire and will, upon his retirement, be
eligible to receive a Rule of 65 retirement pension; provided, however, that
ifat the time of application for retirement the Company has not yet determined
whether the Participant will be offered suitable long-term employment, the
Participant will not be eligible to retire until the earlier of the date on
which the Company advises the Participant that he will not be offered suitable
long-term employment or the date on which the Participant incurs a break in
continuous service.

<PAGE>

                                        - 18 -
    SECTION 2.8  DEFERRED VESTED PENSION. Any Participant not eligible to
receive a pension under any other provision of this Article II whose continuous
service is broken for any reason and who, at the time of such break in
continuous service, has completed at least 5 years of continuous service will be
eligible for a deferred vested retirement pension, subject to the provisions
relating to application set forth in Section 3.12 and commencement of pension
set forth in subsections (d) and (e) of Section 3.13. At the time of such break
in continuous service, the Company will furnish the Participant with an
appropriate written notice of the eligibility requirements and his relevant
employment data.

    Section 2.9  SICKNESS OR ACCIDENT BENEFITS. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in this Plan, no pension (including any special payment) will
be payable for any month with respect to which the Participant claims and is
eligible for sickness or accident benefits for Employees provided under a
Company program or similar benefits provided under law.

<PAGE>

                                        - 19 -

                                     ARTICLE III
                                  AMOUNT OF PENSION

    Section 3.1  TYPES OF PENSION PAYMENTS. A pension granted pursuant to
Article II will consist of:

    a)   a special initial pension amount ("special payment"), except in the
         case of any Participant eligible for a permanent incapacity retirement
         pension or a deferred vested retirement pension (or as provided in
         Section 6.5), and

    b)   a regular pension amount ("regular pension"), payable in monthly
         installments except as otherwise provided in Section 3.14,
 provided in accordance with the provisions of this Article III.

    Section 3.2  SPECIAL PAYMENT. The amount of a special payment for a
Participant who was entitled to receive a vacation in the year of retirement or
who would have been entitled to receive a vacation in the year of retirement
except for such retirement will be calculated as follows:

    a)   a Participant's "vacation pay" as defined below will be multiplied by
         13 (14 in the case of a

<PAGE>

                                        - 20 -
         Participant eligible for more than 4 weeks of regular vacation in the
         year of retirement);

    b)   the amount determined in a) above will be reduced by all vacation pay
         the Participant received in such year.

    The amount of the special payment for a Participant not in any event
entitled to vacation in the year of retirement will be calculated under the
formula established above as though the Participant had retired in the year in
which he was last entitled to a vacation.

    The special payment will be payable for the first 3 full calendar months
following the month in which retirement occurs. Such special payment will be
made in a lump sum within the first full calendar month following the month in
which retirement occurs, or within the month following the month in which
retirement occurs, or within the month in which application for pension is made,
whichever is later.

    With  respect to any Participant on a leave of absence referred to in the
provision contained in Section 1.9(c), if any such Participant makes application
for pension in a year in which he is not in any event entitled to vacation, for
the

<PAGE>

                                        - 21 -
purpose of determining the amount of his special payment the vacation pay to
which he would have been entitled had he not been on leave of absence will be
used for determination of the rate to be used in calculating the special payment
and the amount deductible therefrom for vacation.

    As used in this Plan, when used in connection with Employees covered by the
Basic Agreement, the word "vacation" means the vacation provided under the
vacation section of the Basic Agreement, "vacation pay" means the pay for a week
of vacation calculated as provided in the vacation Section of the Basic
Agreement. When used with respect to Employees not covered by the Basic
Agreement the words "vacation" and "vacation pay" will have their normal
meaning.

    SECTION 3.3  REGULAR PENSION. A Participant's regular pension will be the
highest of the monthly amounts calculated in accordance with subsections (a),
(b), (c), and (d) below, adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Sections
3.4 through 3.11 and 3.15 and 3.16, if applicable:

    a)   "RETIREMENT DATE EBU": the monthly amount determined by multiplying
         the Participant's number of years (and fractions thereof calculated to
         the

<PAGE>

                                        - 22 -
         nearest month) of his continuous service by the Enriched Benefit Unit
         ("EBU") determined on the basis of the level of the Participant's
         annual gross earnings (as the term "earnings" is defined in Section
         1.9(b)) in 1986, 1987, or 1988, whichever is the highest, as follows:
<PAGE>

                                        - 23 -

                    FOR RETIREMENTS ON OR AFTER SEPTEMBER 1, 1993

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       Earnings in
                       Highest Year                            EBU per year 
 Level                 At least             Less than          of service
<S>                    <C>                  <C>                <C>
 1                                          $32,000            $32
 2                     $32,000              $36,000            $36
 3                     $36,000              $40,000            $40
 4                     $40,000              $44,000            $44
 5                     $44,000              $48,000            $48
 6                     $48,000              $52,000            $52
 7                     $52,000              -                  $56

</TABLE>

    A participant who has no earnings in 1986, 1987, or 1988 will be
    treated as entitled to a Level 1 EBU.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, 
    Participant's EBU attributable to his years of continuous service as  
    of December 31, 1992 shall not be less than the monthly amount equal  
    to a Participant's average monthly earnings (as the term is defined in 
    Section 1.2) multiplied by:

    (i)  for a Participant with more than 30 years of continuous service as of
         December 31, 1992, 33% plus a percentage determined by 

<PAGE>
                                        - 24 -

         multiplying 1.2% by the number of years (and fractions thereof 
         calculated to the nearest month) of his continuous service as of
         December 31, 1992 in excess of 30 years, or

    (ii) for a Participant with 30 or less years of continuous service as of
         December 31, 1992, 1.1% multiplied by the number of years (and
         fractions thereof calculated to the nearest month) of his continuous
         service as of December 31, 1992, 
plus an additional amount determined by multiplying the amount 
determined in accordance with (i) or (ii) above, whichever is 
applicable, by 5%.  

          For purposes of this subparagraph, a Participant's average  monthly 
earnings shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.9(a) but by assuming 
that the Participant's retirement occurred on  December 31, 1992  and by taking
into account only earnings through  such date.  A Participant's earnings shall
include a cost-of-living  adjustment add-on of $2.36 for each hour paid during 
the five 

<PAGE>

                                        - 25 -

         consecutive calculation years considered in the computation of his 
         average monthly earnings.

     b)  "1989 EBU":  the monthly amount determined by multiplying the 
         Participant's number of years (and fractions thereof calculated to the 
         nearest month) of his continuous service prior to August 31, 1989, by 
         the Participant's EBU determined on the basis of the level of the  
         Participant's annual gross earnings (as the term "earnings" is defined 
         in Section 1.9(b)) in 1986, 1987, or 1988, whichever is the highest,  
         as follows:

                        FOR RETIREMENTS OCCURRING BETWEEN
                       AUGUST 31, 1989 AND AUGUST 31, 1993


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        Earnings In
                        Highest Year                           EBU per year
 Level                  At Least           Less Than           of service
<S>                     <C>                <C>                 <C>
 1                                         $28,000             $28
 2                      $28,000            $32,000             $32
 3                      $32,000            $36,000             $36
 4                      $36,000            $40,000             $40
 5                      $40,000            $44,000             $44
 6                      $44,000                -               $48

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                        - 26 -

    A participant who has no gross earnings in 1986, 1987, or 1988 will  be 
    treated as entitled to a Level 1 EBU.  

    Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant's EBU attributable to his  
    years of continuous service as of August 31, 1989 shall not be less  than 
    the monthly amount equal to the Participant's average monthly  earnings (as
    that term is defined in Section 1.2) multiplied by:  

    (i)  for a Participant with more than 30 years of continuous service as of
         August 31, 1989, 33% plus a percentage determined by multiplying 1.2%
         by the number of years (and fractions thereof calculated to the  
         nearest month) of his continuous service as of August 31, 1989 in 
         excess of 30 years, or  

    (ii) for a Participant with 30 or less years of continuous service as of 
         August 31, 1989, 1.1% multiplied by the number of years (and fractions
         thereof calculated to the nearest 

<PAGE>
                                        - 27 -

         month) of his continuous service as of August 31, 1989,  

    plus an additional amount determined by multiplying the amount determined 
    in accordance with (a) or (b) above, whichever is  applicable, by 5%.

         For purposes of this subsection, a Participant's average monthly  
    earnings shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.9(a) but by  
    assuming that the Participant's retirement occurred on August 31,  1989, 
    and by taking into account only earnings through such date.  A Participant's
    earnings shall include a cost-of-living adjustment add-on of $2.36 for each
    hour paid during the five consecutive calculation years considered in the 
    computation of his average monthly earnings.

c)  "30-YEAR MINIMUM PENSION":  For a Participant who retires on or after 
    September 1, 1993 with 30 or more years of continuous service, an  
    amount equal to $1,200 per month.

d)  "1997 EBU":  For a Participant who retires on or after January 1,  
    1997, a monthly amount determined 

<PAGE>
                                        - 28 -

         by multiplying his years of  continuous service by his EBU determined 
         under (a) above based on his  single highest annual earnings (as the 
         term "earnings" is defined in  Section 1.9(b)) for the years 1986, 
         1987 and 1988 or his average  annual earnings (as that term is defined
         in Section 1.1), whichever is  greater.

     For a 60/15 retirement the monthly amount determined above is applicable
only if regular pension commences after attainment of age 62 ("deferred 60/15
retirement pension"), and for any deferred vested pension the monthly amount
determined above is applicable only if:

    a)   with respect to a Participant who incurs a break in continuous service 
         after attaining age 40 and completing at least 15 years of continuous 
         service, regular pension commences after the Participant has attained 
         age 62; or

    b)   with respect to a Participant who incurs a break in continuous service 
         either prior to attaining age 40, or after attaining age 40 and before 
         completing at least 15 years of continuous service, regular 

<PAGE>
                                        - 29 -

         pension  commences after the Participant has attained age 65.

     A Participant may in his application for 60/15 pension elect an immediate
pension, and a Participant who incurs a break in continuous service after
attaining age 40 and completing at least 15 years of continuous service who is
entitled to a deferred vested pension may, pursuant to Section 3.12, make
application for commencement of pension payments after attainment of age 60 and
prior to attainment of age 62, and in either such case the monthly amount
calculated above shall be reduced to the actuarial equivalent thereof using the
following percentages for each age of a Participant indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          AGE AT START
           OF PENSION              PERCENTAGE
         ------------             ----------
          <S>                      <C>
          60                       83.72%
          60-1/12                  84.46%
          60-2/12                  85.09%
          60-3/12                  85.73%
          60-4/12                  86.36%
          60-5/12                  87.00%
          60-6/12                  87.64%
          60-7/12                  88.27%
          60-8/12                  88.91%
          60-9/12                  89.54%
          60-10/12                 90.18%
          60-11/12                 90.81%

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                        - 30 -

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         <S>                      <C>
          61                       91.45%
          61-1/12                  92.16%
          61-2/12                  92.87%
          61-3/12                  93.59%
          61-4/12                  94.30%
          61-5/12                  95.01%
          61-6/12                  95.72%
          61-7/12                  96.44%
          61-8/12                  97.15%
          61-9/12                  97.86%
          61-10/12                 98.57%
          61-11/12                 99.29%
          62                      100.00%

</TABLE>

The above percentages shall be applied on the basis of the Participant's age
to the nearest month.

     A Participant who incurs a break in continuous service either prior to
attaining age 40, or after attaining age 40 and before completing at least 15
years of continuous service, and who is entitled to a deferred vested pension
may, pursuant to Section 3.12, make application for commencement of pension
payments after attainment of age 60 and prior to attainment of age 65, and in
such case the monthly amount calculated above shall be reduced to the actuarial
equivalent thereof using the following percentage for each age of a Participant
indicated below:

<PAGE>

                                        - 31 -

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Age at Start of                        Age at Start of
Pension             Percentage         Pension              Percentage
<S>                 <C>                <C>                  <C>
60                  63.10              62-7/12              79.51
60-1/12             63.58              62-8/12              80.11
60-2/12             64.06              62-9/12              80.71
60-3/12             64.54              62-10/12             81.32
60-4/12             65.02              62-11/12             81.93
60-5/12             65.50              63                   82.53
60-6/12             65.98              63-1/12              83.21
60-7/12             66.45              63-2/12              83.89
60-8/12             66.93              63-3/12              84.58
60-9/12             67.41              63-4/12              85.26
60-10/12            67.89              63-5/12              85.94
60-11/12            68.37              63-6/12              86.62
61                  68.85              63-7/12              87.30
61-1/12             69.38              63-8/12              87.99
61-2/12             69.92              63-9/12              88.67
61-3/12             70.45              63-10/12             89.35
61-4/12             70.99              63-11/12             90.03
61-5/12             71.53              64                   90.72
61-6/12             72.06              64-1/12              91.49
61-7/12             72.60              64-2/12              92.26
61-8/12             73.14              64-3/12              93.04
61-9/12             73.67              64-4/12              93.81
61-10/12            74.21              64-5/12              94.58
61-11/12            74.75              64-6/12              95.36
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                        - 32 -

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Age at Start                           Age at Start
of Pension          Percentage         of Pension           Percentage
<S>                 <C>                <C>                  <C>
62                  75.28              64-7/12              96.13
62-1/12             75.89              64-8/12              96.91
62-2/12             76.49              64-9/12              97.68
62-3/12             77.10              64-10/12             98.45
62-4/12             77.70              64-11/12             99.23
62-5/12             78.30              65                   100.00
62-6/12             78.91

</TABLE>

The preceding percentages shall be applied on the basis of the Participant's age
to the nearest month.

     SECTION 3.4  INCREASED PENSION - PERMANENT INCAPACITY OR 70/80 RETIREMENT
PENSION.  In the determination of the amount of any regular pension for
permanent incapacity or 70/80 retirement, the monthly amount determined
inaccordance with Section 3.3 will be increased by $400; provided, however, that
such increase will not be applicable with respect to such regular pension
payable for any month for which the Participant is eligible for Public Pension.

  SECTION 3.5  INCREASED PENSION - RULE OF 65 RETIREMENT PENSION.  In the
determination of the amount of any regular Rule of 65 retirement pension, the
monthly amount determined

<PAGE>

                                        - 33 -

in accordance with Section 3.3 will be increased by $400; provided, however,
that such increase will not be applicable with respect to such regular pension
payable for any month for which the Participant is eligible for Public Pension;
and provided, further, that if the Participant has earned income after
retirement and prior to attainment of eligibility for Public Pension which
exceeds $8,880 during any calendar year ("excess earned income"), the increased
pension payable pursuant to this Section 3.5 ("increased pension") for any
calendar year will be reduced by $1 for each $2 of excess earned income.  The
above $8,880 amount will be prorated for the year in which retirement occurs
and for the year in which the Participant becomes eligible for Public Pension.

   For purposes of this section, earned income shall include wages, salaries,
tips, bonuses, commissions, and earnings resulting from self-employment.  To
facilitate determination of his annual earned income, each Participant will at
the time of Rule of 65 retirement authorize the Social Security Administration
and/or the Railroad Retirement Board to release to the Company a record of his
creditable earnings for Social Security and/or Railroad Retirement Act purposes
and agree to 

<PAGE>

                                          34

give the Company by April 15th of each year a copy of his W-2 forms
and a statement of his annual earned income for the preceding year on a form
provided by the Company.  If the Participant revokes the authorization to the
Social Security Administration and/or the Railroad Retirement Board or fails to
submit the required information to the Company by April 15th of each year, the
Participant will be presumed ineligible for increased pension for the preceding
year; provided, however, that such presumption of ineligibility will be
disregarded in the event that the Participant reinstates the required
authorization or submits the required information at a later date.      

If it is determined above that the Participant was not eligible for all or part
of the increased pension which he received for the preceding year, payment
of increased pension will be suspended and not resumed until the month following
the month in which the Participant notifies the Company that he does not expect
his earned income for the current year to exceed $8,880.  The amount of any
overpayment will be recouped by reducing or discontinuing payment of the
Participant's regular pension (and his increased pension, if he notifies the

<PAGE>

                                          35

Company that he does not expect his earned income for the current year to exceed
$8,880) until the full amount of the overpayment has been recovered.
     
    At the request of the Participant, the Company may reduce or discontinue
payment of increased pension for a period specified by the Participant.  If it
is determined that the Participant did not receive all of the increased pension
to which he was entitled for a given year, the amount due shall be paid
promptly.

     SECTION 3.6  INCREASED PENSION - 62/15 OR 30 YEAR.  In the determination of
the amount of any regular 62/15 or 30 Year retirement pension, the monthly
amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 will be increased by $300 for
Participants who retire on or after September 1, 1993 but prior to August 31,
1999; provided, however, that such increase will not be applicable with respect
to such regular pension payable for any month for which the Participant is
eligible for Public Pension, as a result of his death or disability, or after
which the Participant attains age 62.  In no event will the Participant receive
less than 12 months of 

<PAGE>

                                          36

such supplement unless the Participant's death occurs
during the 12-month period.

     SECTION 3.7  REGULAR PENSION - PART-TIME PARTICIPANTS.  Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing provisions of this Article
III, the amount of the minimum pension otherwise applicable will, in the case of
any Participant the Company finds to be a part-time Participant, be reduced to
an amount equitably related to the hours worked by him in comparison to hours
worked by other Participants but not less than the amount which would have been
payable if he had retired under the Pension Agreement in effect immediately
prior to July 31, 1966.  The Company will not find a Participant to be a part-
time Participant unless for the mutual convenience of the Participant and the
Company he was, in the 120 months preceding his retirement, regularly scheduled
to work fewer hours than the straight-time schedule of full-time Participants.

     SECTION 3.8  DEDUCTION FOR PUBLIC PENSION.  Deductions for Public Pension
will be made from the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 provided
that:

<PAGE>

                                          37

    (a)  a regular pension will not be affected by Public Pension related to
         the Social Security Act; 

    (b)  for any month a Participant is eligible for Public Pension not related
         to the Social Security Act, there will be a deduction for such Public
         Pension from the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3.  
         The amount of such deduction will be the amount of Public Pension paid
         or payable to the Participant, or that would upon application become  
         payable to him for such month, without regard to any offset,suspension
         or reduction imposed by law (including any reduction by  reason of 
         commencement of such Public Pension prior to the age at  which it is 
         first provided under law without such a reduction), except that for a 
         Participant whose original date of hire was prior to  January 1, 1975 
         the amount of such deduction will be equal to 50% of  the Tier II 
         benefit determined in accordance with the Railroad  Retirement Act; 
         provided such deduction will be limited to the amount,  to the extent 
         reasonably determinable, of such Public Pension

<PAGE>

                                         -38-

          attributable to employment by the Company; and provided, further, that
          in the case of a Participant eligible for Public Pension under the
          Railroad Retirement Act, the amount of such deduction will be based on
          the provisions of such Act in effect as of the date the Participant
          retires; and

     (c)  after deduction for Public Pension first becomes applicable, it shall
          not be changed to reflect any increase of such Public Pension
          resulting from either (i) an amendment of the law under which such
          Public Pension is provided, if the effective date of such increase
          occurs after the first month with respect to which a deduction for
          such Public Pension became applicable, or (ii) subsequent employment
          by other than the Company.

     SECTION 3.9  DEDUCTION FOR OTHER PENSION.  If any Participant entitled to
pension benefits pursuant to this Plan is or shall become, or upon application
would become, entitled to any other pension or payment in the nature of a
pension (other than a payment covered by Section 3.11, a benefit in the nature
of an annuity, pension or payment made pursuant to this

<PAGE>

                                         -39-

Plan) from any source or fund to which the Company has directly or indirectly
contributed ("Other Pension"), then the amount determined in accordance with
Sections 3.3 through 3.6 otherwise payable to such Participant for any period
will be reduced by the amount of such Other Pension paid or payable to him or
that would upon application become payable to him for the corresponding period;
provided, however, that if such Participant has contributed to such source or
fund, then the amount by which such amount would otherwise be reduced in
accordance with the foregoing provisions of this section will be decreased by
the amount of that part of such Other Pension which shall be attributable to the
contributions made by the Participant to such source or fund; provided, further,
such deduction will be limited to the amount, to the extent reasonably
determinable, of such Other Pension attributable to employment with the Company
during a period in which the Participant has been credited with continuous
service for the purpose of calculating the amount of any regular pension under
this Plan.  The term "Other Pension" includes any pension or payment under The
Interlake Companies, Inc. Merchant Iron Hourly Employees Pension Plan.

<PAGE>

                                         -40-

     SECTION 3.10  DEDUCTION FOR SEVERANCE ALLOWANCE. If any Participant is or
becomes entitled to or is paid any discharge, liquidation or dismissal or
severance allowance or payment of a similar kind ("severance allowance") by
reason of any plan or policy of the Company, or in respect of which it shall
have directly or indirectly contributed, or by reason of any law, then the total
amount of such severance allowance paid or payable to him shall, in accordance
with the standards set forth below, be deducted from the amount determined in
accordance with Sections 3.3 through 3.6 upon retirement; provided, however,
that (i) such severance allowance will not be deducted from or charged against
any deferred vested pension, and (ii) if such Participant has contributed to the
source or fund out of which such severance allowance is paid or becomes payable,
then the amount deducted from or charged against such amount in accordance with
the foregoing provisions of this section will be decreased by the amount of that
part of such severance allowance which is attributable to the contributions
which such Participant has made to such source or fund.

<PAGE>


                                         -41-

     If any Participant becomes entitled under the Basic Agreement or otherwise
to severance allowance which may be deducted from the amount determined in
accordance with Sections 3.3 through 3.6 as set forth above, he may waive
payment of the severance allowance and, for the purposes of the Basic Agreement,
be considered to have received it.  Such waiver must be in writing on a form
provided by the Company.  If the Participant waives such severance allowance,
the total amount of regular pension paid to or on behalf of him and his co-
pensioner (if any) will not be less than the amount of such severance allowance.

     The following standards will apply to the deduction explained above.  The
deduction will be made in full in each case in which the amount of pension
determined in accordance with Sections 3.3, through 3.6 after application of the
deduction, or the cost of such pension after the deduction, is equal to or
greater than the greatest amount or cost of any such pension which would be
payable to a Participant under age 40 who is eligible for a deferred vested
pension and who has the same years of service and compensation history as the
Participant in question.  The deduction will not be made in

<PAGE>

                                         -42-

any case in which the amount or cost of such pension after the deduction for
severance pay is less than the amount or cost of such deferred vested pension.
In all other cases, the deduction will be made but only to the extent that the
amount or cost of such pension after the deduction for severance pay is equal to
the amount or cost of such deferred vested pension.  In any case in which there
is a difference between the amount and the cost of any such pension or a
difference between the amount or cost of any such deferred vested pension, the
determination required by this Section 3.10 shall be based on the factor that
produces the largest deduction.  In determining the cost of any such pension and
such deferred vested pension for purposes of this Section 3.10, the assumptions
reported in the filing of the most recent Schedule B to Form 5500 shall govern.

     SECTION 3.11  DEDUCTION FOR DISABILITY PAYMENTS.  Any amount paid to or on
behalf of any Participant on account of injury or occupational disease incurred
in the course of his employment by the Company or any other employer causing
disability in the nature of a permanent disability, whether pursuant to Workers'
Compensation, Occupational Disease or

<PAGE>

                                         -43-

similar statutory law (except fixed statutory payments for the loss of, or 100%
loss of use of, any bodily member or a benefit in the nature of an annuity,
pension or payment of similar kind by reason of any law), will be deducted from
or charged against the amount determined in accordance with Sections 3.3 through
3.6 provided, however, that any such deduction or charge will be adjusted to
take into account expenses such as reasonable attorneys' fees and medical
expenses incurred by the Participant in processing a claim for such payment, and
that any payments received by the Participant under such laws will not be
deducted from any such amount for permanent incapacity retirement payable prior
to age 65 or from the increase in pension provided in Section 3.4.  If any
amount which is to be deducted from or charged against the amount determined in
accordance with Sections 3.3 through 3.6 pursuant to this section is determined
with respect to a period of time, such deduction or charge will be made only
with respect to the same period.  If any such amount is not determined with
respect to a period of time, the Company will apportion the amount to a period
of time which approximates the period over which the local government
organization having

<PAGE>

                                         -44-

authority over workers' compensation and occupational disability claims might
award a disability payment for similar conditions.

     This offset will be waived, however, for Participants who have retired or
who will retire prior to September 1, 1999 and who are having or would have had
their pensions offset pursuant to this Section 3.11, and the waiver will be
effective during the term of the 1993 Basic Agreement effective with the first
regular pension check payable for the months following August 31, 1993.

     SECTION 3.12  PENSION APPLICATION.  Each application for a pension must be
in writing on a form provided by the Company.  The Company may require any
applicant for a pension to furnish to it such information as may reasonably be
required.

     A Participant may make application for pension at any time prior or
subsequent to his retirement; however, a Participant may make application for a
deferred vested pension not earlier than 90 days prior to the first day of the
month for which the first installment of pension is payable as provided in
subsections (d) and (e) of Section 3.13.

<PAGE>

                                         -45-

     SECTION 3.13  COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION OF REGULAR PENSION.

     a)   In the case of a Participant who is eligible for any type of pension
          other than permanent incapacity retirement pension, 60/15 retirement
          pension, or deferred vested retirement pension, the first installment
          of any regular pension will be payable for the first full calendar
          month following the 3 calendar months for which the special payment is
          made.

     b)   In the case of a Participant who is eligible for permanent incapacity
          retirement pension, the first installment of any regular pension will
          be payable for the first full calendar month following the month in
          which retirement occurs.

     c)   In the case of a Participant who is eligible for a 60/15 retirement
          pension, the first installment of any regular pension will be payable
          for the fourth calendar month following the month in which the
          Participant attains age 62 unless the Participant elects earlier
          commencement in accordance with

<PAGE>

                                         -46-

         Section 3.3, in which case the first installment of regular pension
         will be payable for the first full calendar month following the 3
         calendar months for which the special payment is made.

    d)   In the case of a Participant who is eligible for a deferred vested
          retirement pension and who incurs a break in continuous service after
          attaining age 40 and completing at least 15 years of continuous
          service, the first installment of regular pension will be payable for
          the calendar month next following the Participant's 62nd birthday
          unless the Participant elects earlier commencement in accordance with
          Section 3.3, in which case the first installment of regular pension
          will be payable for the later of (i) the calendar month specified by
          the Participant in his application for pension, provided such month is
          subsequent to the month in which he attains age 60, or (ii) the
          calendar month in which application for pension is made.


<PAGE>

                                         -47-

     e)   In the case of a Participant who is eligible for a deferred vested
          retirement pension and who incurs a break in continuous service either
          prior to attaining age 40, or after attaining age 40 and before
          completing at least 15 years of continuous service, the first
          installment of regular pension will be payable for the calendar month
          next following the Participant's 65th birthday unless the Participant
          elects earlier commencement in accordance with Section 3.3, in which
          case the first installment of regular pension will be payable for the
          later of (i) the calendar month specified by the Participant in his
          application for pension, provided such month is subsequent to the
          month in which he attains age 60, or (ii) the calendar month in which
          application for pension is made.

     f)   The last installment of any regular pension will be payable for the
          month in which the death of the Participant occurs.

     SECTION 3.14  LUMP SUM PAYMENT.  The Company shall make a lump sum payment
which will be the equivalent actuarial

<PAGE>

                                         -48-

value of the regular pension otherwise payable if such equivalent actuarial
value is not more than $3,500.  In determining such equivalent actuarial value,
mortality will be based on UP-1984 unisex table with no adjustment.  Interest
will be at the rate set by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation for
immediate annuities as of the first day of the month in which the amount of a
lump sum payment is to be determined.

     SECTION 3.15  PRE-PENSION SPOUSE COVERAGE.  Any Participant who is accruing
continuous service, who has a spouse and:

     a)   who has attained age 55 and has completed at least 15 years of
          continuous service, or

     b)   who has attained age 60 and has completed at least 5 years of
          continuous service,

may, as provided below, obtain Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage which would provide a
lifetime monthly payment for the Participant's spouse following the
Participant's death.  Any monthly payment resulting from such coverage will be
in addition to any surviving spouse's benefit provided under Article IV.

<PAGE>

                                         -49-

     Any Participant who is accruing continuous service, who has a spouse and
who, prior to August 23, 1984, attained age 65 and completed at least 5 years of
continuous service is automatically deemed to have elected the Pre-Pension
Spouse Coverage unless the Participant revokes the coverage in writing.

     The effective date of Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage for those Participants
who are not automatically covered will be the date 2 years following the date
the Participant elects such coverage or the date the Participant attains the
required age and service, whichever is later.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained in the foregoing, if a Participant dies as a result of an
accident which occurs after having attained the required age and service and
after he has elected Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage but prior to the date that such
coverage becomes effective, such coverage will be deemed to have become
effective as of the date such Participant elected such coverage.


    The Participant who will be automatically covered will be notified at least
180 days prior to attainment of the required age and service with such coverage
becoming effective as of

<PAGE>

                                         -50-

the date the Participant attains the required age and service unless the
Participant revokes such coverage.

     A Participant may terminate Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage at any time with
such termination to be effective as of the date the form prescribed for this
purpose is filed with the Company.  Such coverage will automatically terminate
as of the earliest of:

     a)   the date the Participant is divorced from his spouse;

     b)   the date the spouse dies;

     c)   the date preceding the Participant's retirement; or

     d)   the date the Participant incurs a break in continuous service.

     The effective date of Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage for a Participant who is
reemployed following retirement or a break in continuous service, which
terminated such coverage as outlined above, will be the date of reemployment;
provided, however, that the Participant may within 30 days after such
reemployment revoke such coverage effective as of the date of reemployment.

<PAGE>

                                         -51-

     If a Participant elects or is automatically covered by Pre-Pension Spouse
Coverage, the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 will be reduced
by an amount equal to the product of:  7/10 of 1% of such amount, multiplied by
the number of years (and fractions thereof) that such coverage was in effect.

     If a Participant dies while the Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage is in effect,
the surviving spouse will receive 50% of an amount equal to the product of:

     a)   the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 as though the
          Participant had retired on the date of his death and, in the case of a
          Participant who died prior to attainment of age 65, as though he had
          been age 65 on the date of his death, reduced as determined above,
          multiplied by

     b)   the applicable percentage obtained from Exhibit A, based on the ages
          of the Participant and his spouse as of the Participant's date of
          death.

     The first installment of the amount payable to the Participant's spouse
pursuant to this section will be payable for the month following the month in
which the Participant's

<PAGE>

                                         -52-

death occurs and the last installment will be payable for the month in which the
spouse's death occurs.

     Satisfactory proof of marriage of the Participant and his spouse and of the
age of the Participant's spouse will be required prior to the payment of monthly
installments under this coverage.  Satisfactory proof of divorce or of the death
of the Participant's spouse will be required for automatic termination of Pre-
Pension Spouse Coverage as provided above.

     In the event a Participant who has elected Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage dies
as the result of an accident prior to the date Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage
becomes effective and such Participant has not revoked the coverage provided
under Section 3.16, the Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage will be paid in lieu of any
benefit under Section 3.16.

     SECTION 3.16  PRE-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY COVERAGE.

     a)   ELIGIBILITY.  Survivor Annuity Coverage is automatically applicable to
          any Participant, as described below, who has been married for at least
          1 year and who has not, with the concurrence of his spouse, revoked
          such coverage; provided, however that Survivor Annuity Coverage is not
          applicable to
<PAGE>


                                        - 53 -

         a Participant who has elected and is covered by the Pre-
          Pension Spouse Benefit provisions of Section 3.15 as long as such
          coverage is in effect:

          1)   any Participant who is accruing continuous service and who has
               completed at least 5 years of continuous service;

          2)   any Participant who incurs a break in continuous service after
               age 60 with eligibility for a 60/15 or deferred vested retirement
               pension and who does not elect immediate commencement of pension;
               and

          3)   any Participant who incurs a break in continuous service prior to
               age 60 with eligibility for only a deferred vested retirement
               pension.

     b)   COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION OF SURVIVOR ANNUITY.  The surviving
          spouse, as defined under Section 3.15, of a Participant who dies while
          Survivor Annuity Coverage is in effect will be eligible for a monthly
          payment:

<PAGE>

                                        - 54 -

          1)   commencing with the month following the month in which the
               Participant's death occurs, in the case of a Participant who dies
               while accruing continuous service and after the Participant (i)
               has attained age 60, or (ii) has completed 30 years of continuous
               service; or

          2)   commencing with the later of (i) the month following the month in
               which the Participant's 60th birthday would have occurred, or
               (ii) the month following the month in which the Participant's
               death occurs, in the case of a Participant not covered under
               subsection (b)(1) above.

          The last installment of the Survivor Annuity will be payable for the
          month in which the spouse's death occurs.

     c)   AMOUNT OF SURVIVOR ANNUITY.  The amount of the Survivor Annuity will
          be determined as follows:

<PAGE>

                                        - 55 -

          1)   in the case of a Participant who dies while accruing continuous
               service, the Survivor Annuity will be equal to:

               i)   the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 as
                    though the Participant had been age 65 and had retired on
                    the date of his death, with such result multiplied by;

               ii)  the applicable percentage obtained from subsection (4)
                    below, based on the difference between the ages of the
                    Participant and his spouse as of the date of the
                    Participant's death, reduced by;

               iii) the Surviving Spouse's benefit payable, if any, pursuant to
                    Article IV;

          2)   in the case of a Participant who had retired on a 60/15 or
               deferred vested retirement pension after attainment of age 60 and
               who had elected to defer commencement of pension payments and who
               dies prior to commencement of

<PAGE>

                                        - 56 -

              such payments, the Survivor Annuity will be equal to:

               i)   the amount determined in accordance with Sections 3.3 as
                    though the Participant had elected to have pension payments
                    commence with the first of the month following the date of
                    death, with such result multiplied by;

               ii)  the applicable percentage obtained from subsection (4)
                    below, based on the difference between the ages of the
                    Participant and his spouse as of the date of the
                    Participant's death, reduced by;

               iii) the Surviving Spouse's benefit payable, if any, pursuant to
                    Article IV.

          3)   in the case of a Participant eligible for a deferred vested
               pension who dies prior to attainment of age 60, the Survivor
               Annuity will be equal to:

               i)   the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 as
                    though the Participant

<PAGE>

                                        - 57 -

                   survived until age 60 and elected to have pension payments
                   commence as of the first of the month following attainment
                   of age 60, with such result multiplied by;

               ii)  the applicable percentage obtained from subsection (4)
                    below, based on the difference between the ages of the
                    Participant and his spouse as of the date of the
                    Participant's death, reduced by;

               iii) the Surviving Spouse's benefit payable, if any, pursuant to
                    Article IV.

          4)   the following table is to be used in subsections (c)(1), (2) and
               (3) above:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Participant's Age at Death
    Difference Between       --------------------------
    Ages of Participant      Prior to            64 and
        and spouse              61     61 to 63   over
    -------------------      --------  --------  ------
    Participant Older:
    -----------------

    <S>                      <C>       <C>       <C>
    20 or more years         36.5%     37.0%     37.0%
    17, 18 or 19 years       37.0%     37.5%     37.5%
    14, 15 or 16 years       37.5%     38.0%     38.0%
    11, 12 or 13 years       38.5%     38.5%     39.0%
     8,  9 or 10 years       39.0%     39.5%     40.0%
     5,  6 or  7 years       39.5%     40.5%     40.5%
     2,  3 or  4 years       40.5%     41.0%     41.5%
    Less than  2 years       41.5%     42.0%     42.5%

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                        - 58 -

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    Participant Younger:
    -------------------

    <S>                      <C>       <C>       <C>
    Less than  2 years       41.5%     42.0%     42.5%
     2,  3 or  4 years       42.0%     43.0%     44.0%
     5,  6 or  7 years       43.0%     44.0%     44.5%
     8,  9 or 10 years       44.0%     45.0%     45.5%
    11, 12 or 13 years       45.0%     46.0%     46.5%
    14, 15 or 16 years       45.5%     46.5%     47.0%
    17, 18 or 19 years       46.5%     47.5%     48.0%
    20 or more years         47.0%     48.0%     48.0%


</TABLE>
     d)   NOTIFICATION, REVOCATION, ELECTION AND TERMINATION.

          1)   At least 180 days prior to the month in which the Participant
               will complete 5 years of continuous service, each eligible
               Participant who is accruing continuous service will be advised
               regarding Survivor Annuity Coverage, the benefits provided and
               the effect, or cost, of such Coverage on the regular pension
               provided pursuant to this Article III.  Such information will
               also be furnished within a period beginning on the first day of
               the plan year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending
               with the close of the plan year in which the Participant attains
               age 34 and will include a written explanation of:

<PAGE>

                                        - 59 -

               i)   the Participant's right to waive such Coverage and the
                    effect of such waiver;

               ii)  the rights of the Participant's spouse with respect to such
                    waiver; and

               iii) the Participant's right to revoke such waiver and the effect
                    of such revocation.

               The period for furnishing information will also include a
               reasonable period after an employee becomes a Participant
               following the period described in the preceding sentence and a
               reasonable period after a Participant terminates employment
               before he attains age 35.

          2)   A Participant covered by Section 3.15 who has a spouse will be
               advised upon termination of employment regarding Survivor Annuity
               Coverage, the benefits provided, and the effect, or cost, of such
               Coverage on the pension provided pursuant to this Article III.
               There shall be no charge for coverage after retirement or the
               break in continuous service

<PAGE>


                                        - 60 -

               if a Participant, with the concurrence of his spouse, files a
               valid revocation within 90 days of the date he is notified
               regarding such Coverage.

         3)    A Participant, with the concurrence of his spouse, may revoke
               Survivor Annuity Coverage after completion of 5 years of
               continuous service.

          4)   Revocation of Survivor Annuity Coverage by a Participant must be
               consented to by the Participant's spouse.  The revocation must
               designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries or a form of benefit
               payment which may not be changed without the spouse's consent,
               except that the spouse's consent may expressly permit future
               changes in the designation of beneficiary or form of benefit
               payment without further consent of the spouse.  To be effective,
               a spouse's consent must be given in writing and must be witnessed
               by a representative of the Company or a notary

<PAGE>

                                        - 61 -

               public.  Such revocation will be effective the date the form is
               received by the Company.

          5)   Survivor Annuity Coverage will automatically terminate as of the
               earliest of:

               i)   the date the Participant is divorced from his spouse;

               ii)  the date the spouse dies;

               iii) except in the case of a Participant covered by Section 3.15,
                    the date of the Participant's retirement;

               iv)  in the case of a Participant covered by Section 3.15, the
                    last day of the month preceding the first month for which
                    pension is paid;

               v)   the day following the date the Participant dies.

          6)   A Participant will automatically be covered by Survivor Annuity
               Coverage as of the later of (i) the date that is one year after
               the date the Participant and his spouse are first married, or
               (ii) the date the Participant

<PAGE>

                                        - 62 -

               completes 5 years of service unless the Participant and the
               spouse revoke such coverage.  Any revocation of the Survivor
               Annuity Coverage by a Participant prior to the Plan Year in which
               the Participant attains age 35 will cease to be effective on the
               first day of the Plan Year in which he attains age 35.  A new
               waiver of consent shall be required in order to continue
               revocation of the Survivor Annuity Coverage.

          7)   Subject to requirements as to a spouse's consent to future
               changes as provided above, a Participant who revokes Survivor
               Annuity Coverage may subsequently elect such coverage at any time
               by submitting the prescribed form, together with copies of the
               Participant's marriage certificate and birth certificates for the
               Participant and spouse, to the Company.  Such election will not
               be effective until the form and documents required are received
               by the Company.

<PAGE>

                                        - 63 -

          8)   A Participant who returns to the employ of the Company after
               having been retired and having received a pension or after
               incurring a break in continuous service with eligibility for a
               60/15 or deferred vested retirement pension, will automatically
               be provided Survivor Annuity Coverage effective with his first
               day of reemployment unless the Participant, with the concurrence
               of his spouse, revokes such coverage within 90 days of the date
               of reemployment.

          9)   Satisfactory proof of marriage of the Participant and his spouse
               and the age of the Participant's spouse will be required prior to
               the payment of monthly installments under Survivor Annuity
               Coverage.

          10)  The surviving spouse for the purpose of this Section 3.16 will be
               that person to whom the Participant was married as of the date of
               the Participant's death, but only if the Participant and spouse
               were married throughout the 1

<PAGE>

                                        - 64 -

              year period immediately preceding the date of death.

          11)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
               Agreement, spousal consent will not be required to revoke the
               coverage provided under this Section 3.16 if it is established to
               the satisfaction of the Company that the signature of the spouse
               cannot be obtained because there is no spouse, because the spouse
               cannot be located or because of such other circumstances as the
               Secretary of the Treasury may by regulations prescribe.

     e)   EMPLOYEE COST FOR SURVIVOR ANNUITY COVERAGE.  No charge or deduction
          shall be made to the amount of regular pension determined in
          accordance with Section 3.3 to be payable to any Participant who has
          Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity Coverage in effect in order to take
          into account the actuarial cost of such coverage.

<PAGE>

                                        - 65 -
     f)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the
          event a Participant has elected Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage and has
          not revoked Survivor Annuity Coverage and dies accidentally after
          having met the age and service requirements for Pre-Pension Spouse
          Coverage, and before the effective date of Pre-Pension Spouse
          Coverage, the Survivor Annuity Benefit will not be payable.

     SECTION 3.17  AUTOMATIC 50% SPOUSE OPTION.  Unless a Participant who has a
spouse at the time pension payments commence revokes the Automatic 50% Spouse
Option within the period established below, he will receive a "net reduced
pension" during his lifetime and after the death of the Participant his spouse
will receive a lifetime payment equal to one-half of his "reduced pension."

     For the purpose of this Section 3.17, "reduced pension" means an amount
equal to the product of:

     a)   the amount determined in accordance with Sections 3.3 reduced in
          accordance with Sections 3.15 and 3.16, if applicable, and subject to
          the deductions

<PAGE>

                                        - 66 -

          provided pursuant to Sections 3.8 and 3.9, if applicable, multiplied
          by:

     b)   the applicable percentage obtained from Exhibit A, based on the ages
          of the Participant and his spouse at the date pension payments
          commence;

and "net reduced pension" means the reduced pension increased in accordance with
the provisions of Sections 3.4, 3.5 and 3.6, if applicable, and decreased in
accordance with the provisions of Section 3.10 and 3.11, if applicable.

     A Participant may revoke the Automatic 50% Spouse Option by written notice
duly filed with the Company at any time within the 90-day period prior to the
date pension payments commence, or within 90 days following the date on which
the Company provides written notice to the Participant regarding the Automatic
50% Spouse Option, or, if the Participant has not been given specific
information regarding the terms and conditions of such Option and the financial
effect upon his pension of electing such Option and within 60 days of receiving
the notice regarding the Option makes a written request for such specific
information, within 90 days

<PAGE>

                                        - 67 -

following the date on which the Company provides such information, whichever is
later, and

     a)   receive the regular pension otherwise payable under this Plan during
          his lifetime, or

     b)   elect a Co-Pension Option in accordance with the provisions set forth
          in Section 3.18.

     Such written notice from the Company will include an explanation of the
terms and conditions of the Automatic 50% Spouse Option and the effect of an
election not to take it.

     Any monthly payment resulting from the Automatic 50% Spouse Option will be
in addition to any surviving spouse's benefit provided under Article IV.

     In the case of a Participant who has not revoked the Automatic 50% Spouse
Option, the first installment of net reduced pension will be payable for the
month in which he is first entitled under Section 3.13 to receive regular
pension.  The last installment of such net reduced pension will be payable for
the month in which the Participant's death occurs; provided, however, that any
monthly installments payable to such Participant and remaining unpaid at the
time of his death will be paid to his spouse, if then surviving.  The first

<PAGE>


                                        - 68 -

monthly payment to the Participant's spouse will be payable for the month
following the month in which the Participant's death occurs, but not for any
month prior to the month for which the Participant would have first been
entitled to receive a net reduced pension, and the last monthly payment to such
spouse shall be payable for the month in which such spouse dies.

    Any revocation of the Automatic 50% Spouse Option will be executed on the
form prescribed for this purpose by the Company and will be deemed to be duly
filed when it has been received by the Company.  The revocation must designate a
beneficiary or beneficiaries or a form of benefit payment which may not be
changed without the spouse's consent, given in the manner provided below, except
that the spouse's consent may expressly permit future changes in the designation
of beneficiary or form of benefit payment without further consent of the spouse.
Subject to requirements as to spouse's consent to future changes as provided
above, a Participant may cancel a revocation of the Automatic 50% Spouse Option
at any time during the period in which he may revoke such Option.

<PAGE>

                                        - 69 -

    Satisfactory proof of marriage of the Participant and his spouse and of the
age of the Participant's spouse will be required prior to the payment of monthly
installments under this coverage.

    If any Participant dies prior to commencement of pension payments, the
Participant's spouse will not be entitled to any payments pursuant to this
Section 3.17.

    If a Participant does not revoke the Automatic 50% Spouse Option within the
period established above and his spouse dies after the end of such period, but
prior to the death of such Participant, such Participant will continue to
receive net reduced pension installments.

    If a Participant does not revoke the Automatic 50% Spouse Option and his
spouse dies within the period established above, the Participant will be treated
as if he had revoked such option.

      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3.17,
if, after the retirement of a Participant who has not revoked the Automatic 50%
Spouse Option, the amount of regular pension which would have been payable to
him under this Plan had he revoked such option is subject to any

<PAGE>

                                        - 70 -

further deduction, change, offset or correction, then the amount payable under
such option to such Participant and/or his spouse will be adjusted to reflect
any such further deduction, change, offset or correction.

    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.17, in the case
of a Participant who retires under a 60/15 retirement and who elects to defer
the commencement of pension payments until after attainment of age 62, and who
does not revoke the Automatic 50% Spouse Option as provided above, such
Participant will receive a net reduced pension commencing with the fourth
calendar month following the month in which the Participant attains age 62.  If
the Participant dies prior to attainment of age 62, the amount payable to the
Participant's spouse shall be equal to one-half the reduced pension which would
have been payable to the Participant, had he been permitted to and had he
elected to receive a net reduced pension commencing on the date of death, based
on the ages of the Participant and his spouse as of the date of the
Participant's death.  If the spouse of any Participant who has not revoked the
Automatic 50% Spouse Option dies prior to commencement of regular pension, the
Participant will still

<PAGE>

                                        - 71 -

receive the net reduced pension commencing with the fourth calendar month
following the month in which the Participant attains age 62 as provided above.

    For the purpose of this Section 3.17, in the case of a Participant who
retires on other than a deferred vested pension, pension payments will be deemed
to commence as of the date of retirement and, in the case of a Participant
eligible for a deferred vested pension, pension payments will be deemed to
commence as of the first of the month for which regular pension is first payable
under the provisions of Section 3.13.

    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3.17, a
Participant may revoke the Automatic 50% Spouse Option only with the written
consent of his spouse.  Revocation of this option may be effected by filing the
prescribed form with the Company.  To be valid, the form must be signed by the
Participant and his spouse in the presence of a representative of the Company or
in the presence of a notary public and the form notarized.  This notarized form
will be effective only when the form is filed with the Company.  Within a
reasonable time prior to retirement the Company will furnish a written
explanation of:

<PAGE>

                                        - 72 -

    a)   the terms and conditions of the Automatic 50% Spouse Option;

    b)   the Participant's right to waive such Option and the effect of such
         waiver;

    c)   the rights of the Participant's spouse with respect to such waiver;
         and

    d)   the Participant's right to rescind such waiver and the effect of such
         rescission.

    Notwithstanding anything contained in the previous paragraph, spousal
consent will not be required to revoke the coverage under this Section 3.17 if
it is established to the satisfaction of the Company that the signature of the
spouse cannot be obtained because there is no spouse, because the spouse cannot
be located or because of such other circumstances as the Secretary of the
Treasury may by regulations prescribe.

    SECTION 3.18  CO-PENSIONER OPTIONS.  Any Participant may, under the
conditions set forth below by written notice duly filed with the Company:

    a)   elect to convert the regular pension otherwise payable to him under
         this Plan upon retirement into

<PAGE>

                                        - 73 -

         a "net reduced pension," in accordance with the 100% Co-Pensioner
         Option or the 50% Co-Pensioner Option described below; or

    b)   revoke any such election previously made, in which event he shall be
         treated as if he had not made such election; or

    c)   change any such election from one to the other of such options and/or
         change the person previously named as his co-pensioner.

    A "100% Co-Pensioner Option" is a "net reduced pension" payable to the
Participant during his life, with the provision that after his death, an amount
equal to the "reduced pension" will be paid to such person, to be known as his
"Co-pensioner" as he has nominated by written designation duly filed with the
Company.  A "50% Co-Pensioner Option" is a "net reduced pension" payable to the
Participant during his life, with the provision that after his death, an amount
equal to one-half of the "reduced pension" will be paid to such person, to be
known as his "co-pensioner," as he has nominated by written designation duly
filed with the Company.

<PAGE>

                                        - 74 -

    For the purpose of this Section 3.18, "reduced pension" means an amount
equal to the product of:

    a)   the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 reduced in
         accordance with Section 3.15, if applicable, and subject to the
         deductions provided pursuant to Sections 3.8 and 3.9, if applicable,
         multiplied by;

    b)   the applicable percentage obtained from Exhibit A, based on the ages
         of the Participant and his co-pensioner at the date pension payments
         commence as described below;

and "net reduced pension" means the reduced pension increased in accordance with
the provisions of Sections 3.4 through 3.6, if applicable, and decreased in
accordance with the provisions of Sections 3.10 and 3.11, if applicable.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in (a) and (b) above, if the
Participant has elected either of the Co-Pensioner Options and if, upon
retirement or attainment of age 65, whichever is later, the Participant has a
spouse who can become eligible for a surviving spouse's benefit:

<PAGE>

                                        - 75 -

    a)   The Participant will receive a pension equal to the sum of:

         1)   50% of an amount equal to the monthly amount determined in
              accordance with Section 3.3 reduced in accordance with Section
              3.15, if applicable, and subject to Sections 3.8 and 3.9, if
              applicable, and

         2)   50% of his reduced pension,

         increased in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3.4 through
         3.6, if applicable, and decreased in accordance with the provisions of
         Sections 3.10 and 3.11, if applicable.

    b)   The Participant's co-pensioner will, following the Participant's
         death, receive an amount equal to 50% of the Participant's reducedan
         amount equal to 25% of the Participant's reduced pension if the
         Participant had elected a 50% Co-Pensioner Option.

    c)   For the purposes of determining the appropriate reduced pension, if
         the Participant's co-pensioner

<PAGE>

                                        - 76 -

         is other than the Participant's spouse, it will be presumed that the
         Participant does not have a spouse unless he furnishes proof to the
         contrary in the form of a marriage certificate or other evidence
         satisfactory to the Company.

    d)   Any Participant may in accordance with the provisions of (a) above
         elect an option, revoke an option election or change an option
         election and/or co-pensioner at any time prior to the date on which
         the Company provides written notice to the Participant regarding the
         Co-Pensioner Options, or, if the Participant has not been given
         specific information regarding the terms and conditions of such
         options and the financial effect upon his pension of electing such
         options, and within 60 days of receiving the notice regarding the
         options, makes a request for such specific information, and, within 90
         days following the date on which the Company provides such
         information, whichever is later; provided, however, that with respect
         to a Participant who has a spouse at the time pension payments com-

<PAGE>

                                        - 77 -

         mence, the election of either Co-Pensioner Option will be null and
         void unless the Participant and his spouse revoke the Automatic 50%
         Spouse Option provided under Section 3.17.

    e)   Any Participant who had elected Option 1 under a prior version of this
         Plan will be deemed to have elected the 100% Co-Pensioner Option under
         this Plan, and any Participant who had elected Option 2 under a prior
         version of this Plan will be deemed to have elected the 50% Co-
         Pensioner Option under this Plan; provided, however, that any such
         election will be null and void if the Participant does not revoke the
         Automatic 50% Spouse Option provided under Section 3.17.

    f)   In the case of a Participant who has elected one of the options
         specified, the first installment of net reduced pension will be
         payable for the month for which he is first entitled under Section
         3.13 to receive a regular pension; and the last installment of such
         net reduced pension to the Participant will be payable for the month
         in which his death occurs;

<PAGE>

                                        - 78 -

         provided, however, that any monthly installments payable to such
         Participant and remaining unpaid at the time of his death may be paid
         to his co-pensioner, if then surviving. The first monthly payment to
         his co-pensioner will be payable for the month following the month in
         which such Participant's death occurs, but not for any month prior to
         the month for which the Participant would have first been entitled to
         receive a net reduced pension, and the last monthly payment that will
         be payable to such co-pensioner will be payable for the month in which
         such co-pensioner dies.

    g)   Any election or revocation of an option, or change of an option
         election and/or co-pensioner pursuant to this Section 3.18 will be
         executed on a form prescribed for such purpose by the Company and will
         be deemed to be duly filed when it has been received by the Company.

    h)   Satisfactory proof of age of the named co-pensioner will be required
         prior to payment of pension installments under an elected option.  No
         consent

<PAGE>

                                        - 79 -

         will be required of the person designated as co-pensioner in any
         election under either Co-Pensioner Option in order to revoke such
         election or to change the co-pensioner and/or the option elected.

    i)   If any Participant has elected an option under this Section 3.18 and
         dies prior to his retirement, such election will cease to be of any
         effect, and the co-pensioner will not be entitled to any payments by
         reason of the election of such option.

    j)   If any Participant has elected an option under this Section 3.18 and
         his co-pensioner dies after such Participant has commenced receiving
         pension payments or after the expiration of the 90-day period
         described in (d) above, but prior to the death of such Participant,
         such Participant will continue to receive net reduced pension
         installments in accordance with such option.

    k)   If any Participant has elected an option under this Section 3.18 and
         his co-pensioner dies before the later of:

<PAGE>

                                        - 80 -

         i)   the commencement of pension payments to the Participant, or

         ii)  the 90-day period described in (d) above, then the Participant
              will be treated the same as if he had not made such election.

    l)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section
         3.18, if, after the retirement of a Participant who has elected either
         Co-Pensioner Option, the amount of regular pension which would have
         been payable to him under this Plan had he not elected an option is
         subject to any further deduction, change, offset or correction, then
         the amount payable under an elected option to such Participant and/or
         his co-pensioner will be adjusted to reflect any such further
         deduction, change, offset or correction.

    m)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section
         3.18, in the event that the amount payable to a co-pensioner is
         determined as though the Participant did not have a spouse who could
         become eligible for a surviving spouse's benefit,

<PAGE>

                                        - 81 -

         because such Participant who had a spouse at retirement failed to
         notify the Company that he had such a spouse, the amount otherwise
         payable to the co-pensioner for any month will be reduced by the
         amount of any surviving spouse's benefit provided for the same month
         pursuant to Article IV of this Plan.

     n)  For the purpose of this Section 3.18, in the case of a Participant
         who retires on other than a deferred vested pension or a deferred
         60/15 pension, pension payments shall be deemed to commence as of the
         date of retirement and, in the case of a Participant who retires on a
         deferred vested pension or a deferred 60/15 pension, pension payments
         shall be deemed to commence as of the first of the month for which
         regular pension is first payable under the provisions of Section 3.13.

    SECTION 3.19  MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS.  Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Plan, the entire interest of a Participant will be distributed in
conformity to Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.  The entire interest of each
Participant, if

<PAGE>

                                        - 82 -

living, which is payable as a lump sum will be distributed not later than April
1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant
attains age 70-1/2.  If distribution to a Participant who attains age 70-1/2 is
to be in periodic payments, distribution shall begin no later than such April 1
and shall be made in accordance with regulations --

    a)   over the life of the Participant;

    b)   over the lives of such participant and a designated beneficiary;

    c)   over a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of such
         Participant, or

    d)   over a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancies of
         such Participant and a designated beneficiary.

Any additional benefits that accrue after the April 1 described above shall
begin being distributed as of the January 1 following the calendar year in which
the additional benefits accrue.

    If such periodic distribution has begun and the Participant dies before his
entire interest has been distributed to

<PAGE>

                                        - 83 -

him, the remaining portion of such interest will be distributed at least as
rapidly as under the method of periodic distribution in force as of the date of
the Participant's death.  If the Participant's spouse is not the designated
beneficiary, the method of distribution selected must assure that at least 50%
of the amount available for distribution is paid within the life expectancy of
the Participant.
     If a Participant dies before periodic distribution of his interest has
begun, the entire interest will be distributed within 5 years after the death of
such Participant, unless (a) or (b) apply:

    a)   if, however, any portion of the Participant's interest is payable to
         (or for the benefit of) a designated beneficiary, such portion may be
         distributed in substantially equal installments (in accordance with
         regulations) over the life of such designated beneficiary (or over a
         period not exceeding beyond the life expectancy of such beneficiary). 
         Such distributions are required to begin no later than 1 year after
         the date of the

<PAGE>

                                        - 84 -

         Participant's death or such later date as regulations prescribe; or

     b)  If such designated beneficiary is the surviving spouse of the
         Participant, distribution is not required to begin until the date on
         which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2.  If the spouse
         dies before distribution begins, subsequent distributions will be made
         as if the Participant had died on the date of the spouse's death.

    For the purposes of applying the provisions of Section 401(a)(9) of the
Code, the life expectancy of a Participant and the Participant's spouse (other
than in the case of a life annuity) may be redetermined, but not more frequently
than annually.  In the case of any other designated beneficiary, such life
expectancy will be calculated once at the time benefit payments commence and
will not be recalculated (unless such calculation is discovered to be
erroneous).
    Any amount paid to a child of a Participant will be treated as if it had
been paid to the Participant's surviving spouse if such amount will become
payable to such surviving

<PAGE>

                                        - 85 -

spouse when such child reaches majority (or upon another event permitted under
regulations).

    SECTION 3.20  LIMITATION ON BENEFITS.

    a)   Subject to the adjustments in (b) and (c) below, the maximum annual
         pension payable in the form of a life annuity to an eligible Employee
         under this Plan will not exceed the lesser of $90,000 (or such amount
         as the Internal Revenue Service permits in annual adjustments based on
         the cost of living), or 100% of the eligible Employee's average
         compensation for the 3 consecutive calendar years during which
         heparticipated in the Plan and had the greatest aggregate compensation
         from the Company.  For a Participant who has less than 10 years
         ofparticipation, this limitation will be multiplied by a fraction
         inwhich the numerator is the number of

<PAGE>

                                        - 86 -

         years (or part thereof) of continuous service and the denominator is
         10.  The foregoing fractional limitations will be applied separately
         to each change in the benefit structure of the Plan in accordance with
         regulations of the Secretary of the Treasury.
              For purposes of coordinating the application of this section with
         the requirements of Section 415 of the Code, the "limitation year"
         will be the calendar year.  Compensation will be determined by
         reference to Section 1.415-2(d) of the treasury regulations and will
         include amounts actually paid or includable in gross income in each
         calendar year.

    b)   In the case of a Participant whose pension becomes payable before the
         Social Security retirement age, the $90,000 limitation on the maximum
         pension will be reduced to the actuarial equivalent of an annual
         pension in the amount of $90,000 beginning at the Social Security
         retirement age.  For purposes of this paragraph, the Social Security
         retirement age

<PAGE>

                                        - 87 -

         will be used as the retirement age for the Participant under Section
         216(1) of the Social Security Act, except that such section will be
         applied without regard to the age increase factor and as if the early
         retirement age were 62.  The reduction will be made in such manner as
         the Secretary may prescribe which is consistent with the reduction for
         old age insurance benefits commencing before the Social Security
         retirement age.  The interest rate used in making these adjustments
         will be the rate used in calculating the Participant's pension or 5%,
         if greater.

    c)   If a Participant's pension becomes payable after the Social Security
         retirement age, the $90,000 limitation will be increased to the 
         actuarial equivalent of a pension in the amount of $90,000 beginning 
         at the Social Security retirement age.  The interest rate utilized in 
         such adjustment will be 5%.

    d)   In the event the eligible Employee's pension is payable in any form
         other than a life annuity, the

<PAGE>

                                        - 88 -

         limitation prescribed will be actuarially adjusted in accordance with
         Internal Revenue Service regulations issued pursuant to the provisions
         of Section 415(b) of the Code; provided, however, that for purposes of
         this paragraph, the portion of any joint and survivor annuity which
         constitutes a  qualified joint and survivor annuity, and any ancillary
         benefits not directly related to retirement income benefits, will not
         be taken into account.

    e)   The limitation herein will not apply to any eligible Employee who has
         not at any time participated in any defined contribution plan
         maintained by the Company if his total annual pension computed in
         accordance with this section is not in excess of $10,000 in any year.

    f)   The limitations with respect to any Employee who at any time has
         participated in any other defined benefit plan or in a defined 
         contribution plan maintained by the Company or by a corporation which
         is a member of a controlled group of corporations

<PAGE>

                                        - 89 -

         (within the meaning of Section 1563(a), determined without regard to
         Sections 1563(a)(4) and (e)(3)(C), and Section 415(h) of the Code) of
         which the Company is a member will apply as if the total benefits
         payable under all defined benefit plans in which the Employee has been
         a Participant were payable from one plan, and as if the total annual
         additions made to all defined contribution plans in which the Employee
         has been a Participant, were made to one plan.

    SECTION 3.21  FIVE-YEAR TERM CERTAIN PAYMENTS.

    (a)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Participant who 
         retires on other than a deferred vested pension on or after September
         1, 1993 will be entitled to receive the benefits described in
         subsection (b) below for a minimum of 60 months following the date of
         retirement.

    (b)  For any month which is prior to both the end of the 60-month period
         defined in subsection (a) above and the month following the month in
         which the Participant's death occurs, the monthly payment

<PAGE>

                                        - 90 -

         otherwise payable to the Participant under this Plan for such month
         shall be increased to the extent necessary so that the total amount
         payable to the Participant under this Plan for such month shall not be
         less than the Participant's regular pension, as determined in
         accordance with Section 3.3, after taking into account the adjustments
         required by other provisions of this article.
              For any month which is both (i) prior to the end of the 60-month
         period defined in subsection (a) above, and (ii) after the month in
         which the Participant's death occurs, the Participant's surviving
         spouse shall be entitled to a monthly payment under this Section 3.21
         equal to the difference between the monthly payment the Participant
         would have been entitled to for such month if he had been living, as
         determined in accordance with Section 3.3 after taking into account
         the adjustments required by other provisions of this article and the
         total of all amounts otherwise payable for such months under this Plan 
         on behalf

<PAGE>

                                        - 91 -

         of the Participant to his surviving spouse or co-pensioner.

    (c)  In the event that there is no surviving spouse, such benefit will be
         paid to the person designated by the Participant as his designated
         beneficiary, and if there is no surviving beneficiary, such benefit
         will be paid to the estate of the Participant.  Any Participant may,
         in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) above and on a
         form prescribed for such purposes by the Company (i) designate a
         beneficiary to receive the payments under subsection (b) above (A) in
         the event of the waiver of the Automatic 50% Spouse Option and the Co-
         Pensioner Option, or (B) in the event that his spouse or co-pensioner
         shall predecease him, or (ii) change such a beneficiary designation at
         any time prior to his death.  Such beneficiary designation shall be
         deemed to be effective when it shall have been received by the 
         Company.

    (d)  In the event that a Participant who is eligible to retire (on other
         than a deferred vested pension)

<PAGE>

                                        - 92 -

         and who has made application for retirement during any calendar month
         and, has not revoked such application dies in the month in which his
         retirement would otherwise have occurred, the benefits provided under
         this Section 3.21 will be paid as if the Participant had survived
         until such requested retirement date.

                                      ARTICLE IV
                              SURVIVING SPOUSE'S BENEFIT

    SECTION 4.1  ELIGIBILITY.  With respect to any Participant who completed at
least 15 years of continuous service and who dies and either:

    a)   at a time (i) when he is accruing continuous service, or (ii) before
         application for pension and after a break in continuous service which
         occurred under conditions of eligibility for retirement on immediate
         pension, or

    b)   after retirement on other than a deferred vested pension,

<PAGE>

                                        - 93 -

his surviving spouse, as determined pursuant to Section 4.5, will be eligible
for a monthly benefit ("surviving spouse's benefit") as set forth below.

    SECTION 4.2  AMOUNT OF BENEFIT.  Unless the provisions of Section 4.3
result in a higher amount, the amount of any surviving spouse's benefit payable
will be $200.00 for any month before the month in which the surviving spouse
attains the age at which widow's or widower's benefits are first provided under
a law referred to in Section 1.18 and $150.00 for any month thereafter.

    SECTION 4.3  CALCULATION OF BENEFIT.  Unless the provisions of Section 4.2
result in a higher amount, the amount of any surviving spouse's benefit payable
will be determined in accordance with the following:

    a)   If eligibility for such a benefit arises by reason of the death of a
         Participant covered by Section 4.1(a), the monthly amount of the
         benefit, subject to the provisions of (d) and (e) below, will be equal
         to 50% of the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 as
         though the Participant had retired on the date of his death and, in
         the case

<PAGE>

                                        - 94 -

         of a Participant who died prior to attainment of age 62, as though he
         had been age 62 on the date of his death.

    b)   If eligibility for such a benefit arises by reason of the death of a
         Participant covered by Section 4.1(b), the monthly amount of the
         benefit, subject to the provisions of (c), (d) and (e) below, equal to
         50% of the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3.  In
         addition, surviving spouses of Participants who retired on or after
         July 31, 1974 but prior to August 31, 1989 will be entitled to receive
         a supplement of $50 per month during the period in which the surviving
         spouse's benefit is payable but not later than August 31, 1999.

    c)   In the case of a Participant who dies after 60/15 retirement and prior
         to age 62 and who had elected to defer the commencement of regular
         pension until after attainment of age 62, the regular pension payable
         to the Participant will, for purposes of applying the provisions
         of(b)above, be deemed to

<PAGE>

                                        - 95 -

         be the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.3 which would
         have been payable if, under the provisions of this Plan, he had been
         permitted to and had elected to receive regular pension commencing
         with the first month for which the surviving spouse's benefit is
         payable.

    d)   Commencing with the first surviving spouse's benefit payable after the
         surviving spouse attains the age at which widow's or widower's
         benefits are first provided under a law referred to in Section 1.18,
         the amount of the surviving spouse's benefit otherwise payable for any
         month will be reduced by 50% of the amount of the widow's or widower's
         benefit to which the surviving spouse is, or upon application would
         be, entitled for such month based on the law in effect at the time the
         surviving spouse's benefit first becomes payable (without regard to
         any offset or suspension imposed by such law).  If the surviving
         spouse is not eligible for such a widow's or widower's benefit for
         such month, the amount of the reduction will be equal to 50% of

<PAGE>

                                        - 96 -

         the amount that could have become payable to the surviving spouse for
         such month, based on the Participant's wages, if the surviving spouse
         had been eligible and had applied for such a benefit.

    e)   If the surviving spouse receives, or upon application would be
         entitled to receive, any payment derived from rights acquired by the
         Participant, which would if received by the Participant have been
         subject to deduction under Section 3.9 from any regular pension
         otherwise payable to the Participant (except any such payment received
         by the surviving spouse by reason of an election by the Participant to
         receive a reduced payment), the amount of such payment not
         attributable to the contributions of the Participant will be deducted
         from the surviving spouse's benefit otherwise determined under Article
         IV.

    f)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, semi-annual
         cash payments up to $500 will be made to surviving spouses receiving
         surviving spouse's benefits as of February 1, 1994 pursuant

<PAGE>

                                        - 97 -

         to a prior version of this Plan in effect prior to July 31, 1974.  The
         semi-annual payments will commence as of February 28, 1994 and extend
         until August 31, 1999 in the manner described in Exhibit C hereto. 
         Semi-annual cash payments up to $500 will also be made to spouses of
         pre-1974 pensioners not otherwise eligible for surviving spouses
         benefits.  The semi-annual payments will commence as of February 28,
         1994 and extend until August 31, 1999 in the manner described in
         Exhibit D.

    SECTION 4.4  COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION OF BENEFIT.  The first
installment of any surviving spouse's benefit will be payable for the month
following the month in which the Participant dies, and the last installment will
be payable for the month in which the surviving spouse dies; provided, however,
that a surviving spouse's benefit will not be payable for any month for which a
special payment was payable to the Participant.  In connection with an
application for a surviving spouse's benefit, the Company may require the
surviving spouse to grant any authorization necessary to receive rele-

<PAGE>


                                        - 98 -

vant records from the agency administering the law referred to in Section
4.3(d).

     SECTION 4.5  DETERMINATION OF STATUS AS SURVIVING SPOUSE.  A person will be
considered a surviving spouse for the purpose of this Article IV only if:
     a)   immediately after a Participant's death, such person is a widow or
          widower of such Participant within the provisions of the Social
          Security Act, except that where such Act required reference to the law
          of the District of Columbia, the applicable law will be that of the
          State of Illinois; and
     b)   with respect to a Participant who dies after retirement, such person
          was married to the Participant at the date of the Participant's
          retirement.

     SECTION 4.6  INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BY THE COMPANY.  The Company will
make reasonable efforts, by appropriate means or methods, to inform the
surviving spouse of an eligible Participant of the existence of this benefit.

     SECTION 4.7  SURVIVING SPOUSE OF PART-TIME PARTICIPANTS.  In the case of a
surviving spouse of a deceased part-time


<PAGE>

                                        - 99 -

Participant, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.2, the amounts set
forth in such Section 4.2 will be reduced on the same basis as is provided in
Section 3.7 for the reduction of the minimum pension of a part-time
Participant, whether or not the minimum pension was applicable to such deceased
part-time Participant.

                                    ARTICLE V
                       DETERMINATION OF CONTINUOUS SERVICE

     SECTION 5.1  CONTINUOUS SERVICE DEFINED.  "Continuous service" means
service prior to retirement calculated from the Employee's last hiring date
(this means in the case of a break in continuous service, continuous service
will be calculated from the date of reemployment following the last unremoved
break in continuous service) in accordance with the following provisions;
provided, however, that the last hiring date prior to the original effective
date of this Plan will be based on the practices in effect at the time the break
occurred:

         a)   There will be no deduction for any time lost which does not
              constitute a break in continuous service, except that in
              determining length of continuous service for pension purposes:

<PAGE>

                                       - 100 -

          1)   that portion of any absence which continues beyond 3 years from
               commencement of absence due to a layoff or beyond 2 years from an
               absence due to physical disability will not be creditable as
               continuous service; provided, however, that absence in excess of
               2 years due to a compensable disability incurred during the
               course of employment will be creditable as continuous service, if
               the Employee is returned to work within 30 days after final
               payment of statutory compensation for such disability or after
               the end of the period used in calculating lump sum payment, and

          2)   the period between a break in service and the date of
               reemployment which results in the removal of a break in
               accordance with (c) below will not be creditable as continuous
               service.

     b)   Continuous service will be broken by:
          1)   quit;


<PAGE>

                                       - 101 -

          2)   discharge, provided that if the Employee is rehired within 6
               months, the break in continuous service will be removed,

          3)   termination (if and when termination occurs pursuant to the Basic
               Agreement) due to permanent shutdown of a plant, department or
               subdivision thereof;

          4)   absence which continues for more than 3 years or absence due to
               disability which continues for more than 2 years, except that (i)
               absence in excess of 2 years due to compensable disability
               incurred during the course of employment will not break
               continuous service, provided the Employee is returned to work
               within 30 days after final payment of statutory compensation for
               such disability or after the end of the period used in
               calculating a lump sum payment; and (ii) if an Employee is absent
               on account of layoff in excess of 3 years or absence due to
               disability in excess of 2 years returns to work with the Company
               within the


<PAGE>

                                       - 102 -

              period during which he retains his accumulated
              continuous service in accordance with the seniority provisions of
              the Basic Agreement, the break in continuous service will be
              removed;

          provided, however, that continuous service will not be considered to
          be broken by absence of any Employee who subsequent to May 1, 1940
          entered the military, naval or merchant marine service of the United
          States, and who has reemployment rights under the law and complies
          with requirements of law as to reemployment and is reemployed.

     c)   Except as otherwise provided in (b)(2) and (b)(4)(ii) above, an
          Employee who on or after January 1, 1976 incurs a break in continuous
          service prior to becoming eligible for an immediate or deferred vested
          pension, and who is reemployed by the Company will, upon completion of
          1 year of continuous service following such reemployment, have such
          break in continuous service removed if the period of continuous
          service accrued prior to


<PAGE>

                                       - 103 -

          the break is in excess of the period between
          the break and the date of reemployment.

              Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the
          foregoing, an Employee who on or after January 1, 1985 incurs a break
          in continuous service prior to becoming eligible for an immediate or
          deferred vested pension, and who is reemployed by the Company shall,
          upon completion of 1 year of continuous service following such
          reemployment, have such break in continuous service removed if the
          period between the break and the date of reemployment is less than 5
          years.

     d)   Notwithstanding (c) above, an Employee who on or after January 1, 1976
          incurs a break in service by reason of quit or discharge prior to
          becoming eligible for an immediate or deferred vested pension and who
          is reemployed by the Company within 1 year from such quit or discharge
          shall, except as otherwise provided in (b)(4) above, be deemed to have
          had such break in service removed solely for purposes of determining
          eligibility for a pension


<PAGE>

                                       - 104 -

          pursuant to Section 2.1 or an unreduced
          pension commencing at age 65 pursuant to Section 2.8.

     e)   For purposes of eligibility and vesting only, continuous service will
          include employment with other operations of the Company and with a
          member of a controlled group or an unincorporated trade or business
          which is under common control with the Company as determined in
          accordance with Section 414(c) of the Code and the regulations issued
          thereunder.  A "controlled group of corporations" means a controlled
          group of corporations as defined in Section 1563(a) of the Code,
          determined without regard to Sections 1563(a)(4) and (e)(3)(c) of the
          Code.

    SECTION 5.2  ELAPSED TIME.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
article, this article will be interpreted and applied in conformity with the
Internal Revenue Service regulations set forth in Section 1.410(a)-7 entitled
"elapsed time."  Accordingly, in fulfillment of such purpose, the following
subparagraphs impose supplementary requirements


<PAGE>

                                       - 105 -

which will be followed in crediting Employees with continuous service.

     a)   Each Employee will be credited with a period of service (equivalent to
          years of continuous service) commencing no later than the Employee's
          employment commencement date and ending no earlier than the Employee's
          severance from service date.  Severance from service date will be the
          earlier of the date on which an Employee quits, is discharged (subject
          to restoration of service within 6 months if rehired as set forth in
          Section 5.1) or dies, or the second anniversary of the first date of
          absence for any other reason (subject to the 2-year period and the
          further extensions for disability and uniformed government service in
          Section 5.1(b)(4) above and for child care leave in Section 5.1(b)(5)
          above).

     b)   Continuous service will be credited as required by the service
          spanning rules.  If an Employee severs from service by reason of quit,
          discharge or retirement and the Employee then performs an hour

<PAGE>

                                       - 106 -

          of service within the meaning of 29 C.F.R. Section 2530.200b-2(a)(1)
          within 12 months of the severance from service date, the Employee will
          be credited with service for the period of severance for purposes of
          participation and vesting.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if
          an Employee severs from service by reason of quit, discharge or
          retirement during an absence from service of 12 months or less for any
          reason OTHER THAN quit, discharge, retirement or death and then
          performs an hour of service (as defined above) within 12 months of the
          date on which the Employee was first absent from service, the Employee
          will be credited with service for the period of severance for purposes
          of participation and vesting.

     c)   An Employee will satisfy the requirement for years of continuous
          service under this Plan as of the date the Employee has completed a
          period of service equal to such requirement.  An Employee who
          completes 1 year of continuous service as required in Section 1.14 for
          participation on the first anni-


<PAGE>

                                       - 107 -

          versary of his employment commencement
          date will have satisfied the service requirement for participation as
          of such date.
     d)   A 1-year period of severance for purposes of applying Article V hereof
          is a 12 consecutive month period beginning on the Employee's severance
          from service date during which the Employee does not perform an hour
          of service (as defined above).  Such term is used interchangeably with
          "1 year break in service."

                                   ARTICLE VI
              REEMPLOYMENT AFTER ATTAINMENT OF PENSION ELIGIBILITY

     SECTION 6.1  APPLICABILITY OF OTHER SECTIONS.  Except as otherwise provided
in this Article VI, the provisions of all other sections of this Plan will be
applicable to any Participant who is reemployed by the Company after having been
retired and having received a pension or after having attained eligibility for a
deferred pension under this document or a prior version of this Plan.

     SECTION 6.2  EFFECT ON PENSION.  Any Participant who is receiving a pension
under this document or a prior version of


<PAGE>

                                       - 108 -

this Plan will upon reemployment by
the Company have his pension discontinued.

     SECTION 6.3  CONTINUOUS SERVICE OF REEMPLOYED PARTICIPANT.
     a)   Any Participant who has been retired and has received a pension or who
          is eligible for a deferred vested retirement pension under this or a
          prior version of the Plan and who will be reemployed by the Company
          will be credited with his continuous service as of the date of his
          prior retirement plus his continuous service accruing after
          reemployment for the purposes of calculating any subsequent pension
          benefits to which he may become entitled; provided, however, nothing
          in this paragraph will affect the calculation of continuous service as
          provided in Section 5.1(b)(4).

     b)   If any Participant is reemployed more than 3 years after the
          Participant retired on or after September 1, 1993 or more than 3 years
          after he incurred a break in continuous service with eligibility for
          deferred vested pension and such

<PAGE>

                                       - 109 -

          Participant again retires or incurs a break in continuous service
          after such reemployment, then the amount of pension payable with
          respect to the period of continuous service accrued before the most
          recent prior retirement or prior break in continuous service shall be
          determined pursuant to the Basic Agreement in effect at the time of
          such prior retirement or prior break in service.

     c)   If a Participant who received a lump sum payment in accordance with
          Section 3.14 is reemployed by the Company, the continuous service with
          respect to which he received such lump sum payment is to be used in
          calculating any subsequent pension benefit to which he may become
          entitled only if, within 5 years of such reemployment, or if sooner
          within a period of 5 consecutive 1-year breaks in continuous service,
          the Participant repays an amount equal to the lump sum payment
          (reduced by an amount determined by multiplying the regular pension
          which had been settled by such lump sum payment by the number of
          months between occurrence of the break in con-

<PAGE>

                                       - 110 -

          tinuous service and reemployment) plus interest accrued at the rate
          established by law.  At the time of reemployment, the Participant
          will be informed of his right to make repayment under the conditions
          described above.

     SECTION 6.4  SPECIAL PENSION ELIGIBILITY AFTER REEMPLOYMENT.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, any Participant
who has been rehired and is receiving a pension pursuant to the provisions of
this Plan for 70/80 retirement or similar provisions of a prior version of this
Plan and is subsequently reemployed by the Company will upon ceasing work after
reemployment and prior to age 62 by reason of a permanent shutdown of a plant,
department or subdivision thereof or by reason of layoff or physical disability
be eligible to retire and will upon his retirement be eligible for a pension
commencing with the month following the month in which retirement occurs
("reinstated 70/80 retirement pension"); provided, however, that such
Participant will not be eligible under the provisions of this Article VI to
retire during a period of absence from work due to a physical dis-


<PAGE>

                                        - 111-

ability until such disability continues for a period of 6 consecutive full
calendar months.

     SECTION 6.5  SPECIAL RULES AS TO AMOUNT OF PENSION.  Special payment will
not be made in any case where a special payment was made to the Participant for
a prior retirement under this document or any prior version of this Plan.

     SECTION 6.6  AMOUNT OF REINSTATED 70/80 RETIREMENT PENSION.  The amount of
regular pension for reinstated 70/80 retirement will be determined the same as a
regular pension for 70/80 retirement.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                APPEALS PROCEDURE

     SECTION 7.1  DISPUTES AS TO ELIGIBILITY OR AMOUNT.

     a)   If any difference arises between the Company and any Participant who
          is an Employee covered by the Basic Agreement and who is an applicant
          for a pension, or to whom a pension is payable, as to such
          Participant's right to a pension or the amount of his pension and
          agreement cannot be reached between the Company and a representative
          of the Union, such question will be referred to the


<PAGE>


                                       - 112 -

         Arbitrator established under the Basic Agreement, provided, however,
         that the President of the Union (or his designee) has given written
         approval of such referral.  The Arbitrator will have authority only to
         decide the questions pursuant to the provisions of this Plan
         applicable to the question but it will not have authority in any way
         to alter, add to or subtract from any of such provisions.  The
         decision of the Arbitrator on any such question will be binding on the
         Company, the Union and the Participant.  If any difference arises
         between the Company and any person who is or claims to be a
         co-pensioner or a surviving spouse of an Employee covered by the Basic
         Agreement, as to such person's right to a benefit under this Plan or
         the amount of such benefit, such difference will be resolved by the
         Company and a representative of the Union.  If such difference is not
         so resolved, it may, by agreement of the Company and the Union, be
         referred to the Arbitrator described above, which will have authority
         as described above with respect to such
<PAGE>


                                       - 113 -

         difference, and if it is so referred, the decision of the Arbitrator
         will be binding on the Company, the Union and such person.

    b)   1)   If any difference arises between the Company and any Participant,
              who is not an Employee covered by the Basic Agreement, who is an
              applicant for a pension or to whom a pension is payable, as to
              such Participant's right to a pension and agreement  cannot be
              reached between the Company and the Participant, the Participant
              or his authorized representative will file a claim for a pension
              in the manner and on the forms provided by the Committee.  The
              Committee or its authorized representatives will decide on the
              merits after receipt of the claim and the Participant and his
              authorized representative, if any, will be notified in writing of
              the decision.

         2)   If a claim is wholly or partially denied, the notice of the
              decision will be furnished within 60 days after receipt of the
              claim by

<PAGE>

                                       - 114 -

              the Committee.  Such notice will be written in a manner
              calculated to be understood by the claimant and will include:

              i)   the specific reason or reasons for the denial;

              ii)  specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions on which
                   the denial is based;

              iii) a description of any additional material or information
                   necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an
                   explanation of why such material or information is
                   necessary; and

              iv)  an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure.

              If notice of denial of a claim is not furnished within the 60 days
              referred to above after receipt of the claim by the Committee and
              the claim has not been granted, the claim will be deemed denied
              for purposes of proceeding to review as described in paragraph (3)
              below.

<PAGE>

                                       - 115 -

         3)   A claimant whose claim for benefits is denied in whole or in part
              or his authorized representative may:

              i)   request a review upon written application to the Committee
                   within 60 days after receipt by the claimant of written
                   notice of the denial of his claim or within 120 days of
                   receipt of his claim by the Committee if there is no notice
                   of denial;


              ii)  review pertinent documents in the Company's offices; and

              iii) submit positions on issues and comments in writing.

              The Committee or its authorized representative will promptly
              review each denial of a claim upon which an application for
              review is submitted.  Such review will be completed within 60
              days after receipt of the request for review, unless special
              circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in
              which case a decision will be rendered as soon as

<PAGE>

                                       - 116 -

              possible, but not later than 120 days after receipt of a timely
              request for review.  The decision on review will be in writing in
              a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and
              specific references to the pertinent plan provisions on which the
              decision is based.

    SECTION 7.2  DISPUTES AS TO PERMANENT INCAPACITY.  If any difference arises
between the Company and any Participant as to whether such Participant is or
continues to be permanently incapacitated within the meaning of Section 2.5,
such difference will be resolved as follows:

    a)   the Participant will be examined by a physician appointed for the
         purpose by the Company and by a physician appointed for the purpose by
         a duly authorized representative of the Union if the Participant is an
         Employee in the bargaining unit represented by the Union.  Otherwise,
         a Participant may select a physician to examine him after he has been
         examined by a physician appointed by the Company;

<PAGE>

                                       - 117 -

    b)   if they disagree concerning whether the Participant is permanently
         incapacitated, the question will be submitted to a third physician
         selected by such two physicians.  The medical opinion of the third
         physician, after examination of the Participant and consultation with
         the other two physicians, will decide such question;

    c)   the fees and expenses of the third physician will be shared equally by
         the Company and the Union, or the Participant if he is not an employee
         in the bargaining unit represented by the Union.

                                     ARTICLE VIII
                                  TRUST AND FINANCING

    SECTION 8.1  THE TRUST.  For purposes of supplying the benefits herein
provided, the Company is utilizing the Trust identified in Section 1.20.
Contributions of the Company are deposited in the Trust Fund administered by the
Trustee identified in Section 1.21.  Such Trustee and any successor trustee
appointed by the Board of Directors will have the rights, powers and duties as
set forth in the Trust, as amended from time to time.

<PAGE>

                                       - 118 -

    SECTION 8.2  CONTRIBUTIONS.  Contributions of the Company to the Trust Fund
will be made in such amounts and at such times as the Company will determine.
The Company intends to contribute annually at least such amounts as are
actuarially determined to be required to fund the Plan as prescribed by Section
412 of the Code.  Such contributions will be made in accordance with a funding
policy and method to be established by the Company consistent with the
objectives of the Plan and in conformity with ERISA.

                                      ARTICLE IX
                                     ADMINISTRATION

    SECTION 9.1  FIDUCIARIES.  The various responsibilities assigned by the
Company to Fiduciaries pursuant to this Plan are allocated to each Fiduciary
separately and no responsibility pursuant to this Plan or ERISA will be shared
with another Fiduciary unless the Plan specifically provides for sharing.  The
Company will have the sole responsibility for making contributions to provide
benefits under the Plan and will have the sole authority to appoint and remove
the Trustee and the members of the Committee and to amend or terminate the Plan.
The Committee will have the sole responsibility for the administration of this
Plan.  The Trustee will have the sole responsibility for the

<PAGE>

                                       - 119 -

administration of the Trust and the management of assets held in the Trust Fund
in accordance with the terms of the Trust except as to assets for which another
investment manager is appointed.  Each Fiduciary may rely upon any direction,
information or action of another Fiduciary furnished or taken pursuant to this
Plan as being proper without further inquiry.  Each Fiduciary will be
responsible for the proper exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities
and obligations under this Plan and will not be responsible for any act or
failure to act of another Fiduciary.

    SECTION 9.2  APPOINTMENT OF COMMITTEE.  This Plan will be administered by
an administrative committee (the "Committee") consisting of 6 persons who will
be appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company. The Board of Directors
will have full power to determine the period during which any Committee member
will serve and in its discretion may remove any member of the Committee at any
time without assigning any reason for such removal.  The members of the
Committee may be Participants.  Any member of the Committee will automatically
cease to be a member of the Committee on termination of his employ-

<PAGE>

                                       - 120 -

ment.  An officer of the Company will certify to the Trustee the names of the
members of the Committee and thereafter any change in its membership.

    SECTION 9.3  QUORUM.  The action of a majority of the members of the
Committee at the time acting hereunder, and any instrument executed by a
majority of such members of the Committee, will be considered the action or
instrument of the Committee.  Action may be taken by the Committee at a meeting
or in writing without a meeting.

    No member of the Committee, however, will vote or decide upon any matter
relating solely to himself or to any of his rights or benefits under the Plan.

    The Committee may authorize any one or more of its members to execute any
document or documents on behalf of the Committee, in which event the Committee
will notify the Trustee in writing of such action and of the name or names of
its members so designated.  The Trustee thereafter may accept and rely upon any
document executed by such member or members as representing action by the
Committee, until the Committee files with the Trustee a written revocation of
such designation.

<PAGE>

                                       - 121 -

    SECTION 9.4  POWERS AND DUTIES.  The Committee will be charged with the
administration of this Plan and its duties will include the interpretation of
the provisions of the Plan, the adoption of any rules and regulations which may
become necessary or desirable in the operation of the Plan, the determination of
how and when benefits should be paid, the keeping of individual accounts of each
Participant in the Plan, the making of such determinations and the taking of
such actions as are expressly authorized or directed in the Plan, and the taking
of such other actions as may be required for the proper administration of the
Plan in accordance with the terms hereof.

    The Plan will be administered in accordance with ERISA and in conformity
with regulations and rulings issued pursuant to such laws.  Within the scope of
authority conferred upon it by this Plan and consistent with the provisions of
ERISA, the Committee will make all decisions as to the facts bearing upon the
right of any person to benefits and the application of any term of the Plan or
any rule or regulation of the Committee to any case.

<PAGE>

                                       - 122 -

    The Committee may employ such accountants, counsel, specialists, and other
persons as it deems necessary or desirable in connection with the administration
of the Plan.  Such persons may be acting in a similar capacity for, or may be
employees of, the Company.  To the extent permitted by ERISA, the Committee will
be entitled to rely upon, and will be fully protected in any action taken by it
in good faith reliance upon and in accordance with, any opinions or reports
furnished to it by any such accountant, counsel, or other specialist.

    SECTION 9.5  IMMUNITY OF COMMITTEE.  To the extent permitted by ERISA, each
member of the Committee, whether or not then in office, will be held harmless
and indemnified by the Company against all claims and liabilities and all
expenses reasonably incurred or imposed upon him in connection with or resulting
from any action, suit or proceeding, or settlement or compromise thereof
approved by the Company, to which he may be made a party by reason of any action
or alleged action, either of omission or commission, performed by him while
acting as a member of the Committee, except in relation to matters as to which
recovery shall be had against

<PAGE>

                                       - 123 -

him by reason of a final adjudication in such action, suit or proceeding finding
him guilty of willful misconduct or lack of good faith.  Plan assets will not be
used as a source for any compensation paid to members of the Committee by reason
of their service on the Committee.  All reasonable expenses of administering the
Plan will be paid from the Trust Fund unless paid by the Company.  Members will
not be required individually to furnish bonds or other security for faithful
performance of their duties.  The Company will furnish bonding as required by
ERISA.

    SECTION 9.6  CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURES.  Differences between the Company
and any Participant shall be resolved pursuant to the provisions of Article VII.

                                      ARTICLE X
                                  GENERAL PROVISIONS

    SECTION 10.1  PERMANENCY OF THE PLAN.  This Plan is intended to be
permanent; however by a resolution of the Board of Directors or a writing
executed by any two officers of the Company, this Plan may be terminated, at any
time, with respect to all or a portion of the covered Participants.  In that
event the Company shall cause the Trust Fund to be

<PAGE>

                                       - 124 -

liquidated as provided in ERISA.  In the event that the Company shall cease to
exist, the Plan will be terminated unless it is adopted by a successor employer.

    Upon the termination or partial termination of the Plan the rights of all
affected Employees to benefits accrued to the date of such termination or
partial termination, to the extent funded as of such date, are nonforfeitable.
In the event of termination of the Plan, the Committee will direct the Trustee
to make provision for the expenses of the Plan and the Trust Fund and then to
allocate the assets in the Trust Fund (to the extent such assets are sufficient)
in accordance with Section 4044 of ERISA.  Any assets remaining after the
provision for expenses and allocations required by ERISA will be returned to the
Company.

    It is the express intention of the Plan that the foregoing allocation of
assets upon termination be accomplished in accordance with the provisions of
Section 4044 of ERISA and that the provisions of ERISA be controlling in the
event of any conflict or inconsistency between this Plan and the provisions of
ERISA.

<PAGE>

                                       - 125 -

    To the extent that no discrimination in value results, any distribution
after termination of the Plan may be made, in whole or in part, in cash, in
securities or other assets in kind, or in nontransferable annuity contracts, as
the Committee in its discretion may determine.  In making such distribution, any
and all determinations, divisions, appraisals, apportionments, and allotments so
made will be final and conclusive and not subject to question by any person.

    SECTION 10.2  AMENDMENT OF PLAN.  This Plan may be amended, retroactively
or otherwise, at any time and from time to time by resolution of the Board of
Directors or by an instrument in writing executed by any two officers of the
Company, provided, however, that:

    a)   no amendment may be made prior to the satisfaction of all expenses of
         the Plan and expenses of the Trust attributable to this Plan and of
         all liabilities with respect to Participants, co-pensioners, or
         surviving spouses which would permit any part of the Trust Fund
         attributable to the Plan to be used for or diverted to any purpose
         other than for the

<PAGE>

                                       - 126 -

         exclusive benefit of such persons and the payment of administration
         expenses of the Plan and of the Trust attributable to this Plan; and

    b)   no amendment will deprive any person of nonforfeitable rights to
         benefits accrued to the date of such amendment.  If any amendment is
         made which affects the vesting schedule of benefits under the Plan,
         each Participant who has 5 or more years of service may elect, within
         a reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment, to have his
         nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to
         such amendment.  The period during which the election may be made will
         commence with the date the amendment is adopted and will end on the
         later of:

         1)   60 days after the amendment is adopted;

         2)   60 days after the amendment is effective; or

         3)   60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the
              amendment by the Committee.

<PAGE>

                                       - 127 -

    SECTION 10.3  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF PLAN.  This Plan may not be merged
or consolidated with, nor its assets or liabilities transferred to, another plan
unless provisions are made so that each Participant would immediately thereafter
be entitled to receive a benefit at least as great as the benefit he would have
been entitled to receive from this Plan immediately before the transaction,
assuming for purposes of this test that this Plan had terminated immediately
before and the successor plan had terminated immediately after such transaction.

    SECTION 10.4  NO INTEREST IN TRUST FUND.  No Participant prior to his
retirement under conditions of eligibility for pension benefits will have any
right or interest in or to any portion of any funds which may be paid into any
pension Trust or Trusts heretofore or hereafter established for the purpose of
paying pensions and no Participant or co-pensioner will have any right to
pension benefits except to the extent provided in this Plan.  Employment rights
will not be affected by reason of this Plan.

    SECTION 10.5  NO CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT.  Nothing contained in this Plan
may be construed as a contract of employ-

<PAGE>

                                       - 128 -

ment between the Company and any Employee, or as a right of any Employee to be
continued in the employment of the Company, or as a limitation of the right of
the Company to discharge any of its Employees, with or without cause.

    SECTION 10.6  NO DIVERSION OF TRUST FUND.  It will be impossible at anytime
prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to Participants, their
co-pensioners, or surviving spouses for any part of the Trust Fund to be (within
the taxable year or thereafter) used for, or diverted to, purposes other than
for the exclusive benefit of Participants, their co-pensioners, orsurviving
spouses.  All forfeitures arising under the Plan will be applied to reduce the
Company's contributions.  No such forfeitures will be applied to increase the
benefits any Participant, co-pensioner, or surviving spouse would otherwise
receive under the Plan.

    SECTION 10.7  ALIENATION OF BENEFITS PROHIBITED.  No benefit payable
underthis Plan will be subject to alienation, sale, transfer, assignment,
pledge, attachment, garnishment, execution, or encumbrance of any kind, and any
attempt to accomplish the same will be void.

<PAGE>

                                       - 129 -

     If the Committee finds that any person (Participant, co-pensioner
or surviving spouse) to whom any benefit payment is due or will become due has
become physically or mentally unable to handle his own affairs, or is a minor,
the Committee in its sole discretion may direct that any benefit due him, unless
claim has been made therefor by a duly appointed legal representative, be paid
to his spouse, a child, a parent or other blood relative or a person with whom
he resides, and such payment will be a complete discharge of all liability
under this Plan.

     Not withstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company
will comply with any Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as such term is defined
in the Code, that creates a right in any person with respect to the benefit
payable to a Participant under the Plan provided that the Order states:  (i) the
name and last known mailing address of the Participant or former Participant and
each person to whom payment is to be made; (ii) the amount of payment to be made
under the Order, or either the percentage of the Participant's benefit to be
paid or a formula for calculating such percentage; (iii) the number of payments
to be made or the period of

<PAGE>

                                       - 130 -

payment under the Order; and (iv) the name of the plan to which the Order
applies.  An order of a court will not be considered a Qualified Domestic
Relations Order and will not be given effect if it purports to require that this
Plan pay any type or form of benefit or any option not otherwise provided under
the Plan, or any increased benefit, taking into account the actuarial equivalent
values of benefits payable under the Plan, or if it orders payments which are
already required by a prior Order to be paid to a different person.

    SECTION 10.8  WRITTEN COMMUNICATIONS.  Any notice, request, instruction, or
other communication to be given or made hereunder will be in writing and either
personally delivered or mailed fully postpaid and properly addressed to such
address at the last address for notice shown on the Committee's records.

    SECTION 10.9  NAME AND ADDRESS CHANGES.  Each person entitled to a benefit
hereunder will at all times be responsible for notifying the Committee of any
change in his name or address.  If any benefit check (which was mailed to the
last address of the payee shown on the Committee's records) is

<PAGE>

                                       - 131 -

returned unclaimed, further payments will be discontinued until the Committee
directs otherwise.


    SECTION 10.10  IDENTITY OF PAYEE.  If at any time any doubt exists as to
the identity of any person entitled to payment of any benefit hereunder or as to
the amount or time of any such payment, the Committee will direct that such sum
be held in the Trust until a further order of the Committee or a final order of
a court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with any lawful procedure.

    SECTION 10.11  EVIDENCE CONCLUSIVE.  The Company, the Committee, and any
person or persons involved in the administration of the Plan will be entitled to
rely upon any certification, statement, or representation made or evidence
furnished by any person with respect to his age or other facts required to be
determined under any of the provisions of the Plan, and will not be liable on
account of the payment of any monies or the doing of any act or failure to act
in reliance thereon.  Nothing herein contained will be construed to prevent the
Company or the Committee from contesting any such certification, statement,
representation, or evidence or to relieve any person from the duty of submitting
satisfactory

<PAGE>

                                       - 132 -

proof of his age or such other fact.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company
shall have the right to correct any error when it becomes known and to make any
adjustment in future pension payments under this Plan to recoup any overpayments
previously made due to such error.  This provision shall not prevent the Company
from taking any other action available to it to recover amounts erroneously paid
under the Plan.

    SECTION 10.12  INDIVIDUAL LIABILITY.  To the extent permitted by law, it is
declared to be the express purpose and intention of the Plan that no liability
whatever will attach to or be incurred by the stockholders, officers, Committee
members, employees or directors of the Company under or by reason of any of the
terms or conditions of this Plan.

    SECTION 10.13  DEDUCTIONS FOR INSURANCE PREMIUMS.  Upon authorization by a
Participant, on a form approved by the Company, the amount of premium payable by
him for coverage through a Health Maintenance Organization ("HMO") or for
medical benefits coverage, as provided under an insurance agreement between the
Company and the Union, or the amount of any overpayments made to the Participant
by the Company or its

<PAGE>

                                       - 133 -

insurer in the course of paying any insurance benefits, supplemental
unemployment benefits or extended vacation benefits provided by any agreement
between the Company and the Union, will be deducted from any pension payable
under this Plan to the extent permitted by law.

    SECTION 10.14  NUMBER AND GENDER.  Words in the singular set forth in this
Plan will include, and be read as being in, the feminine gender also.  Words in
the masculine gender set forth in this Plan will be read and construed as being
in the plural wherever the context requires.

                                      ARTICLE XI
                            HOSPITAL-MEDICAL BENEFITS FOR
                      ELIGIBLE PENSIONERS AND SURVIVING SPOUSES

    SECTION 11.1  ALLOCATION OF FUNDS TO SEPARATE ACCOUNT.  The Plan provides
for the payment of benefits for sickness, hospitalization, and medical
expenses ("Section 401(h) benefits") of Participants who have retired, and the
spouses and eligible dependents of such Participants ("medical expense
beneficiaries"). The Committee will cause to be allocated to a separate account,
which will be maintained by the Trustee for the purposes set forth in this
Article XI (but which need not be invested separately from other funds held by
the

<PAGE>

                                       - 134 -

Trustee under the Plan for retirement benefits), a portion of the Trust Fund not
to exceed the amount of accrued liability for Section 401(h) benefits as
determined by an "enrolled actuary" (within the meaning of ERISA).  Such
allocated portion of the Trust Fund will be used to provide funds for payment of
the accrued liability, in whole or in part, for Section 401(h) benefits of
medical expense beneficiaries but in no event will the amounts so transferred at
any time reduce the Trust Fund (remaining after setting aside such separate
account) below an amount which is 110% of a sum required to fully fund all
accrued retirement benefits under the Plan. The Committee may provide for
further allocations to such separate account, subject to the same conditions, as
of a convenient date in each year following the initial allocation.
Contributions to fund Section 401(h) benefits hereunder may be made by the
Company from time to time, provided that such contributions meet the
requirements of Section 11.5.

    SECTION 11.2  METHOD OF ALLOCATION.  The portion or portions of the Trust
Fund that may be allocated to a separate account each year as provided in
Section 11.1 will not exceed such amount as an enrolled actuary (using such
factors as

<PAGE>

                                       - 135 -

expected claims, earnings and mortality assumptions) determines to be necessary
to provide for the payment of Section 401(h) benefits of medical beneficiaries
during such year and, in addition, the Committee may allocate such amounts as
may be required to provide funds to pay existing determined accrued
liabilities for such benefits, in whole or in part.

    SECTION 11.3  BENEFITS PAYABLE.  The Section 401(h) benefits (and the
amounts thereof) which are to be paid pursuant to this Article XI are specified
in the Program of Hospital-Medical Benefits for Eligible Pensioners and
Surviving Spouses of Acme Steel Company Chicago Plant effective January 1, 1981,
as the same may be amended and/or supplemented from time to time (or any similar
program which supersedes such Program, as so amended and/or supplemented).
Nothing herein will be construed as guaranteeing that any medical benefits
will continue to be provided hereunder or under such Program in the future or
under the same terms and conditions as such medical benefits currently are
provided under the Program, and the Company has reserved the right to amend the
Program as provided for therein, including the right to amend the coverages
thereunder, the eligibility therefor

<PAGE>

                                       - 136 -

and the manner in which the cost thereof is shared by the Company, the
Participants and their dependents.

    SECTION 11.4  DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this Article XI the following
terms have the following meanings:

     a)   "Dependents" means any of the following individuals:

          1)   the spouse of a pensioner;

          2)   unmarried children under 19 years of age, meeting any of the
               following categories:

               i)   a blood descendent of the first degree;

               ii)  a legally adopted child (including a child living with the
                    adopting parents during a period of probation);

               iii) a stepchild residing in the pensioner's household; or

               iv)  a child permanently residing in the household of which the
                    pensioner is the head and is actually being supported solely
                    by such pensioner, provided the pensioner is related to the
                    child by

<PAGE>

                                       - 137 -

                   blood or marriage or is the child's legal guardian;

          3)   children after attainment of age 19 but not beyond attainment of
               age 25, if, in addition to otherwise meeting the definition of
               dependent child as contained in (2) above, such child is a full-
               time student; or

          4)   children after attainment of age 19, if, in addition to otherwise
               meeting the definition of dependent children as contained in (2)
               above, such child is incapable of self-support because of a
               disabling illness or injury that commenced prior to age 19.

    b)   "Medical expense" means expenses for medical care as defined in
         Section 213(d)(1) of the Code.

    SECTION 11.5  ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.  The following requirements shall
apply to the separate account established to provide for the payment of Section
401(h) benefits of medical expense beneficiaries:

     a)   Contributions to fund Section 401(h) benefits hereunder may be made by
          the Company from time to

<PAGE>

                                       - 138 -

         time, provided that (i) such contributions are reasonable and
         ascertainable, and (ii) the aggregate of contributions (made after the
         date on which the Plan first includes Section 401(h) benefits) to
         provide Section 401(h) benefits provided for under the Plan will not
         exceed 25% of the aggregate contributions to the Plan (made after such
         date) other than contributions to fund past service credits.  At the
         time the Company makes a contribution to the Plan, it will designate
         that portion of such contribution allocable to the funding of medical
         benefits.  Any benefits provided directly by the Company will be
         considered as provided under the Plan and as contributions to the Plan
         to provide medical benefits hereunder except to the extent such
         amounts may be considered as interest-free loans by the Company to the
         Plan in accordance with Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 80-26
         (which Exemption would permit the Plan to repay the Company such
         amounts paid on behalf of the Plan as interest-free loans).

<PAGE>

                                       - 139 -

     b)   It shall be impossible, at any time prior to the satisfaction of all
          liabilities under the Plan to provide Section 401(h) benefits of
          medical expense beneficiaries, for any part of the corpus or income of
          such separate account to be (within the taxable year or thereafter)
          used for, or diverted to, any purpose other than the providing of such
          benefits and the payment of expenses attributable to the
          administration of such benefits.

     c)   Upon the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan to provide
          Section 401(h) benefits, any amounts remaining in such separate
          account will revert to the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it
          is intended that no amount transferred to the separate account
          hereunder to provide medical benefits will revert to the Company
          (subject to the permitted repayment of any amounts which are
          considered as interest-free loans under Prohibited Transaction
          Exemption 80-26).  Accordingly, if amounts are transferred to the
          separate account pursuant to Section 11.1 in excess of the medical

<PAGE>

                                       - 140 -

          benefits currently payable from such account, as long as any such
          transferred amounts are held in such separate account the medical
          benefit liabilities under the Plan and such separate account may not
          be terminated until all such transferred amounts have been distributed
          to provide medical benefits.

               During such periods of time that the separate account contains
          both transferred amounts under Section 11.1 and contributions under
          Section 11.5(1), all payments from the separate account will be
          considered as distribution of amounts transferred under Section 11.1
          and earnings thereon before any such distributions are considered as
          distributions of contributions made under Section 11.5(1).

     d)   At no time will the value of the assets of such separate account
          exceed 25% of the value of the

<PAGE>

                                        - 141-

         aggregate assets held in the Trust Fund established for the Plan.

<PAGE>

                                      EXHIBIT A
                                TABLES OF PERCENTAGES

     This Table of Percentages will be used in calculating the amounts payable
if one of the following options is applicable:  the Pre-Pension Spouse Coverage
(50%), the Automatic 50% Spouse Option, the 50% Co-Pensioner Option, or the 100%
Co-Pensioner Option.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Participant's Age
 Difference between
 Participant's Age
 and Spouse's
 or Co-Pensioner's Age                         50% Options
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               51      52      55      58      61      64
 Participant                   and     to      to      to      to      and
 Older                         Under   54      57      60      63      Over
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
 20 or more years              71%     72%     73%     73%     74%     74%

 17, 18 or 19 years            71%     72%     73%     74%     75%     75%

 14, 15 or 16 years            72%     73%     74%     75%     76%     76%

 11, 12 or 13 years            73%     74%     75%     77%     77%     78%

  3,  9 or 10 years            74%     75%     77%     78%     79%     80%

  5,  6 or  7 years            75%     76%     78%     79%     81%     82%

  2,  3 or  4 years            76%     77%     79%     81%     82%     83%

 less than  2 years            77%     79%     81%     83%     84%     85%

<CAPTION>
 Participant
 Younger
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                           <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
 less than  2 years            77%     79%     81%     83%     84%     85%

  2,  3 or  4 years            79%     80%     82%     84%     86%     87%

  5,  6 or  7 years            80%     82%     84%     86%     88%     89%


<PAGE>

<CAPTION>
  Difference between
  Participant's Age
  and Spouse's
  or Co-Pensioner's Age                        50% Options
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
  8,  9 or 10 years            82%     84%     86%     88%     90%     91%

 11, 12 or 13 years            84%     85%     88%     90%     92%     93%

 14, 15 or 16 years            86%     87%     89%     91%     93%     94%

 17, 18 or 19 years            87%     89%     91%     93%     95%     96%

 20 or more years              89%     91%     93%     94%     96%     96%


<PAGE>

<CAPTION>
                                            Participant's Age
 Difference between
 Participant's Age
 and Spouse's or
 Co-Pensioner's Age                             100% Options
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
                               51      52      55      58      61      64
                               and     to      to      to      to      and
                               Under   54      57      60      63      Over
 Participant
 Older

 20 or more years              56%     57%     58%     58%     58%     58%

 17, 18 or 19 years            56%     58%     59%     60%     60%     60%

 14, 15 or 16 years            57%     59%     60%     61%     62%     62%

 11, 12 or 13 years            58%     60%     62%     63%     64%     64%

  3,  9 or 10 years            59%     61%     63%     65%     66%     66%

  5,  6 or  7 years            60%     62%     65%     67%     68%     69%

  2,  3 or  4 years            62%     64%     67%     69%     71%     72%

 less than  2 years            64%     66%     69%     71%     73%     75%

<CAPTION>

 Participant
 Younger
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 <S>                           <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
 less than  2 years            64%     66%     69%     71%     73%     75%

  2,  3 or  4 years            66%     68%     71%     74%     76%     78%

  5,  6 or  7 years            68%     70%     73%     76%     79%     81%

  8,  9 or 10 years            70%     73%     76%     79%     82%     84%

 11, 12 or 13 years            73%     75%     79%     82%     85%     87%

 14, 15 or 16 years            75%     78%     81%     84%     87%     90%

 17, 18 or 19 years            78%     81%     84%     87%     90%     92%

 20 or more years              80%     83%     87%     89%     92%     93%

</TABLE>

NOTES:    Participant's age and spouse's or co-pensioner's age rounded to the
          nearest whole year; e.g., age 51 years, six months becomes 52.  Age
          differential is net difference between participant's and spouse's or
          co-pensioner's ages as rounded.

          If the named co-pensioner is any person other than the pensioner's
          spouse, it may, in compliance with

<PAGE>

          Internal Revenue Service regulations, be necessary to modify the
          amount payable to the pensioner and co-pensioner so as to provide that
          the present value of the benefit payable to the pensioner is more than
          50% of the present value of the pension that would have been payable
          to the pensioner had he not elected a survivor option.

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                     SPECIAL RULES REGARDING ALLOWED SERVICE

     Any Participant covered by the September 1, 1993 Pension Agreement between
Acme Steel Company and the United Steelworkers of America who retires on or
after September 1, 1993, and who incurred 1 or more breaks in continuous service
prior to such date will, to the extent and under the conditions specifically set
forth below, be credited, for pension purposes only, with service (hereinafter
referred to as allowed service) for a period of employment with the Company
prior to such break.

A.   Allowed service will be credited in accordance with C, D, E or F below only
     upon retirement or death of the employee.

B.   Allowed service will be credited in accordance with C, D, E or F below:

     1.   To determine the amount of (as distinct from eligibility for) any
          benefit provided pursuant to the Pension Agreement, and

     2.   To determine eligibility for only

          (a)  Normal Retirement provided the Participant has attained age 65
               and the sum of the Participant's allowed and continuous service
               is 15 or more years;
          (b)  62/15 Retirement;
          (c)  Permanent Incapacity Retirement;
          (d)  70/80 Retirement;
          (e)  Deferred Vested Pension, provided the Participant has attained
               age 40 and the sum of the Participant's allowed and continuous
               service is 15 or more years if the final break in continuous
               service occurred for reasons other than quit or discharged; or
          (f)  Surviving Spouse's Benefit.

<PAGE>

C.   For the purposes of A and B above, allowed service will be credited for a
     period of employment prior to a break in continuous service, excluding any
     period between the last date worked and the date such a break occurs, if
     the Participant either:

     1.   Had 1 or more years of continuous service prior to such break and
          either:

          (a)  incurred such break for any reason other than discharge and has
               30 or more years of continuous service since his last hiring
               date; or

          (b)  incurred such break by reason of a quit and was reemployed within
               6 months after such break; or

          (c)  incurred such break by reason of a quit to return to school and
               worked as required for the Company during such summer vacation
               from school and was available for work immediately upon
               graduation; or

          (d)  incurred such break by reason of a quit and has 15 or more years
               of continuous service since his last hiring date, and the length
               of continuous service prior to such break was at least 2 times
               the length of the period between such break and his last hiring
               date; or

     2.   Incurred such break in continuous service by reason of absence due to
          layoff or disability and:


          (a)  had 2 or more years of continuous service prior to the
               commencement of the absence that resulted in such break; and

          (b)  the length of continuous service prior to such break was at least
               2 times the length of the period between such break and his last
               hiring date; and

<PAGE>

          (c)  had 15 or more years of continuous service since his last hiring
               date; or

     3.   Incurred a break in continuous service by reason of payment of
          severance allowance and the length of continuous service on which such
          severance allowance was computed was at least 2 times the length of
          the period between such break and his last hiring date.

D.   For the purposes of A and B above, allowed service will be credited for
     continuous service accrued prior to a break in such service by reason of
     absence due to layoff or disability if the Participant incurred such break
     prior to January 1, 1960 and the period of such absence but in no case more
     than 5 years.

E.   For the purposes of A and B above, if a Participant who worked at least 1
     day in 1993 prior to September 1 had a break in continuous service due to
     layoff which continued in excess of 2 years but such break was removed due
     to the Participant's recall to work with the Company under a prior Pension
     Agreement with the period during which he retains his accumulated
     continuous service in accordance with the seniority provisions of the Basic
     Agreement (including any service accumulation under the Basic Agreement
     exclusively for purposes of recall), the period from the break in service
     until the earlier of (i) the date the Participant returned to work or (ii)
     5 years from the date last worked will be credited as allowed service.

F.   If the Participant had 2 or more breaks in continuous service, only the
     longest single period which meets the criteria for allowed service set
     forth in C, D, or E above will be credited as allowed service.

G.   In the case of a Participant whose pension is determined in accordance with
     Sections 3.3(a) or (f) of the Plan the amount determined under that
     provision will be increased by an amount equal to the Participant's
     Enriched Benefit

<PAGE>

     Unit multiplied by each year (and fractions thereof
     calculated to the nearest month) of allowed service.

H.   The increased amount determined under G above will be used in the
     determination of regular pension in accordance with Section 3.3 of the
     Plan.

     In view of the expanded provisions contained in the January 1, 1976 Pension
Agreement for removing breaks in continuous service, the foregoing is limited to
breaks in continuous service that occurred prior to January 1, 1976 except with
respect to E above which also includes breaks in continuous service that
occurred on or after January 1, 1976.

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C

                     PAYMENTS TO PRE-1974 SURVIVING SPOUSES

     The Company will make a cash payment to certain surviving spouses as
described below:

     1.   For purposes of this Exhibit C, the term "Covered Person" shall mean a
person eligible for a Surviving Spouse Benefit pursuant to a Pension Agreement
in effect prior to July 31, 1974.

     2.   The total cash payment of a Covered Person shall be up to $6,000.

     3.   The cash payment provided for under this Exhibit C shall be made to
Covered Persons whose identity and location are known or made known to the
Company in 12 equal installments due and payable as follows:

     First Installment        -         February 28, 1994
     Second Installment       -         August   31, 1994
     Third Installment        -         February 28, 1995
     Fourth Installment       -         August   31, 1995
     Fifth Installment        -         February 28, 1996
     Sixth Installment        -         August   31, 1996
     Seventh Installment      -         February 28, 1997
     Eighth Installment       -         August   31, 1997
     Ninth Installment        -         February 28, 1998
     Tenth Installment        -         August   31, 1998
     Eleventh Installment     -         February 28, 1999
     Twelfth Installment      -         August   31, 1999

No payment shall be made to a Covered Person if the pensioner is not deceased as
of the payment date.  Moreover, if the pensioner died within the 6-month period
preceding a payment date, the payment for such payment date will be prorated
based upon the month in which death occurred in such 6-month period (I.E., if
death occurred in January 1994, the February 28, 1994 payment shall be one-sixth
of the full amount; if death occurred in June 1994, the August 31, 1994 payment
shall be one-third of the full amount; etc.).

<PAGE>

     4.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated herein, no installment
payment shall be made hereunder with respect to a Covered Person who dies prior
to the date such payment is due and payable.

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT D

                      PAYMENTS TO CERTAIN SURVIVING SPOUSES

     The Company will make a cash payment to certain surviving spouses as
described below:

     1.   For purposes of this Exhibit D, the term "Covered Person" shall mean a
person who would qualify as a surviving spouse, as described in Sections 4.1 and
4.5 of the Plan effective September 1, 1993, with respect to a pensioner who
retired prior to August 1, 1974 on other than a deferred vested pension, and who
is deceased or dies on or before August 31, 1999; provided, however, that such
person is not otherwise eligible to receive a Surviving Spouse's Benefit
pursuant to the applicable terms of the Plan.

     2.   The total cash payment of a Covered Person shall be up to $6,000.

     3.   The cash payment provided for under this Exhibit D shall be made to
Covered Persons whose identity and location are known or made known to the
Company in 12 equal installments due and payable as follows:

     First Installment        -         February 28, 1994
     Second Installment       -         August   31, 1994
     Third Installment        -         February 28, 1995
     Fourth Installment       -         August   31, 1995
     Fifth Installment        -         February 28, 1996
     Sixth Installment        -         August   31, 1996
     Seventh Installment      -         February 28, 1997
     Eighth Installment       -         August   31, 1997
     Ninth Installment        -         February 28, 1998
     Tenth Installment        -         August   31, 1998
     Eleventh Installment     -         February 28, 1999
     Twelfth Installment      -         August   31, 1999

No payment shall be made to a Covered Person if the pensioner is not deceased as
of the payment date.  Moreover, if the pensioner died within the 6-month period
preceding a payment date, the payment for such payment date will be prorated
based upon the month in which death occurred in such 6-month period (I.E., if
death occurred in January 1994, the February 28, 1994 payment shall be one-sixth
of the full amount; if death

<PAGE>

occurred in June 1994, the August 31, 1994 payment shall be one-third of the
full amount; etc.).

     4.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated herein, no installment
payment shall be made hereunder with respect to a Covered Person who dies prior
to the date such payment is due and payable.

     5.   The Company shall make a good faith effort to identify and determine
the current address of all Covered Persons who may be entitled to payments
hereunder.  Nothing herein, however, shall require the Company to incur any
costs or expenses which are unreasonable in connection with its efforts to so
identify and locate such individuals.  If the Company becomes aware of the
identity and location of any Covered Person, the Company shall promptly make
such installment payments to such person if then living; provided, however, that
the Company shall have no obligation hereunder with respect to any payment due
hereunder if the Company, after making a good faith effort to do so, is unable
to determine the identity and current address of such person prior to the
termination of the Basic Labor Agreement.

     6.   Application for this payment shall be made on a form specified by the
Company.  The surviving spouse must also provide certified copies of the
participant's birth certificate, the spouse's birth certificate, marriage
license, and a copy of a letter from the Social Security Administration showing
eligibility for widow or widower's benefits.  The Company may request other
reasonable proofs in lieu of or in addition to the aforementioned items in order
to determine eligibility for benefits.

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT E

                          Special Rules with Respect to
                             RULE-OF-65 RETIREMENT

                                    PREAMBLE

     The Employment and Income Security Program was established by the Company
and the Union in recognition of their desire to provide increased economic
protection for long-service employees who are involuntarily displaced from their
jobs.  The parties agree that the method of achieving this objective is to
facilitate the placement of such employees in suitable long-term jobs and, when
such jobs are not available, to reduce the adverse economic consequences to such
employees by providing eligible employees with extended SUB and rule-of-65
pensions as outlined herein.

     Through the Employment and Income Security Program, the parties
specifically provide that employees who have at least 20 years of continuous
service as of their last day worked and who are laid off and are not placed in
suitable long-term jobs may receive additional income protection in the form of
extended SUB and insurance benefits.  The parties also provide that employees
who have at least 20 years of continuous service as of their last day worked and
who are disabled may receive additional insurance protection in the form of
extended S&A and insurance benefits.  In addition, the parties provide eligible
employees who are not offered suitable long-term employment with a pension under
rule-of-65 retirement plus a monthly supplement.

     Pursuant thereto the parties have provided the rules set forth in this
Exhibit E in a manner which will best enhance the employment and income security
of eligible employees.  Except as expressly provided herein, the application of
these rules shall not interfere with, limit or in any way adversely affect the
rights or obligations of any employee or the Company under any other existing
agreement.

I.   Definition of Suitable Long-Term Employment

     A.   A job offered by the Company will constitute an offer of suitable
          long-term employment (hereinafter "SLTE") if:

<PAGE>

          1.   The employee is physically qualified to perform the job, and

          2.   The employee has the ability and skills required to perform the
               job or has the ability to absorb such training for the job as is
               to be offered and as is necessary to enable the employee to
               perform the job satisfactorily, and

          3.   The job offered is not a temporary job or a job known to be of
               limited duration, and

          4.   The job offered is not in a salaried or plant protection
               bargaining unit unless the employee has had significant work
               experience with the Company of a technical, plant protection or
               clerical nature during the 5-year period preceding his last day
               worked, and

          5.   Subject to paragraph B below, the job offered is in a bargaining
               unit represented by the Union, and

          6.   Except as may be provided pursuant to paragraph B below, the job
               offered is at the employee's home plant, including a job which
               the employee is not required to accept under applicable seniority
               agreements or practices, provided there is no employee with a
               greater right to such job under applicable seniority agreements
               or practices who desires assignment to such job.  Where an
               applicable seniority agreement or practice permits an employee to
               elect layoff in lieu of assignment to the job offered, such fact
               shall not preclude the job offered from being SLTE.

     B.   1.   The parties recognize that situations may arise in the future
               when the Company will not be able to offer SLTE to employees in
               accordance with paragraph A above.  In such instance, the Company
               and the Union will discuss the terms and conditions for a
               procedure for providing offers of SLTE at other employment
               locations or in other employee groups in a manner consistent with

<PAGE>

               understandings and procedures then prevailing in agreements
               between the United Steelworkers of America and the Coordinating
               Committee Steel Companies.

          2.   In the event that the Company and the Union cannot reach
               agreement concerning such matters, the dispute shall be submitted
               for resolution to the arbitrator selected in accordance with the
               procedure set forth in the Basic Agreement at the request of
               either the Company or the International Union.

               In resolving any such dispute, the arbitrator may take into
               consideration such factors as:

               a.   The nature of the operations and jobs involved;

               b.   The prospects for long-term employment;

               c.   The problems that employees are likely to encounter if they
                    were to accept employment;

               d.   The cost to the Company if it cannot make offers of SLTE at
                    the employment locations in question;

               e.   The existence of other employment alternatives.

               In resolving such dispute, the arbitrator may take into account
               the distance between the employee's home plant and a proposed
               employment location but the fact that such distance may be
               greater or lesser than the distances between employment locations
               identified in similar arrangement agreed to by the United
               Steelworkers with any of the Coordinating Committee Steel
               Companies shall not be considered by the arbitrator as being
               determinative of the issue.  Finally, the proposals made by each
               party with respect to any matter coming before the arbitrator and
               the discussions had with respect thereto shall not be used, or
               referred to, in any way during

<PAGE>

              or in connection with the arbitration of any dispute under this
              provision.

     C.   The Company may offer SLTE to an employee who is eligible or could
          become eligible for 70/80 retirement and who had at least 20 years of
          continuous service as of his last day worked.  The employee may elect
          to accept or refuse such offer.  If he accepts such offer, he will be
          treated the same as if he had been otherwise eligible for a rule-of-65
          retirement, except that any elections provided would be for a 70/80
          retirement rather than a rule-of-65 retirement if he has at the time
          of retirement attained the age and service which would qualify him for
          a 70/80 retirement.  If he refuses such offer, the refusal will have
          no effect upon his eligibility or potential eligibility for a 70/80
          retirement.

II.  Offer and Acceptance of SLTE

     A.   The Company may offer SLTE to an employee who is otherwise eligible or
          could become eligible for a rule-of-65 retirement at any time prior to
          the date on which the employee incurs a break in continuous service.

     B.   A refusal by an employee who is otherwise eligible or could become
          eligible for a rule-of-65 retirement to accept an offer of SLTE will
          result in his ineligibility for rule-of-65 retirement in connection
          with his last separation from active employment prior to such refusal,
          except as follows:

          An employee may refuse an offer of SLTE at his home plant during his
          grace period if the employee has a right under an applicable local
          seniority agreement or practice established prior to January 1, 1978
          which permits the employee to elect layoff in lieu of assignment to
          the job offered.  The employee's grace period shall be the period of
          weeks following the employee's last day worked that is equal to the
          number of credit units in excess of 52 credited to him under the SUB
          Plan as of his last day worked.

     C.   In order to assist the employee in understanding the implications of
          his decision to accept or

<PAGE>

         reject an offer of SLTE, the Company will provide an employee
         receiving such an offer with a written explanation of his rights and
         obligations in connection with such offer, including the number of
         days in which the employee must respond to such offer pursuant to
         paragraph D below.  A copy of this written explanation shall be
         furnished to the appropriate Union representative.

          At the request of the employee or the appropriate Union
          representative, the appropriate Union representative may be present at
          and participate in any discussion relating to such offer; provided,
          however, that this provision shall not extend the time periods
          provided in paragraph D below.

     D.   An employee who is offered SLTE will be required to respond by
          accepting or rejecting such offer within 3 days following the receipt
          by the employee of such offer; provided, however, that where a longer
          period has been established by local practice for responding to offers
          of work, such acceptance or rejection shall be made within the shorter
          of the period established by such local practice or 7 calendar days
          following receipt by the employee of the offer.

III. Additional SUB Credit Units

     If an employee who would be eligible for a rule-of-65 retirement except for
     the fact that the Company has not yet determined whether he will be offered
     SLTE exhausts his SUB credit units, the Company shall grant him additional
     credit units to provide SUB Weekly Benefits for which he may otherwise be
     eligible for whatever period of time that it may require to offer him SLTE
     or to determine not to offer him SLTE, and the Company shall continue his
     insurance coverage, other than S&A coverage, for the same period.

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT F

                      COVERAGE OF PLANT PROTECTION OFFICERS

     The Company and the United Plant Guard Workers of America and its Local 227
(referred to in this Exhibit F as the "Union") have reached the following
agreement.

     The same Pension Plan and Insurance Program, as they may from time to time
     be amended, that are in effect for production and maintenance employees
     represented by the Union Steelworkers of America at the Company's Plant in
     Chicago, Illinois (subject to all the terms and conditions of such Plan and
     Program, including the same effective dates) shall be in effect for all
     employees in the collective bargaining unit defined in the Agreement dated
     November 1, 1993, between the Company and the Union.

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT G

                            MODEL AMENDMENT REQUIRED
                                       BY
                             IRC SECTION 401(A)(17)

                                     PART I

          In addition to other applicable limitations set forth in the plan, and
     notwithstanding any other provision of the plan to the contrary, for plan
     years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual compensation of
     each employee taken into account under the plan shall not exceed the OBRA
     '93 annual compensation limit.  The OBRA '93 annual compensation limit is
     $150,000, as adjusted by the Commissioner for increases in the cost of
     living in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Internal Revenue
     Code.  The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies
     to any period, not exceeding 12 months, over which compensation is
     determined (determination period) beginning in such calendar year.  If a
     determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the OBRA '93 annual
     compensation limit will be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which
     is the number of months in the determination period, and the denominator of
     which is 12.

          For plan years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, any reference in
     this plan to the limitation under section 401(a)(17) of the Code shall mean
     the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit set forth in this provision.

          If compensation for any prior determination period is taken into
     account in determining an employee's benefits accruing in the current plan
     year, the compensation for that prior determination period is subject to
     the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit in effect for that prior
     determination period.  For this purpose, for determination periods
     beginning before the first day of the first plan year beginning on or after
     January 1, 1994, the OBRA '93 annual compensation limit is $150,000.

                                     PART II

<PAGE>

          Unless otherwise provided under the plan, each section 401(a)(17)
     employee's accrued benefit under this plan will be the greater of the
     accrued benefit determined for the employee under 1 or 2 below:

               1.   the employee's accrued benefit determined with respect to
                    the benefit formula applicable for the plan year beginning
                    on or after January 1, 1994, as applied to the employee's
                    total years of service taken into account under the plan for
                    the purposes of benefit accruals, or

               2.   the sum of:

                    (a)  the employee's accrued benefit as of the last day of
               the last plan year beginning before January 1, 1994, frozen in
               accordance with section 1.401(a)(4)-13 of the regulations, and

                    (b)  the employee's accrued benefit determined under the
               benefit formula applicable for the plan year beginning on or
               after January 1, 1994, as applied to the employee's years of
               service credited to the employee for plan years beginning on or
               after January 1, 1994, for purposes of benefit accruals.

          A section 401(a)(17) employee means an employee whose current accrued
     benefit as of a date on or after the first day of the first plan year
     beginning on or after January 1, 1994, is based on compensation for a year
     beginning prior to the first day of the first plan year beginning on or
     after January 1, 1994, that exceeded $150,000.

                                    PART III

          If this plan satisfies the requirements of section 1.401(a)(4)-13(d)
     of the regulations for a fresh-start as of the last day of the last plan
     year beginning before January 1, 1994, then, notwithstanding any other
     provisions of the plan, any section 401(a)(17) employee's accrued benefit,
     frozen in accordance with section 1.401(a)(14-13 of the regulations as of a
     fresh-start

<PAGE>

    date, is adjusted to reflect increases in the employee's compensation after
    the fresh-start date.  However, this adjustment may be made only if the
    adjustment will not cause the plan to fail to satisfy the consistency
    requirement of section 1.401(a)(4)-13(c), as modified by section
    1.401(a)(17)-1(e) of the proposed regulations.

          In determining a section 401(a)(17) employee's accrued benefit in any
     plan year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the portion of the
     employee's frozen accrued benefit attributable to plan years beginning
     before January 1, 1994, will be determined in accordance with Method A for
     statutory section 401(a)(17) employees and Method B for section 401(a)(17)
     employees other than statutory section 401(a)(17) employees.

          A statutory section 401(a)(17) employee means an employee whose
     current accrued benefit as of a date on or after January 1, 1994, is based
     on compensation for a year beginning prior to January 1, 1989, that
     exceeded $200,000.

          A section 401(A)(17) employee means an employee whose current accrued
     benefit as of a date on or after January 1, 1994, is based on compensation
     for a year beginning prior to January 1, 1994, that exceeded $150,000.

     Method A (statutory section 401(a)(17) employees):

     Step 1:   Determine each statutory section 401(a)(17) employee's accrued
               benefit as of the last day of the last plan year beginning before
               January 1, 1989, frozen in accordance with section 1.401(a)(4)-13
               of the regulations.

     Step 2:   Adjust the amount in step 1 up through the last day of the last
               plan year beginning before the first plan year beginning on or
               after January 1, 1994, under the method provided under the plan
               for increasing the amount in step 1 to take into account
               increases in compensation in plan years beginning on or after
               January 1, 1989.  However, if the plan does not provide for such
               increases, the amount in step 2 shall be equal to the amount in
               step 1.

<PAGE>


     Step 3:   Determine the statutory section 401(a)(17) employee's accrued
               benefit as of the last day of the last plan year beginning before
               January 1, 1994, frozen in accordance with section 1.401(a)(4)-13
               of the regulations.

     Step 4:   Subtract the amount determined in step 2 from the amount
               determined in step 3.

     Step 5:   Adjust the amount in step 4 by multiplying it by the following
               fraction (not less than 1).  The numerator of the fraction is the
               statutory section 401(a)(17) employee's average compensation
               determined for the current year (as limited by section
               401(a)(17)), using the same definition and compensation formula
               in effect as of the last day of the last plan year beginning
               before January 1, 1994.  The denominator of the fraction is the
               employee's average compensation for the last day of the last plan
               year beginning before January 1, 1994, using the definition and
               compensation formula in effect as of the last day of the last
               plan year beginning before January 1, 1994.

     Step 6:   Adjust the amount in step 1 by multiplying it by the following
               fraction (not less than 1).  The numerator of the fraction is the
               statutory section 401(a)(17) employee's average compensation for
               the current year (as limited by section 401(a)(17)), using the
               same definition of compensation and compensation formula in
               effect as of the last day of the last plan year beginning before
               January 1, 1989.  The denominator of the fraction is the
               employee's average compensation for the last day of the last plan
               year beginning before January 1, 1989, using the definition and
               compensation formula in effect as of the last day of the last
               plan year beginning before January 1, 1989.

     Step 7:   Add the amounts determined in step 5, and the greater of steps 6
               or 2.

     Method B (section 401(a)(17) employees other

<PAGE>

     than statutory section 401(a)(17) employees):

     Step 1:   Determine the accrued benefit of each section 401(a)(17) employee
               other than statutory section 401(a)(17) employees as of the last
               day of the plan year beginning before January 1, 1994, frozen in
               accordance with section 1.401(a)(4)-13 of the regulations.

     Step 2:   Adjust the amount in step 1 by multiplying it by the following
               fraction (not less than 1).  The numerator of the fraction is the
               average compensation of the section 401(a)(17) employee who is
               not a statutory section 401(a)(17) employee determined for the
               current year (as limited by section 401(a)(17), using the same
               definition and compensation formula in effect as of the last day
               of the last plan year beginning before January 1, 1994.  The
               denominator of the fraction is the employee's average
               compensation for the last day of the last plan year beginning
               before January 1, 1994, using the definition and compensation
               formula in effect as of the last day of the last plan year
               beginning before January 1, 1994.


<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.32

                                   FIRST AMENDMENT
                                        TO THE
                              CONSOLIDATED PENSION PLAN
                        FOR ACME SALARIED AND HOURLY EMPLOYEES


    The Consolidated Pension Plan for Acme Salaried and Hourly Employees (the
"Plan"), as amended and restated effective November 1, 1994, is hereby amended
by this First Amendment, effective as of November 1, 1994 unless otherwise
noted, as follows:

    1.   The last paragraph of Section 4.2(b) of the master portion of the plan
is deleted in its entirety and substituted with the following:

         If any amendment is made which affects the vesting schedule of
    benefits under the Plan, each Participant who has 3 or more years of
    service may elect, within a reasonable period after the adoption of
    the amendment, to have his non forfeitable percentage computed under
    the Plan without regard to such amendment. The period during which the
    election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is
    adopted and shall end on the later of:

         (1)  60 days after the amendment is adopted;

         (2)  60 days after the amendment is effective; or

         (3)  60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the
              amendment by the Committee.

    2.   The following paragraph is added at the bottom of the first page of
Exhibit  B, entitled "Model Amendment Required By IRC Section 401(a)(17)," to
Appendix A of the Plan:

         This limitation on compensation that may be considered for Plan
    purposes will be applied by taking into account the compensation paid
    by the Company to all members of the Participant's family to the
    extent required by Section 401(a)(17) and Section 414(q) of the Code.
    If the limitation is exceeded, the limitation will be prorated among
    the affected individuals in proportion to each such individual's
    compensation prior to the application of this limitation.

<PAGE>

    3.   The following sentence is added at the end of Section 2.1 to
Appendices  A, B and C as follows:

         A participant's right to his normal retirement pension is non
         forfeitable upon the attainment of normal retirement age.

    4.   A new Section 3.22 is added to both Appendix B and Appendix C of the
Plan as follows:

         SECTION 3.22 DIRECT ROLLOVERS.    This section applies to
    distributions made on or after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any
    provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a
    Distributee's election under this section, a Distributee may elect, at
    the time and in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any
    portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an
    Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct
    Rollover.

         (1)   ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION.   An Eligible Rollover
    Distribution is any distribution, of all or any portion of the balance
    to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover
    Distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a
    series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently
    than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the
    Distributee and the Distributees designated beneficiary; or for a
    specified period of 10 years or more; any distribution to the extent
    such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal
    Revenue Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not
    includable in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion
    for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities).

         (2)   ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN.   An Eligible Retirement Plan is
    an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the
    Internal Revenue Code, an individual retirement annuity described in
    Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section
    403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a)
    of the Code, that accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover
    Distribution. However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover
    Distribution to the surviving spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is
    an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

         (3)  DISTRIBUTEE.   A Distributee includes an Employee or former
    Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving
    spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's spouse or former spouse
    who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order,
    as defined in Section 414(p) of the Internal Revenue Code, are
    Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former
    spouse.

<PAGE>

    (4)  DIRECT ROLLOVER.   A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to
    the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

    5.   Section 10.2(b) of Appendices B and C is deleted in its entirety and
substituted with the following:

    b)   no amendment will deprive any person of nonforfeitable rights to
         benefits accrued to the date of such amendment. If any amendment
         is made which affects the vesting schedule of benefits under the
         Plan, each Participant who has 3 or more years of service may
         elect, within a reasonable period after the adoption of the
         amendment, to have his nonforfeitable  percentage computed under
         the Plan without regard to such amendment. The period during
         which the election may be made will commence with the date the
         amendment is adopted and will end on the later of:

         1)   60 days after the amendment is adopted;

         2)   60 days after the amendment is effective; or

         3)   60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the
              amendment by the Committee.

    EXECUTED this 19th  day of September 1995, to be effective as of November
1, 1994.


                                       Acme Steel Company

                                            /s/  J. W. Hoekwater
                                       By
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                       Treasurer

ATTEST:

/s/  Martha M. Hosp

- ------------------------------------
        Assistant Secretary

<PAGE>

1995 ANNUAL REPORT AND FORM 10-K


[PHOTO of the construction of the 676-foot tunnel furnace, part of Acme's
 Modernization and Expansion Project.]


ACME METALS: BUILDING A PROFITABLE FUTURE.

<PAGE>

ACME METALS AT A GLANCE

[PHOTO of model of the Modernization and Expansion Project]

Acme Metals Incorporated, headquartered in Riverdale, Illinois, has two business
segments: Steel Making and Steel Fabricating. Acme, a leader in its major
product lines, has embarked on a modernization and expansion of its Steel Making
operations. This strategic investment will transform Acme Steel into a leading-
edge, low-cost integrated steel producer in North America, with expanded niche
markets for custom steels and benefits for its downstream Steel Fabricating
operations. 

                                                           1995 SALES BY SEGMENT

STEEL MAKING

[PHOTO of coil of steel]

ACME STEEL COMPANY

Custom-produced steel in small order lots, in special chemistries and widths,
with exacting product quality and steel processing services matched by few mills
make Acme Steel unique. Its integrated steel making process differentiates its
product quality from mini-mills, while its production and processing capability
differentiates Acme Steel from other integrated steel makers.

                                            [GRAPHIC showing that Acme Steel
                                             contributed 45% of 1995 net sales]

STEEL FABRICATING

[PHOTO of strapping products]

ACME PACKAGING CORPORATION

Modern manufacturing facilities located in every major U.S. region, a broad
product line, and a strong sales and distribution network make Acme Packaging an
industry leader in steel strapping and strapping products.

                                            [GRAPHIC showing that Acme
                                             Packaging contributed 32% of 1995
                                             net sales]


[PHOTO of tubing products]

ALPHA TUBE CORPORATION

A marketing-driven strategy, strong product quality, technical support, and a
broad value-added product line sold to a diverse customer base make Alpha Tube a
leader in the welded steel tube market.

                                            [GRAPHIC showing that Alpha Tube
                                             contributed 15% of 1995 net sales]

[PHOTO of auto jack]

UNIVERSAL TOOL & STAMPING COMPANY, INC.

Strong planning and control systems, new product development, customer technical
support, and a midwestern location convenient to automotive assembly plants make
Universal a leading manufacturer of automotive lifting equipment.

                                            [GRAPHIC showing that Universal
                                             Tool contributed 8% of 1995 net
                                             sales]


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRODUCTS                           PRODUCTION FACILITIES                   PRINCIPAL MARKETS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                <C>                                     <C>
Sheet, strip, plate, bar, and      Acme Steel's coke, iron, and steel      Agricultural, automotive components,
semi-finished steel in low-,       making operations are located in        industrial equipment, industrial 
mid-, and high-carbon; alloy;      Chicago and Riverdale, IL.              fasteners, pipe and tube, processor/
high-strength, low-alloy; and                                              converter, and tool manufacturing 
special grades                                                             industries

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Steel strapping, strapping         Acme Packaging's flagship plant         Agricultural, automotive, brick, 
tools, and industrial packaging    in Riverdale, IL, is supported by       construction, fabricated and primary
products                           satellite plants in New Britain,        metals, forest products, paper, and
                                   CT, Bay Point, CA, and Leeds, AL.       wholesale industries

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Welded steel tube                  Alpha operates two tube manufac-        Appliance, automotive, construction,
                                   turing plants and a steel processing    heating/ventilation/air conditioning, 
                                   facility in the Toledo, OH, area.       household and leisure furniture, 
                                                                           material handling, recreational 
                                                                           products, service center, truck 
                                                                           exhaust, and water heater industries

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Auto and light truck jacks         Universal's operations are located      Automotive and truck original 
                                   in Butler, IN.                          equipment manufacturers 

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                                                        ACME METALS INCORPORATED
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[GRAPHICS depicting net sales, dollars in millions, for Acme: 1991, $337.0;
 1992; $391.6; 1993, $457.4; 1994, $522.9; 1995, $521.6.

 Graph depicting operating income (loss), dollars in millions, for Acme: 1991,
 ($1.5); 1992, ($2.1); 1993, $12.7; 1994, $33.6; 1995, $48.8.

 Graph depicting net income (loss), dollars in millions, for Acme: 1991, 
 ($2.3); 1992, ($2.8), before cumulative effect of changes in accounting 
 principles; 1993, $6.3; 1994, $17.0; 1995, $28.2.]




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          December 31, 1995   December 25, 1994
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>                 <C>
Total assets                                         $754.7              $682.3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total long-term debt                                 $276.8              $265.1
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total shareholders' equity                           $248.1              $223.3
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total debt as a percent of total capital               52.7%               54.3%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


ABOUT THE COVER:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Acme Metals' steel making subsidiary, Acme Steel, is building a new continuous
thin slab caster/hot strip mill to modernize and expand its operations. The
cover photo was taken in July 1995. When completed in the second half of 1996,
Acme's new facility will be the world's first steel mill to produce MiniGrated-
TM- steel, combining mini-mill efficiencies with Acme's traditional high-quality
liquid steel. This technology is ideally suited for Acme's steel business and
its customer base. See pages 6-8 for more information.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CONTENTS
- -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
Acme Metals at a Glance                                 IFC
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Letter to Shareholders                                    1
- -----------------------------------------------------------
An Interview With Acme's Chairman and CEO                 2
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Building a Profitable Future-A Strategic Overview         4
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Acme's Steel Making Process-Today vs. Tomorrow            6
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Modernization and Expansion Project Update                8
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Form 10-K                                                 9
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Officers and Directors                                  IBC
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Shareholders' Information                               IBC
- -----------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



<PAGE>

[PHOTO of Brian W.H. Marsden]

Dear Acme Metals Shareholder:

In 1995, Acme Metals Incorporated earned record operating and net income on
sales that were essentially even with last year's record sales. Our steel making
segment benefited from improved selling prices and ongoing cost controls. Our
steel fabricating segment was helped by the continued strength of the economy,
higher selling prices in our strapping business, and a more value-added product
mix in our pipe and tube business. This strong performance has further enhanced
our financial position as we enter this key transition year.
     Acme Steel's approximately $400 million modernization and expansion project
remains within our cost expectations and is on schedule to start up later this
year. The project, consisting of a continuous thin slab caster and seven-stand
hot strip mill, will reduce Acme Steel's cash manufacturing costs about 20
percent, increase shipping capability 35 percent, broaden our product range and
significantly improve product quality.
     We've embarked on an initiative to attain internationally recognized
quality certifications that will position our businesses as premier suppliers
able to meet the needs of the world's most demanding manufacturers. Our Acme
Steel and Acme Packaging subsidiaries are installing state-of-the-art
information systems to enhance productivity and improve customer service. Alpha
Tube, our pipe and tube subsidiary, is laying the groundwork for a consolidation
of its three facilities that will reduce costs while improving product quality
and customer service. Universal Tool & Stamping, our jack and tool subsidiary,
has designed innovative new jacks to strengthen its position as a leading
supplier to the North American auto and light truck market.
     Our people demonstrated great leadership and dedication in helping the
company achieve 1995's record performance. C.J. Gauthier and Julien L. McCall,
directors since 1986, will retire from the Board of Directors at the 1996 Annual
Meeting. In addition, Carol M. O'Cleireacain, the USWA-designated director, will
not stand for reelection when her term expires in 1996. We have benefited
greatly from their counsel and experience and are grateful for their many
contributions.
     Looking ahead to 1996, analysts tell us they expect underlying demand for
steel and steel products to remain fairly strong. For Acme, 1996 will be a year
of transition as we complete and start up the new facility. As planned, startup
costs will reduce the earnings of our steel making segment, while we look for a
solid earnings performance from our steel fabricating segment.
     Longer term, the new facility will enhance our proven strategy of providing
value-added products to attractive niche markets. We're very excited about the
opportunities that the new facility will open up for us-through lower costs,
higher-quality steels, the chance to expand market share and enter new markets.
Acme will be ideally positioned for long-term profitable growth as a low-cost,
superior-quality North American steel producer, which should lead to higher
earnings and enhanced shareholder returns.



/s/Brian W. H. Marsden

Brian W. H. Marsden
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
March 4, 1996

                                                                               1

<PAGE>

                    AN INTERVIEW WITH ACME'S CHAIRMAN AND CEO

[PHOTO of Brian W.H. Marsden]
Brian W. H. Marsden

YOU'RE IN THE MIDST OF THE BIGGEST CAPITAL INVESTMENT IN ACME'S HISTORY. HOW IS
IT PROGRESSING? 
The project is on schedule and within our cost expectations. I'm confident we'll
be running the first test coils through the new mill sometime this summer. We
expect to see the first commercially suitable steel coils perhaps late in the
third quarter. By mid-1997, I expect the mill to be operating at levels that
will allow us to phase out the existing ingot pouring and rolling facilities.

ARE YOU MAKING SIMILAR PROGRESS ON THE "PEOPLE SIDE" OF THE NEW FACILITY? 
At the outset of this project, we recognized that you can spend millions on
equipment, but if you haven't got the right people with the right skills to run
it, it isn't going to run well. So, early on, we put in place a diverse,
experienced management team who have been intimately involved in the mill's
construction. And with the full support of the union, we've selected operators
based on skills and aptitude. The selection process is complete and they've
begun rigorous training-in tandem with the mill construction-that will continue
until the new facility is up and running.

WHAT'S UNIQUE ABOUT THIS TECHNOLOGY VERSUS OTHER STEEL MAKING PROCESSES? IS THE
TECHNOLOGY PROVEN? 
Integrated steel makers have used conventional continuous casters for years. But
they're not efficient for the special grades and smaller order sizes typical of
Acme's niche steel markets. Various mini-mills throughout the world use
continuous thin slab casters today, but they use electric furnaces to make their
liquid steel from scrap-which contains unwanted residual elements. These "tramp"
elements limit the quality of the finished steels produced by mini-mills. Our
new facility marries the best of both the integrated and mini-mill worlds. And
with the quality enhancements we've designed into our mill, we'll be able to 
produce steels that will be unmatched in dimensional control, mechanical
properties and surface quality.

WHAT COULD GO WRONG? 
There are always events that are outside your control, but we've done exhaustive
planning to keep surprises to a minimum. And, this has certainly been the case 
to date on this project.

WHEN AND HOW WILL INVESTORS SEE THE BENEFITS OF THIS STRATEGIC INVESTMENT? 
Once the new facility is fully operational in mid-1997, our earnings should
reflect the significant cost savings and growth opportunities created by
additional capacity and an expanded product range. Specifically, we expect to
save about 20 percent on our cash manufacturing costs-in excess of $70 per ton.
Our shipping capacity will increase by more than a third-that's another 250,000
tons of the highest-quality steel on the market. Our new rolling mill will be
able to produce coils twice as wide as today-up to 60 inches wide. These larger,

2

<PAGE>

superior-quality coils will reduce costs for both our customers and our
downstream steel fabricating businesses. We believe our financial performance
will improve in all phases of the business cycle and translate into
opportunities for enhanced, more consistent shareholder returns.

IS ACME MAKING ANY OTHER INVESTMENTS? 
Yes. We're always seeking ways to judiciously invest capital to further improve
the costs of our operations. For example, we've become a minority partner in a
joint venture to build and operate a steel processing facility that will pickle
and slit wide steel coils from our new mill-further reducing our costs. In the
information technology area, we're installing state-of-the-art business systems
to enhance our ability to track orders, shipments and inventory, optimize
production schedules and support management decisions. We're also planning to
consolidate our three Alpha Tube operations into a single facility to cut costs
and improve quality. And, we'll continue to invest in projects that enhance the
environment-such as a wastewater cyanide treatment plant at our coke making
operation and a desulfurization facility at our steel making operation.

WHAT ARE YOUR PLANS FOR YOUR STEEL FABRICATING BUSINESSES? 
First, let me reiterate that our long-term downstream acquisition strategy
remains in place. It's a viable strategy and has worked well for us-helping to
reduce the impact of cyclical steel demand on Acme's overall performance. Each
of our steel fabricating businesses is a little different, of course, so our
plans vary accordingly. Our packaging business is mature, growing at the overall
rate of the economy. As probably the low-cost, highest-quality producer of steel
strapping, we'll focus on opportunities to build on this position-perhaps
through other forms of packaging, such as plastic strapping. Our tubing business
has good growth prospects. We've progressively moved away from commodity
products into a more specialized, value-added product line. And with the
highest-quality steels produced by the new facility, we think we can expand this
business with even better products for our customers. Our jack business, Acme's
smallest, is already a leading supplier to the North American OEMs. So the
growth opportunities lie in becoming a more international competitor. We'll
continue to grow and fine tune these businesses, and perhaps add others in the
future. But for 1996, our focus is fixed on getting our steel modernization
project up and running.

WHAT'S YOUR OUTLOOK FOR ACME IN 1996? 
Looking at 1996, we see a year 
of transition as we complete and start up the new mill. In our Acme Steel
subsidiary, startup costs and-depending on the exact startup date-the additional
depreciation expense and interest expense that will no longer be capitalized
will reduce our second-half earnings. Importantly, we've planned for these costs
and expect our financial position to remain strong through completion and
startup of the new mill. We look for another strong earnings performance from
our steel fabricating businesses.

WHAT'S YOUR VISION FOR ACME'S LONGER-TERM FUTURE? 
Profitable growth. That's the key to ensuring Acme's long-term success and
increasing shareholder value. We're also continually focusing on improving our
margins by driving efficiencies in costs such as energy, raw materials and
labor. For example, we've decided to remain predominantly a coal- and iron ore-
based steel company-not dependent on scrap. Using virgin iron ore will help us
maintain our superior product quality while avoiding the volatile prices of the
scrap market faced by the mini-mills. Clearly, Acme's next major step is to
bring the new facility on line as quickly and smoothly as possible. Then, we'll
evaluate which use of increased cash flows offers the best returns to
shareholders, whether it be internal expansion, acquisitions, debt repayment or
possibly even dividends.

                                                                               3

<PAGE>

BUILDING A PROFITABLE FUTURE WITH. . .

 . . .SUPERIOR PRODUCTS AND STRONG MARKET POSITIONS.
Acme Metals' steel making subsidiary, Acme Steel Company, is North America's
smallest integrated steel maker. Acme Steel is ideally suited to compete in the
high-quality, narrow hot-rolled U.S. steel markets. Customers in these
profitable niche markets tend to order small quantities of custom-produced
steels with special chemistries and widths. Acme Steel offers a wide variety of
grades of steels with a full range of in-house processing services to over 600
customers. Larger integrated steel makers have facilities designed for larger
markets, while mini-mill competitors can't match the quality inherent in Acme's
liquid steel making process. Acme's unique size, processing flexibility and
"designer" steels have helped it win approximately a one-third share of the
niche markets in which it currently competes.
     Acme's steel fabricating businesses-Acme Packaging Corporation, Alpha Tube
Corporation and Universal Tool & Stamping-also hold significant positions in
each of their respective markets. Acme Packaging holds approximately a 40
percent share of the U.S. steel strapping market. Alpha Tube has continued to
upgrade its line of welded steel tubing to include more profitable, value-added
products and holds approximately a 10 percent share of the markets in which it
competes. Universal Tool & Stamping holds approximately a 30 percent share of
the North American OEM market for auto and light truck jacks. Over half 
of 1995 net sales came from the steel fabricating business segment. Each
business is profitable and enhances margins through value-added products.
Combined, they are a captive market for up to 45 percent of Acme Steel's
tonnage. These downstream steel fabricating businesses reduce the cyclical
impact of steel demand on Acme Metals' overall financial performance.

4

<PAGE>

 . . .STRATEGIC, MARKET-DRIVEN INVESTMENTS.
Acme Metals record 1995 performance tends to mask the inefficiencies of Acme
Steel's older, batch-type steel making technology, which can still do well in a
strong economy. To build a more consistent, profitable future, Acme is investing
approximately $400 million in a continuous thin slab caster/hot strip mill that 
is ideally suited for Acme's niche markets. First of its kind worldwide, the new
facility combines state-of-the-art mini-mill casting and rolling technology with
Acme's high-quality, low-cost liquid steel making operations. The benefits will
be remarkable:

- -    cash manufacturing costs will be reduced by more than 20 percent

- -    product range will be expanded to include wider and thinner sheet and strip
     steel

- -    shipping capacity will be increased nearly 35 percent 

- -    cycle time to produce a coil from liquid steel will be cut from 10 days to
     only 90 minutes.

The new facility is on track for a second-half 1996 start-up. This strategic
investment ideally positions Acme for enhanced growth and profitability as a
low-cost, superior-quality North American steel maker.

 . . .SEASONED MANAGEMENT AND A TOP-QUALITY WORK FORCE. 
Acme's people play a critical role in ensuring the company's long-term financial
success. The company's senior management team averages more than 25 years of
industry experience. Acme is strongly committed to employee skill development
and training, one of its most important investments. The company's Labor
Management Participation Team program, designed to foster problem solving in a
team environment, is one of the steel industry's most successful. In 1991, the
TOTAL QUALITY IMPROVEMENT PROCESS (TQIP) was initiated, reflecting Acme's total
organizational commitment to providing high-quality products and services that
totally satisfy the needs of its customers. To date, Acme has invested more than
24,000 hours of TQIP training in over 1,000 of its 2,750 employees.
     Acme's long-term, positive labor-management relationship is a major factor
in making the new facility economically feasible. In 1993, Acme and the United
Steelworkers of America extended their long track record of partnership when
they successfully negotiated an innovative six-year labor agreement. The
contract provides the assurance there will be no work stoppages during this
critical period, eases the transition to a smaller work force, and provides
stability for employees and the opportunity to develop an extended partnership
between the company and its union employees.

                                                                               5

<PAGE>

FROM MOLTEN STEEL TO COILS

TODAY-10 DAYS 

Acme's basic oxygen furnaces produce a 100-ton heat of molten steel every
30 minutes. Acme's existing facilities use a costly batch process-an inefficient
way to make steel.

[GRAPHIC showing steel poured from a ladle into ingots]
Molten steel, tapped from the furnace, is poured into individual ingot molds.

[GRAPHIC showing ingot mold being lifted by crane]
The ingot molds are transported on rail cars to the Primary Rolling Mill, where
a crane strips the mold from the ingot. 

[GRAPHIC showing ingots in soaking pit]
The ingot is reheated for up to 24 hours in a soaking pit to raise and
equalize its temperature to optimum rolling levels.

[GRAPHIC showing steel in rolling mill]
A crane transfers the reheated ingot from the soaking pit to the rolling mill,
where it's rolled into a slab. 


The uneven head and tail of each slab must be cropped off, reducing product
yield.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOMORROW-90 MINUTES 

[GRAPHIC illustrating Acme's new steel making process from the ladle to the
 descaler]

Acme's new facility starts with the same pure, high-quality steel made in basic
oxygen furnaces. Before casting, a ladle metallurgy station near the continuous
caster will fine tune the molten steel to exact customer

Molten steel, fine tuned to exact customer specifications, is ready for casting.
A crane will carry the ladle of steel from a ladle metallurgy furnace to a
turret on top of the continuous caster. The turret holds two ladles to assure
continuous operation.

Molten steel will pour from a ladle into a reservoir called a tundish.
Throughout pouring, the stream of steel is shrouded to protect it from oxygen
and other potential contaminants.

Again shrouded, the molten steel will pour from the tundish into a funnel-
shaped, water-cooled mold. An electromagnetic brake system will help control the
flow of liquid steel into the mold, while a hydraulic mold oscillator will help
minimize friction of the steel strand in the mold-both improving surface
quality.

As the solidifying steel passes through the continuous caster, guide rolls
contain the steel. Precise air-mist cooling will minimize cracking and improve
surface uniformity and product consistency.

As the slab emerges from the caster withdrawal area, it will automatically be
sheared to the exact length required to roll it into a coil of sheet or strip
steel.

6

<PAGE>

The rolled slab is transferred to a storage yard, where it's stacked to cool.
Then, each slab is inspected and conditioned to meet customer standards-a labor-
intensive process that can further reduce product yield. After conditioning, the
slab is transferred by rail to the hot mill for temporary storage.

The slab is placed into a reheat furnace to bring it to a rolling temperature of
about 2,350 degrees Fahrenheit.

After reheating, five passes through a reversing roughing mill reduce the slab's
thickness to approximately 7/8 of an inch-and it becomes a transfer bar.

The transfer bar is then coiled in a Stelco Coilbox to equalize temperature.

The transfer bar is fed out of the coilbox into six rolling stands, which reduce
the steel's thickness until it reaches the gauge specified by the customer-with
a maximum width of 30 inches.

After rolling, the strip steel moves down the runout table, where it's quenched
by water sprays and then coiled. 

[GRAPHIC showing Acme's existing steel making process from conditioning
 through coiling of steel]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
specifications. Start to finish, the time needed to convert liquid steel into
coils in Acme's new facility will drop from days to minutes. State-of-the-art
quality enhancements will enable Acme to precisely control the thickness,
profile, flatness and surface quality of its steels to world-class standards.
Able to roll coils twice as wide as those produced today, the new mill will
greatly expand Acme's product range. With enhanced quality and increased
shipping capability, Acme will be ideally positioned to capture additional share
of its existing markets as well as enter new markets.

[GRAPHIC illustrating Acme's new steel making process from the rolling mill
 through coiling of steel]
 
The slabs will move immediately into a tunnel furnace to be heated to optimum
rolling temperature. Then, the heated slabs move automatically into the rolling
mill.

The seven-stand, 60-inch wide rolling mill has an edger before the first roll to
improve control of metallurgical properties, while helping to prevent cracking.
Computer-controlled roll bending and shifting will control the profile of the
sheet, resulting in improved yield for customers. Seven stands, far more
powerful than the six stands used today, enable Acme to roll thinner, flatter
steels.

After rolling, computer-controlled laminar-strip cooling locks in precise
metallurgical properties. 

After cooling, the steel is quickly coiled and automatically weighed and banded
for customer identification-ready for shipping or further finishing.

                                                                               7

<PAGE>

[FIVE PHOTOS including: artist's depiction of the new facility; aerial photo-
 graph of new facility; tunnel furnace under construction; installation of
 mill housing; installation of gear boxes]

MODERNIZATION AND EXPANSION PROJECT UPDATE 

- -    TREMENDOUS PROGRESS WAS MADE IN 1995-FROM PREPARING THE SITE TO ERECTING
     THE BUILDINGS, FROM SELECTING THE OPERATORS TO BEGINNING THEIR TRAINING.

- -    MAJOR EQUIPMENT BEGAN ARRIVING IN EARLY 1996-MILL STANDS AND MOTORS, LADLE
     METALLURGY FURNACES AND CASTER SEGMENTS, FOR EXAMPLE. INSTALLATION OF THESE
     COMPONENTS HAS BEGUN.

- -    AS MAJOR SUBSYSTEMS OF THE MILL ARE COMPLETED, THEY WILL BE "COLD
     COMMISSIONED"-RIGOROUSLY TESTED WITHOUT ANY MOLTEN STEEL PRESENT TO ENSURE
     THEY WORK PROPERLY.

- -    "HOT COMMISSIONING"-TESTING WITH MOLTEN STEEL PRESENT-WILL FOLLOW THE COLD
     TESTING PROCEDURES. HOT COMMISSIONING WILL BE DONE IN STAGES, STARTING WITH
     THE LADLE METALLURGY FACILITY, THE FIRST STEP IN THE NEW CASTING AND
     ROLLING PROCESS.

- -    THE NEW FACILITY IS EXPECTED TO PRODUCE COMMERCIALLY SALABLE STEEL IN THE
     FOURTH QUARTER OF 1996.

     An artist's depiction of the new facility compared to an aerial photograph,
     taken in February 1996, illustrates progress on the building's exterior.
     Below, the 676-foot tunnel furnace is mechanically in place. Installation
     of the seven-stand rolling mill is under way. Each of the new rolling
     stands is more powerful than the entire six-stand finishing mill used
     today.

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

BRIAN W.H. MARSDEN 3,4 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Acme Metals Incorporated

STEPHEN D. BENNETT 3,4 
President and Chief Operating Officer of Acme Metals Incorporated

C.J. GAUTHIER 1,2,3,5 
Retired Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer of NICOR, Inc. 
(public utility holding company)

EDWARD G. JORDAN 1,4,5 
Retired Chairman of Consolidated Rail Corporation (Conrail)

ANDREW R. LAIDLAW 1,3,5 
Chairman of the Executive Committee of the law firm of Seyfarth, Shaw,
Fairweather & Geraldson

FRANK A. LEPAGE 2,4,5 
Retired Director and Executive Vice President of The Firestone Tire and 
Rubber Company (manufacturer of tires and related products)

REYNOLD C. MACDONALD 1,3,4,5 
Retired Chairman of the Board of Acme Steel Company

JULIEN L. MCCALL 2,4,5 
Retired Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of National City
Corporation (bank holding company)

CAROL M. O'CLEIREACAIN 1,4,5 
Independent Consultant and former Director, New York City Office of Management
and Budget (government agency)

WILLIAM P. SOVEY 2,3,4,5 
Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Newell Co. (diversified
manufacturer of hardware, housewares, office, and industrial products)

L. FREDERICK SUTHERLAND 2,4,5
President, Uniform Services Group of ARAMARK Corporation (highly diversified 
services company)

WILLIAM R. WILSON 1,2,5 
Retired Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Lukens, Inc. 
(diversified metals manufacturer)

C.J. GAUTHIER AND JULIEN L. MCCALL ARE RETIRING AT THE 1996 ANNUAL MEETING.
CAROL M. O'CLEIREACAIN WILL NOT STAND FOR REELECTION WHEN HER TERM EXPIRES IN
1996.


BOARD COMMITTEES 
1 Audit Review 
2 Compensation 
3 Executive 
4 Finance 
5 Nominating

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

BRIAN W.H. MARSDEN 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

STEPHEN D. BENNETT 
President and Chief Operating Officer

JAMES W. HOEKWATER 
Treasurer

GREGORY J. PRITZ 
Controller

GERALD J. SHOPE
Vice President-Employee Relations

EDWARD P. WEBER, JR. 
Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary 

JERRY F. WILLIAMS 
Vice President-Finance and Administration, and Chief Financial Officer


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS OF SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

ACME PACKAGING CORPORATION 
Robert W. Dyke, President

ACME STEEL COMPANY 
Gary S. Lucenti, President

ALPHA TUBE CORPORATION 
Edward Urbaniak, Jr. 

UNIVERSAL TOOL & STAMPING COMPANY, INC. 
Larry C. Kipp, President 


INVESTOR INFORMATION

ANNUAL MEETING
Shareholders are cordially invited to attend the Annual Meeting of Shareholders,
which will be held at 10:00 a.m., April 25, 1996, at The Sutton Place Hotel, 955
Bay Street, Toronto, Ontario.

STOCK MARKET INFORMATION
Acme Metals Incorporated common stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market
tier of the Nasdaq stock market under the symbol ACME and on the Toronto Stock
Exchange under the symbol AMK. As of March 4, 1996, there were 11,584,877 shares
of common stock outstanding, held by 6,010 shareholders of record.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
QUARTERLY STOCK PRICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Quarter        1995                1994                1993
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>                 <C>                 <C>
First          19 1/4-14 1/2       27 1/4-17 1/2       17 1/4-12 1/4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Second         17 1/2-15 1/4       26 1/4-21 1/2       18 -14
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Third          18 1/4-15 1/4       26 1/2-21 1/2       20 3/4-13
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
Fourth         17 1/4-13 3/4       22 3/4-15           18 3/4-13 3/4
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

DIVIDENDS
No dividends on the common stock have been declared or paid since Acme became a
public company. Special payments in 1992 and 1988 reflected the redemption of
preferred stock purchase rights. Certain debt covenants limit the company's
ability to pay future dividends.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SHAREHOLDER QUESTIONS AND 10-K OFFER

Shareholders with questions concerning Acme Metals, or requesting a copy of the
company's Form 10-K, should direct inquiries to C. Mark Hussey, director,
Investor and Public Relations, Acme Metals Incorporated, phone number 
708-841-8383, extension 2266.

Shareholders with questions concerning the transfer of shares should contact:

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
First Chicago Trust Company of New York 
Shareholder Services 
P.O. Box 2500 
Jersey City, NJ 07303-2500 
201-324-0498 or 800-446-2617

CO-TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
Montreal Trust Company
151 Front Street West
Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5J 2N1
416-981-9633

For information regarding lost stock certificates, duplicate mailings, or change
of address, including seasonal changes, please contact First Chicago Trust
Company of New York.
     Hearing-impaired stockholders can communicate with First Chicago Trust
Company of New York via a telecommunications device (TDD), phone number 
201-222-4955.

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
Price Waterhouse LLP
200 East Randolph Drive 
Chicago, IL 60601

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

[LOGO]

[PHOTO of the construction of the 676-foot tunnel furnace, part of Acme's
 Modernization and Expansion Project.]

ACME METALS INCORPORATED

13500 South Perry Avenue
Riverdale, Illinois 60627-1182
708-849-2500




<PAGE>

                                                 EXHIBIT 21

                               ACME METALS INCORPORATED
                                  SUBSIDIARY LISTING
                                 AS OF MARCH 4, 1996
                              -------------------------



SUBSIDIARY NAME, D/B/A,         STATE OR COUNTRY OF
AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES              INCORPORATION        TYPE OF BUSINESS
- -------------------------       -------------------    --------------------

ACME STEEL COMPANY                   Delaware          Integrated steel producer

  Alabama Metallurgical              Washington        Inactive
  Corporation



ACME PACKAGING CORPORATION           Delaware          Manufacture and sale of
(d/b/a Acme Steel Packaging                            steel strapping and
Corporation State of California)                       related tools


(d/b/a RAPZ Strapping Products,
State of Illinois and town of
New Britain, Connecticut)

   Acme Steel Company                Barbados          Foreign trading company
   International, Inc.


ALPHA TUBE CORPORATION               Delaware          Manufacture and sale of
                                                       welded carbon steel
                                                       tubing


Alta Slitting Corporation            Delaware          Slitting and processing
                                                       of steelproducts


UNIVERSAL TOOL & STAMPING            Indiana           Manufacture and sale of
COMPANY, INC.                                          auto and truck jacks




<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1


                          CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Prospectuses
constituting part of the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 33-17235,
33-19437, and 33-30841) and in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos.
33-38747 and 33-59627) of Acme Metals Incorporated of our report dated January
25, 1996 appearing on page 36 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


/s/ Price Waterhouse LLP

PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP


March 22, 1996
Chicago, Illinois

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE>  5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-START>                             DEC-26-1994
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995
<CASH>                                          53,043
<SECURITIES>                                    83,756
<RECEIVABLES>                                   56,679
<ALLOWANCES>                                   (1,335)
<INVENTORY>                                     51,932
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               258,787
<PP&E>                                         652,758
<DEPRECIATION>                               (273,580)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 754,743
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          108,330
<BONDS>                                        276,831
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                        11,580
<OTHER-SE>                                     236,531
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   754,743
<SALES>                                        521,619
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               521,619
<CGS>                                          437,171
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  472,807
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                            (20,801)
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 44,135
<INCOME-TAX>                                    15,889
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             28,246
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    28,246
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     2.44
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission